Skip to main content

Full text of "Essays of Henry Timrod"

See other formats


UNIVERSITY 
OF  FLORIDA 
LIBRARIES 


COLLEGE  LIBRARY 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2012  with  funding  from 

LYRASIS  Members  and  Sloan  Foundation 


I 


http://archive.org/details/essaysofhenrytimOOtimr 


t^ he   C5ddaud 

/ 

tJ/Genru  x^ imroa 


:iniiiiiiniiiiiiiiriiniiiiniiiiiiiiiininiiiirniiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiitiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiinirniiiiniiiiiiiiniiiiiiinitiiiiiiiiiii^ 


i^ ne  KDssaus 

/ 


Edited  with  an  Introduction  by 
EDD  WINFIELD  PARKS 


1942 

The  University  of  Georgia  Press 

Athens 


Copyright  1942 

The  University  of  Georgia  Press 

Designed  by  Paul  Pedes 

Second  printing  1967 


Printed   in  the  United  States  of  America 


t^/re/^a 


ace 


IIIIIIIIIIIIIUIIIIIIIIIIIIII IMIIIIIIIIIIIIIIMIiri 


A  poet's  prose  frequently  has  a  double  value.  It  may  have 
an  inherent  distinction,  and  it  may  help  to  explain  and  round 
out  his  poetry.  When  his  prose  is  mainly  concerned  with  the 
theory  and  practice  of  his  craft,  or  with  the  background  of 
life  out  of  which  his  own  verse  is  written,  the  poet  speaks 
with  an  unusual  authority.  He  is  giving  explicitly  what 
otherwise  is  only  implicit  in  his  work. 

This  is  true  of  Timrod's  essays.  In  them,  Timrod  becomes 
the  analyst,  the  debater,  the  man  at  once  attacking  and  de- 
fending: he  ceases  to  be  the  artist,  that  he  may  talk  about 
the  principles  of  his  art.  His  talk  is  vigorous  and  interesting, 
if  not  completely  valid.  There  are  blind  spots  which  he  did 
not  recognize;  in  compensation,  there  are  the  opinions  that 
came  from  long  thought  and  quick  moments  of  insight. 

I  have  re-published  all  of  Timrod's  essays,  and  in  the  notes 
all  of  his  identified  editorials  that  deal  with  literature.  Three 
essays  are  reprinted  from  RusselVs  Magazine;  the  fourth, 
"A  Theory  of  Poetry,"  from  Timrod's  manuscript.  Since  in 
one  essay  he  was  directly  answering  William  J.  Grayson's 
little-known  essay,  "What  is  Poetry?",  I  have  added  this  in 
an  appendix.  In  the  Introduction,  I  have  levied  freely  on 
Timrod's  letters,  published  and  unpublished,  wherever  they 
add  to  his  critical  thought  or  illustrate  his  reading. 

V 


VI  PREFACE 

The  preparation  and  publication  of  this  book  was  made 
possible  by  a  grant-in-aid  from  the  University  Center  of 
Georgia,  and  by  the  co-operation  of  the  oflRcials  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Georgia.  For  permission  to  use  unpublished  let- 
ters, and  Timrod's  copy  of  "A  Theory  of  Poetry,"  I  am 
indebted  to  Miss  Ellen  Fitz-simmons  and  the  Charleston 
Library  Society;  for  unpublished  letters  and  passages  from 
the  unpublished  autobiography  of  William  J.  Grayson,  to 
Professor  R.  L.  Meriwether  and  the  South  Caroliniana  Li- 
brary of  the  University  of  South  Carolina;  for  Timrod*s 
letters  to  Rachel  Lyons,  to  Professor  William  Fidler  and  the 
University  of  Alabama  Library.  The  Timrod  material  in  the 
Paul  Hamilton  Hayne  Collection  at  Duke  University  has 
recently  been  published  by  Professor  Jay  B.  Hubbell  in  The 
Last  Years  of  Henry  Timrod.  It  is  pleasant  to  record  a  spe- 
cific indebtedness  for  the  use  of  excerpts  from  the  letters  in 
that  book,  and  a  general  one  to  Professor  Hubbell  for  his  aid. 
I  have  used  a  few  items  from  Professor  Guy  Cardwell's  The 
Uncollected  Poems  of  Henry  Timrod.  Mr.  Marshall  Uzzell 
read  the  manuscript,  and  made  several  valuable  sugges- 
tions. In  addition,  I  have  been  greatly  helped  in  preparing 
this  book  by  the  staflFs  of  the  University  of  Georgia  Library, 
University  of  North  Carolina  Library,  Duke  University  Li- 
brary, Library  of  the  College  of  Charleston,  the  Library  of 
Congress,  and  the  New  York  Public  Library;  by  Mrs. 
Brainard  Cheney  of  the  Vanderbilt  University  Library  and 
Mrs.  Minna  C.  Martin  of  the  Emory  University  Library; 
and  by  Mrs.  Henry  D.  Holmes.  In  all  of  the  work  I  have  had 
the  generous  and  intelligent  co-operation  of  my  wife,  Aileen 
Wells  Parks. 

E.  W.  P. 


on  tenia 


PREFACE  V 

INTRODUCTION  3 

THE  CHARACTER  AND  SCOPE  OF  THE  SONNET  61 

WHAT  IS  POETRY?  69 

LITERATURE  IN  THE  SOUTH  83 

A  THEORY  OF  POETRY  103 

APPENDIX:  William  J.  Grayson  "What  is  Poetry?"  135 

NOTES  157 

INDEX  177 


f^ he   0()dauj 


/ 


xj/Genru  t^/  I'mroa 


Qyn  tro  a  action 


iiiiiitiiiiiiiMiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiu 


TIMROD    AS    CRITIC 


Timrod's  prose  and  verse  are  closely  related.  They  reveal 
the  same  intense,  disciplined  mind,  the  narrow  range  of 
interests,  and  a  constant  preoccupation  with  aesthetic  and 
ethical  and  strictly  poetic  problems.  Much  of  his  early 
criticism  was  cast  in  verse;  with  one  exception,  his  essays 
discuss  the  ontology  of  poetry.  Although  he  worked  as  tutor 
and  newspaper  editor  during  most  of  his  adult  life,  these 
jobs  were  a  means  to  living.  His  justification,  his  reason  for 
being,  was  in  his  poetry.  Even  in  the  harshest  days  of  war 
and  reconstruction,  of  poverty  and  illness,  he  continued  to 
write:  his  best  poem  is  a  product  of  these  years. 

The  war  gave  depth  to  his  thought,  intensity  to  his  feel- 
ings. His  note  of  melancholy  was  wrenched  into  the  deeper, 
more  abiding  note  of  tragedy.  The  poems  become  dramatic 
contrasts.  He  retained  his  earlier  concepts  of  nature  and 
mind  and  soul;  against  these  he  set  the  blood  and  hatred  of 
war.  He  found  his  individual  theme  late  in  his  short  life  and 
he  wrote  only  a  few  poems  on  it;  but  his  earlier  verse  and 
his  critical  ideas  combined  to  give  him  the  technical  equip- 
ment needed  for  an  authentic  final  achievement. 

Timrod  made  three  formal  attempts  to  define  the  nature 

3 


4  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

of  poetry.  Indirectly  through  other  poems,  essays,  and  edi- 
torials he  revealed  in  glancing  allusions  or  brief,  considered 
statements  his  pre-occupation  with  this  problem.  His  basic 
ideas  did  not  change.  The  later  presentations  do  not  con- 
tradict the  earlier;  rather,  they  show  the  full  development 
of  his  thought,  and  the  final  form  of  a  tenable,  rounded 
aesthetic  of  poetry. 

A  protecting  cloak  of  fiction  and  of  poetic  convention  is 
thrown  around  his  first  attempt.  "A  Vision  of  Poesy"  ^  is  cast 
in  verse;  the  protagonist  is  an  anonymous  fictional  charac- 
ter. But  the  sentiments  spoken  by  him  and  to  him  are  the 
beliefs  of  Henry  Timrod;  in  thought,  although  not  in  fact, 
the  work  is  autobiographical. 

"A  Vision  of  Poesy"  is  the  product  of  youth;  it  is,  Playne 
notes,  marred  "by  a  too  evident  lack  of  harmony  and  unity 
of  parts,  proceeding  from  the  fact  that  the  narrative  was 
composed  in  sections,  and  after  the  lapse  of  periods  so  long 
between  the  different  bouts  of  composition,  that  much  of 
the  original  fervor  of  both  conception  and  execution  must 
have  evaporated."  ^  The  underlying  concept  is  clear  enough. 
Timrod  is  presenting  the  subjective  sources  of  poetry;  or, 
in  Hayne's  phrase,  "the  true  laws  which  underlie  and  deter- 
mine the  noblest  uses  of  the  poetical  faculty." 

The  protagonist  as  a  youth  had  more  than  ordinary  sensi- 
bility. Strange  portents  had  marked  his  birth;  afterward,  the 
child  had  seemed  withdrawn,  and  frightened  his  parents  by 
a  strange  far  look  and  by  "brief  snatches  of  mysterious 
rhymes."  ^  He  is  conscious  of  uncomprehended  mysteries, 

1  Poems  of  Henry  Timrod  ( Memorial  Edition,  with  memoir  by  J.  P.  K. 
Bryan;  Boston,  1899,  and  Richmond,  1901),  74-100.  Later  references  to 
this  book  will  be  to:  Timrod,  Poems. 

2  Paul  Hamilton  Hayne  ( ed. ) ,  The  Poems  of  Henry  Timrod  ( New  York, 
new  revised  edition,  1872),  30-31. 

3  Timrod,  Poems,  75. 


INTRODUCTION  5 

of  an  intuitive  understanding  which  he  can  not  order  with 
thought,  and  of  strange  emanations  from  natural  phe- 
nomena. He  is  troubled  by  dreams  and  disturbed  by 
thoughts  that  alike  elude  his  grasp.  One  night  when  he  has 
gone  in  solitude  to  a  favorite  nook  deep  in  the  woods,  a 
spirit  appears  to  him— or  seems  to  appear.  She  is  the  angel 
of  Poesy,  and  she  reveals  the  high  mission  of  the  true  poet. 

The  task  of  Poesy  is  closely  related  to  that  of  religion, 
though  definitely  subordinate  to  this  "mightier  Power."  She 
helps  to  keep  the  world  spiritually  "forever  fresh  and 
young";  ^  to  arouse  in  men  the  nobler  emotions  and  desires; 
to  "turn  life's  tasteless  waters  into  wine";  and  to  inspire  poets 
to  seek  as  much  knowledge  as  men  can  learn,  and  to  trans- 
late that  knowledge  so  that  ordinary  men  can  understand 
it.  But  Poesy  can  only  "sow  the  germ  which  buds  in  human 
art."  The  poet  himself  determines  the  result.  If  he  is,  as  poet, 
worthy,  he  must  be  pure  and  consecrated;  he  must  belong 
"to  the  whole  wide  world."  Timrod  deliberately  reverses  the 
famous  statement  of  Keats  on  beauty  and  truth:  the  poet 
must  be  "assured  that  Truth  alone  /  Is  Beauty."  Mindful  of 
this,  he  sings  not  merely  for  himself,  or  of  his  own  subjec- 
tive thoughts  and  longings;  he  sings  for  those  who  grope 
and  wonder,  and  can  not  sing. 

Timrod  breaks  off  the  fable  to  comment  directly  on  the 
inability  of  the  poet  to  present  his  full  concept.  The  idea 
had  seemed  alive  "to  the  Poet's  hope  within  my  heart,"  but 
as  it  became  an  actuality,  the  concept  lost  its  semblance  of 
life.^ 

The  third  section  of  "A  Vision  of  Poesy"  describes  a  man 
growTi  old  while  yet  in  the  prime  of  life,  a  poet  who  has 

4  Ibid.,  85.  The  following  quotations  in  this  paragraph  are  from  pages 
85-90. 

5  Ibid.,  90-92.  Quotation  on  91. 


6  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

largely  failed  because,  misunderstanding  the  sources  of  art, 
he  has  yielded  to  a  morbid  subjectivity.  This  concern  with 
self,  partly  brought  on  by  the  scorn  of  the  world  and  by  the 
disdain  of  the  woman  he  loved,  had  vitiated  his  poetic  ac- 
complishment. He  returns  home  to  die.  But  the  angel  of 
Poesy  appears  to  console  him.  Although  the  fault  of  hidden 
selfishness  had  marred  his  verse,  he  had  been  scornful  of 
specious  falsehood,  and  he  had  uttered  "Truths  that  for 
man  might  else  have  slumbered  long."  This  ingrown  mor- 
bidity had  prevented  his  attaining  full  stature,  for  the  great 
poet  "spheres  worlds  in  himself."  He  must  be  concerned 
with  the  mysteries  of  his  own  soul  and  mind,  but  "on  the 
surface  of  his  song  these  lie  /  As  shadows,  not  as  darkness": 
he  makes  use  of  the  personal  light  to  help  clarify  the  general 
darkness.^ 

Timrod  points  the  contrast  between  partial  achievement 
and  completeness.  A  complete  poem  is  an  ethical  poem;  it 
not  only  functions  within  itself,  it  acts  upon  the  world  to 
make  for  positive  good.  His  terms  are  romantic,  and  his 
words  often  abstract.  As  a  poem,  "A  Vision  of  Poesy"  is  un- 
even, frequently  unconvincing,  and  at  best  achieves  only  a 
limited  success.  As  a  vehicle  for  his  critical  theories,  it  is 
less  persuasive  than  his  essay,  "A  Theory  of  Poetry." 

Several  writers  have  suggested  that  Timrod  in  this  poem 
was  greatly  influenced  by  Shelley's  "Alastor."  "^  Since  Tim- 
rod's  immature  work  seems  a  beginning  yet  also  an  integral 
part  of  his  critical  theory,  and  is  so  treated  here,  it  is  useful 
to  compare  the  two  poems. 

Both  Shelley  and  Timrod  write  of  an  idealistic  young  poet 

6  Ibid.,  92-100.  Quotations  98-99. 

■^  To  cite  one  old  and  one  very  recent  example:  G.  A.  Wauchope,  Henry 
Timrod:  Man  and  Poet  ( Bulletin  of  the  University  of  South  Carolina,  1915), 
22,  and  G.  A.  Cardwell,  Jr.,  The  Uncollected  Poems  of  Henry  Timrod 
(Athens,  Georgia,  1942),  4. 


INTRODUCTION 


who  finds  tragedy  rather  than  a  fulfillment  of  genius;  in  each 
poem,  the  young  man  broods  in  solitude  upon  the  majesty 
and  mystery  of  nature.  The  resemblances  are  circumstan- 
tial, not  spiritual.  Alastor  is  essentially  Shelleyan,  or 
Byronic.  He  is  dedicated  to  poetry,  to  earth,  to  nature.  But 
in  his  quest  of  the  spirit  of  poetry  he  left  an  "alienated 
home,  /  To  seek  strange  truths  in  undiscovered  lands";  he 
has  pursued  "Nature's  most  secret  steps"  in  strange  and  far- 
oflF  places,  and  in  the  "awful  ruins  of  the  days  of  old."  ^  It  is 
essentially  a  traveler's  concept  of  nature,  not  a  mystic's;  the 
revelation  that  he  could  never  hope  to  find  at  home  might 
somehow  come  to  him  in  Arabia  or  Ethiopia  or  the  Arctic. 
Although  Shelley  states  the  opposite,  Alastor  apparently 
seeks  understanding  through  experience,  not  through  con- 
templation. Timrod's  young  poet  has  an  entirely  diflferent 
concept  of  nature.  He  is  more  Wordsworthian  than  Shel- 
leyan, although  he  lacks  Wordsworth's  certitude  and  spirit- 
ual rapport  with  nature.  It  is  the  Wordsworthian  mystical 
comprehension  that  he  seeks.  For  that,  he  goes  deep  into  the 
woods  and  takes  as  teachers  the  leaves,  the  trees,  the  stars, 
the  sky,  and  the  wind.  He  depends  upon  intuitive  reverie, 
rapt  contemplation,  and  revelation;  ^  he  seeks  them  in  the 
familiar  solitude  of  his  own  region  instead  of  in  the  wander- 
ings of  Alastor. 

Each  poem  uses  a  dream  symbol.  But  Alastor 's  is  a  simple 
dream  of  a  maid  who  typifies  the  spirit  of  poesy.  Her  voice 
"was  like  the  voice  of  his  own  soul."  She  represents  the  unat- 
tainable perfection  that  he  yearned  for.^^  She  is  an  oriental 
goddess  or  houri  for  whom  Alastor  feels  a  physical  as  well  as 

8  The  Poetical  Works  of  Percy  Bysshe  Shelley  ( edited  by  Mrs.  Shelley; 
Boston,  1881),  I.  Above  quotations,  162-63. 

9  Timrod,  Poems,  75-76,  81-85. 

10  Shelley,  op.  cit.,  164-66.  Following  quotation,  163. 


b  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

mental  passion;  having  known  her  in  a  dream,  he  can  never 
be  satisfied  with  the  earthly  love  that  a  woman  can  give.  His 
wanderings  become  wilder,  more  frantic:  seemingly,  the 
ideal  unattainable  in  life  might  somehow  be  attained  in 
death.  The  anonymous  poet  in  "A  Vision  of  Poesy"  does  not 
have  the  sensation  of  "shuddering  limbs  and  .  .  .  gasping 
breath;"  he  is  not,  in  fact,  quite  certain  whether  he  has  in  his 
solitude  dreamed  of  a  maiden,  or  been  visited  by  a  spirit: 
"  'Here  was  it  that  I  saw,  or  dreamed  I  saw,  /  I  know  not 
which,  that  shape  of  love  and  light.'  "  ^^ 

However  briefly,  Alastor  possessed  the  maid  who  personi- 
fied poetry;  in  Timrod's  vision.  Poesy  remains  aloof  and  re- 
mote. She  will  not  give  the  young  poet  full  knowledge  of 
the  mysteries,  but  only  so  much  as  a  mortal  can  know.  Even 
then,  she  limits  her  promise  severely.  She  gives  the  fire  and 
genius,  but  the  "true  bard  is  his  own  only  Fate."  ^^  The  poet 
fails  in  Timrod's  version  through  his  own  human  faults,  and 
not  through  a  vain  quest  after  the  unattainable.  He  too  has 
known  solitude,  brought  on  him  by  the  scorn  of  a  material 
world  and  the  scorn  of  a  beautiful  woman.  But  Poesy,  while 
she  comforts  him,  places  the  blame  directly  on  him;  he  has 
grown  too  enwrapped  in  his  own  thoughts,  and  heeded  too 
little  the  cares  and  aspirations  of  other  people. 

Timrod's  concept  of  the  ideal  has  little  relation  to  Shel- 
ley's. Alastor  sought  a  perfection  that  had,  except  in  the 
strikingly  physical  personification  of  poesy  as  a  woman,  no 
concern  with  the  things  or  people  of  this  world;  he  sought 
it  by  romantic,  concretely  geographical  wanderings.  In  his 
Preface,  Shelley  notes  that  "The  Poet's  self-centred  seclu- 
sion was  avenged  by  the  furies  of  an  irresistible  passion 

11  Timrod,  Poems,  93. 

12  Ibid.,  85,  88. 


INTRODUCTION  [) 

pursuing  him  to  speedy  ruin."  ^^  But  Alastor  is  self-centered 
before  his  dream,  as  well  as  afterward;  and  the  dream  itself 
encourages  this  egoism  and  leads  him  to  destruction.  Tim- 
rod's  poet  fails,  at  least  in  part,  because  he  forgets  or  ignores 
the  nobility  of  his  vision.  He  has  had  his  moments  of  insight 
and  of  accomplishment.  He  has  been  "A  priest,  and  not  a 
victim  at  the  shrine."  ^^  His  work  has  had  positive  value;  it 
leads  to  loneliness  and  sorrow,  but  not  to  ruin. 

In  death,  as  in  life,  these  imaginary  poets  present  basic 
differences  that  are  more  important  than  their  superficial 
resemblances.  Shelley  set  out  to  write  an  allegorical 
tragedy;  Timrod  sought  to  give  meaning  to  a  poet's  life 
through  a  complex  vision.  Even  the  machinery  and  forms  of 
the  poems  differ.  Timrod  may  have  found  in  "Alastor"  a 
suggestion  that  kindled  his  poetic  imagination;  but  Tim- 
rod's  philosophy  was  too  far  removed  from  Shelley's  for  this 
suggestion  to  do  more  than  start  him  on  his  own  way. 

In  other  respects,  Timrod's  resemblance  to  Shelley  is 
slight. ^^  Each  believed  in  the  nobility  and  the  mystical 
power  of  poetry;  each  man  was  integrally  a  part  of  the 
romantic  movement.  Timrod  had  read  Shelley's  "A  Defence 
of  Poetry,"  and  twice  he  quotes  approvingly,  but  inaccu- 
rately, the  definition  of  poetry  as  "the  record  of  the  best  and 

13  Shelley,  op.  cit.,  157-58. 

14  Timrod,  Poems,  99. 

15  Several  critics  have  thought  they  detected  a  stronger  influence  than  I 
can  find.  Peirce  Bruns  (in  the  Conservative  Review,  I:  263-77,  May,  1859, 
p.  268)  makes  by  far  the  strongest  statement  that  I  have  seen;  he  thinks 
there  is  little  resemblance  between  W^ordsworth's  handling  of  nature,  and 
Timrod's:  "Timrod,  in  this  regard,  at  least,  is  far  nearer  to  Shelley."  Walter 
Hines  Page  (in  the  South-Atlantic,  I:  359-67,  March,  1878,  p.  365)  says 
that  two  or  three  stanzas  of  "A  Summer  Shower"  remind  him  by  their  ex- 
quisite movement  and  beautiful  fancy  of  Shelley's  "Cloud."  Jay  B.  Hub- 
bell  (The  Last  Years  of  Henry  Timrod,  Durham,  1941,  p.  127)  suggests 
that  Timrod's  "Song"  (first  line:  "The  Zephyr  that  toys  with  thy  curls")  is 
"reminiscent  of  Shelley's  'Love's  Philosophy.'  " 


10  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

happiest  moments  of  the  happiest  and  best  minds."  ^^  These 
words  had  impressed  Timrod  as  truth;  he  was  in  full  agree- 
ment. But  the  extent  of  his  disagreement  with  Shelley's  ideas 
is  most  apparent  in  their  respective  treatment  of  inspiration. 
In  the  paragraph  preceding  his  definition,  Shelley  had  iden- 
tified poetry  as  something  divine,  and  the  poem  as  super- 
nally  inspired:  "I  appeal  to  the  greatest  poets  of  the  present 
day,  whether  it  is  not  an  error  to  assert  that  the  finest 
passages  of  poetry  are  produced  by  labour  and  study.  The 
toil  and  the  delay  recommended  by  critics  can  be  justly 
interpreted  to  mean  no  more  than  a  careful  observation  of 
the  inspired  moments,  and  an  artificial  connexion  of  the 
spaces  between  their  suggestions  by  the  intertexture  of  con- 
ventional expressions."  ^^ 

Without  mentioning  Shelley's  words  and  probably  with- 
out considering  them  worth  a  rejoinder,  Timrod  contra- 
dicts this  theory  of  art.  He  insists  on  making  a  clean  and 
sharp  distinction  between  the  subjective  essence  of  poetry 
and  the  objective,  tangible  poem.^^  This  distinction  governs 
his  treatment  of  inspiration.  He  felt  that  a  poet's  mind  had 
to  be  stimulated,  roused,  inspired.  The  stimulation  might 
come  from  within,  through  a  chance  day-dream  or  dazzling 
thought;  it  might  come  after  long  contemplation  of  some 
natural  or  human  phenomenon;  the  spark  might  be  kindled 
by  some  external  pretty  face  or  casual  word.  In  his  college 
days,  "Every  pretty  girl's  face  acted  upon  me  like  an  in- 
spiration;" ^^  in  his  greatest  poetry,  the  tragedy  of  war 

1^  In  "What  is  Poetry?"  and  "A  Theory  of  Poetry." 
1'^  Shelley,  "A  Defence  of  Poetry." 

18  In  varying  forms,  this  distinction  appears  in  three  of  Timrod's  essays: 
"The  Character  and  Scope  of  the  Sonnet,"  "What  is  Poetry?",  and  "A 
Theory  of  Poetry,"  For  a  good,  brief  discussion  of  his  essays,  see  G.  P. 
Voigt,  "Timrod's  Essays  in  Literary  Criticism,"  in  American  Literature, 
VI:  163-67,  May,  1934. 

19  Hayne,  op.  cit.,  19. 


INTRODUCTION  11 

served  as  a  more  powerful  stimulus.  But  this  inspiration, 
whatever  its  cause,  acted  upon  the  mind  of  the  poet,  taking 
hold  of  his  imagination  or  being  played  upon  by  his  fancy. 
There  was  a  mystical  quality  involved;  the  poet  differed 
from  the  ordinary  man  principally  in  his  being  able  to  ex- 
press this  inspiration:  "The  ground  of  the  poetic  character 
is  more  than  ordinary  sensibility."  ^^ 

When  he  presented  his  idea  of  inspiration  through  the 
objectifying  medium  of  poetry,  Timrod  emphasized  the 
mystical  concept.  His  youthful  poet  not  only  gets  a  sense  of 
mystery  from  the  trees,  skies,  and  winds,  he  also  murmurs 
rhymes  which  he  does  not  himself  understand,  and  feels 
dull,  clinging  memories  of  a  mystic  tongue  and  a  once-clear 
comprehension.^^  Inspiration,  embodied  in  the  form  of  the 
angel  of  Poesy,  rouses,  troubles,  and  perplexes  his  soul,  and 
drives  his  mind  on  to  such  knowledge  as  mortals  can  attain; 
she  is  the  light  of  the  poetic  imagination.  Yet  even  in  this 
romantic  concept,  Timrod  allows  to  inspiration  only  the 
function  of  beginning  the  poetic  process.  The  poet's  reach 
depends  upon  himself.  He  alone  can  govern  his  poem,  and 
he  must  do  it  through  his  own  knowledge  and  technique.^^^ 

When  he  spoke  more  prosaically,  in  his  own  person,  Tim- 
rod shied  away  from  defining  inspiration.  He  knew,  for  him- 
self, that  it  existed,  but  he  knew  also  that  it  had  limits.  In 
trying  to  prove  that  the  sonnet  was  no  more  artificial  than 
oth^  r  forms  of  verse,  he  stated  flatly  that  "If  the  poet  have 
his  hour  of  inspiration  ( though  we  are  so  sick  of  the  cant 
of  which  this  word  has  been  the  fruitful  source,  that  we 
dislike  to  use  it)  it  is  not  during  the  act  of  composition.  A 
distinction  must  be  made  between  the  moment  when  the 

20  Timrod,  "W^hat  is  Poetry?" 

-1  Timrod,  "A  Vision  of  Poesy,"  Poems,  75. 

22  Ibid.,  85-88. 


12  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

great  thought  first  breaks  upon  the  mind  .  .  .  and  the  hour 
of  patient  and  elaborate  execution.  It  is  in  the  conception 
only  that  the  poet  is  the  vates.  In  the  labor  of  putting  that 
conception  into  words,  he  is  simply  the  artist."  -^  Otherwise, 
the  poet  would  be  merely  an  improvisator,  and  "perhaps, 
poetry  would  be  no  better  than  what  improvisations  usually 
are. 

This  antipathy  to  inspiration  as  a  substitute  for  art  may 
have  led  to  Timrod's  writing  a  defence  of  the  sonnet.  It 
seems  more  probable  that  the  work  was  the  outgrowth  of  a 
heated  argument,  or  of  some  bit  of  reading  that  aroused  his 
mind.  Hayne  suggests  that  admiration  for  Wordsworth  was 
responsible,  and  that  Timrod  is  defending  the  form  "against 
the  assaults  of  a  large  body  of  depreciators  with  admirable 
skill  and  effect."  "^  Whatever  the  cause,  the  ideas  expressed 
are  Timrod's,  and  they  help  to  adumbrate  his  mind. 

The  essay  begins  uncompromisingly.  There  is,  first,  an 
aristocratic  disdain  of  popular  taste.  The  sonnet  "has  never 
been  a  popular  form  of  verse;"  it  is  never  likely  to  be.  But 
the  popularity  and  comprehension  of  a  poet's  work  rarely 
begin  with  the  multitude.  A  few  cultivated  persons  under- 
stand and  explain  his  work;  gradually,  after  these  explana- 
tions seep  downward,  his  verses  may  become  popular.  In 
the  essay,  Timrod  makes  no  attempt  to  reconcile  this  doc- 
trine with  his  belief  that  the  poet  must  speak  what  men 
dimly  feel  but  can  not  say  for  themselves. 

He  is  emphasizing  the  artistry  that  a  completed  poem 
should  have.  The  sonnet  is  artificial  only  as  all  forms  of 
verse  are  artificial;  that  it  is  one  of  the  more  difficult  forms 

23  Timrod,  "The  Character  and  Scope  of  the  Sonnet."  For  bibliographical 
details,  see  note  1  to  this  essay. 

24  Hayne,  op.  cit.,  26.  Hayne  gives  no  hint  as  to  whether  these  depreci- 
ators were  personally  known  to  Timrod.  In  the  essay,  a  scornful  reference 
is  made  to  Samuel  Rogers'  attack  on  the  sonnet. 


INTRODUCTION  13 

means  that  it  presents  a  greater  challenge  to  the  artist.  The 
enforced  condensation  requires  him  to  order  his  thought 
before  he  writes,  to  discard  the  irrelevant  and  to  concen- 
trate on  "one  leading  idea,  around  which  the  others  are 
grouped  for  purposes  of  illustration  only."  Since  great 
poetry  had  been  written  in  the  sonnet  form,  Timrod,  a 
traditionalist,  believed  that  the  form  was  good:  the  particu- 
lar result  depended  upon  the  individual  poet. 

In  defending  the  sonnet,  Timrod  was  dealing  only  with 
the  tangible  or  objectified  form.  He  was  not  attempting  to 
define  poetry;  he  was  simply  arguing  the  validity  of  one 
type.  His  next  essay  is  an  attempt  to  distinguish  between  the 
poem,  and  poetry.  It  is  a  defence  of  his  concept  of  poetry, 
written  in  answer  to  a  direct  attack.  Both  essays  are  entitled 
"What  is  Poetry?"  The  first  is  by  William  J.  Grayson;  the 
second  is  by  Timrod."^ 

The  disagreement,  at  least  superficially,  was  one  of  defi- 
nition. Grayson  was  a  neo-classicist,  Timrod  a  romantic. 
Grayson  was  inclined  to  answer  his  question  by  consider- 
ing the  form;  Timrod,  by  considering  the  essence  or  prin- 
ciple of  poetry.  The  argument  is  in  no  sense  a  new  one. 
Aristotle  attempted  to  differentiate  between  essence  and 
form,  at  a  time  when  the  word  poetry  included  practically 
all  imaginative  writing;  with  the  de-limitation  of  the  word 
in  English  usage,  and  with  no  accepted  word  to  signify  the 
older,  larger  concept,  confusion  still  results.  When  the 
scientist  Joseph  LeConte  discussed  the  nature  of  poetry,  he 
began  by  carefully  considering  the  dual  nature  of  the  term. 

-•'>  It  seems  necessary  to  be  specific  because  at  least  two  of  Timrod's 
biographers  have  quoted  from  Grayson's  essay  and  attributed  the  quota- 
tions to  Timrod.  Since  both  essays  are  reprinted  in  this  book,  my  quotations 
can  easily  be  restored  to  their  proper  context.  For  the  resemblances  between 
Grayson's  essay  and  his  unpublished  autobiography,  see  note  1  under 
Grayson.  For  bibliographical  details,  see  note  1  to  each  essay. 


14  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

The  form  is  verse.  In  essence,  prose  addresses  only  the  emo- 
tions and  the  understanding;  poetry  addresses  also  the 
imagination  and  the  aesthetic  sense.  There  can  be  no  clear 
line  of  demarcation:  although  lacking  the  form,  much  prose 
is  in  essence  poetry;  and  much  verse,  despite  its  formal 
quality,  is  not  poetry .^^ 

Grayson  allows  only  the  single  meaning.  Paraphrasing 
Dr.  Johnson,  he  declares  poetry  to  be  "rythmical  composi- 
tion and  a  poet,  one  who  composes  in  measure."  The 
peculiar  quality  of  poetry  is  in  the  form  of  arranging  words, 
without  regard  to  the  ideas  expressed.  All  other  definitions 
lead  to  confusion.  To  him  the  terms  prose  poems  and  poetic 
prose  seemed  "as  incongruous  as  the  phrases,  round  square 
and  oblong  circle."  Such  phrases  were  simply  a  "mystical 
jargon  of  rapturous  superlatives"  freely  used  by  the  "trans- 
cendental oracular  school"  of  Coleridge  and  his  followers. 
They  sought  to  give  to  poetry  qualities  that  poetry  did  not 
have.  An  example  of  this  was  in  Coleridge's  defining  poetry 
"as  the  proper  antithesis  not  of  prose  but  of  science.  What 
more  is  this  than  to  insist  on  using  words  contrary  to  their 
common  acceptation?  According  to  general  usage,  is  not  art 
the  proper  antithesis  of  science?"  Also,  is  it  not  enough  to  be 
a  good  poet,  when  poetry  itself  "is  the  noblest,  most  refined, 
pointed  and  energetic  of  the  two  modes  by  which  among  all 
people,  thought  and  emotion  are  expressed  by  language"? 

By  Grayson's  standards,  all  verse  is  poetry.  A  casual  bit 
of  doggerel  belongs  to  the  genre  as  surely  as  the  finest  work 
of  Milton  or  Shakspere.  Once  this  is  allowed,  the  province 
of  inquiry  changes:  from  asking  what  it  is,  we  turn  to  an 
examination  of  the  quality  of  a  poem.  Here,  figurative  lan- 
guage may  be  used  effectively,  but  the  labelling  of  a  poem 

26  Joseph  LeConte,  "On  the  Nature  and  Uses  of  Art,"  in  the  Southern 
Presbyterian  Review,  XV:  519-20,  Jan.,  1863. 


INTRODUCTION  15 

as  prosy  does  not  mean  that  the  work  is  prose;  it  means 
simply  that  the  writer  was  a  clumsy  poet.  The  intrinsic  merit 
can  be  judged,  but  the  simple  and  clear  distinction  between 
poetry  and  prose  must  remain  steadfast. 

Grayson's  essay  infuriated  Timrod.  He  objected  particu- 
larly to  the  "illogical  confusion  of  the  ideas  conveyed  by  the 
terms  poem,  and  poetry"  which  Grayson  had  used  as  iden- 
tical in  reference.  A  poem  is  objective,  tangible,  a  thing 
complete  within  itself;  poetry  is  subjective,  an  essence  or 
feeling  rather  than  a  definable  reality.  Then  the  antithesis 
to  prose  becomes,  properly,  metre;  if  this  is  recognized,  the 
question  ceases  to  be  how  to  distinguish  poetry  from  prose, 
and  becomes  an  inquiry  into  "those  operations  of  the  human 
faculties,  which,  when  incarnated  in  language,  are  gener- 
ally recognized  as  poetry." 

A  part  of  the  definition,  therefore,  turns  on  the  character 
of  the  poet.  He  must  have  "a  more  than  ordinary  sensibility," 
and  out  of  this  characteristic  must  come  a  "medium  of  strong 
emotion"  which  can  fuse  and  transform  the  objects  and 
thoughts  which  are  the  material  of  poetry.  From  this  power- 
fully emotional  imagination  there  comes  naturally  a  lan- 
guage which  differs  from  the  language  of  prose.  The  poet's 
words  are  sensuous,  picturesque,  and  impassioned;  they 
are  short  and  concrete.  Although  the  thought  may  be  ab- 
stract, the  poetic  expression  of  that  thought  must  have  life, 
form,  and  color.  Abstract  words  make  the  verse  prosaic, 
until  the  work  "no  longer  calls  up  the  image  which  it  ex- 
presses; it  merely  suggests  the  thought  which  it  stands  for." 
The  poet  is  not  content  with  words  that  convey  the  mean- 
ing; he  seeks  also  the  most  beautiful,  in  sound  and  in  asso- 
ciation, so  that  his  words  will  "challenge  a  slight  attention  to 
themselves." 

The  form  is  important,  but  it  is  not  all-inclusive.  Timrod 


16  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

is  willing  to  admit  that  "there  may  be  such  a  thing  as  a 
prose-poem."  Yet  he  admits  it  reluctantly.  Concentrated, 
heightened  thought  and  emotion  find  their  natural  and 
proper  expression  in  verse.  In  a  long  poem,  certain  parts 
will  inevitably  be  merely  skillful  verse,  but  the  artistry  of 
the  writer  must  so  fuse  these  passages  with  the  impassioned 
poetry  that  the  entire  work  will  be  an  organic  whole. 

As  criticism,  the  essay  suffers  from  being  a  rebuttal  as 
well  as  an  affirmation.  The  lines  of  the  argument  had  been 
drawn  in  unshaded  black  and  white  by  another  man;  they 
outraged  Timrod's  sense  of  the  philosophical  and  the  mys- 
tical, which  he  felt  to  be  at  the  heart  of  poetry;  but  the 
narrow  matter-of-factness  of  the  preceding  argument  made 
a  reasoned  answer  difficult.  He  was  forced  to  deny  rather 
than  to  disprove.  The  most  valuable  part  of  his  reply  is  in 
the  place  that  he  could  most  tangibly  take  hold  of  his  ad- 
versary's dicta:  in  the  matter  of  poetic  language.  Signifi- 
cantly, here,  Timrod  is  on  the  side  of  Dante,  and  not  of 
Wordsworth.  He  declares  that  words  in  themselves  have 
beauty  and  euphony  and  concreteness;  in  this,  he  answers 
Grayson  convincingly. 

In  his  longest  and  best  essay,  "A  Theory  of  Poetry,"  ^^ 
Timrod  develops  and  completes  his  earlier  attempts  at  defi- 
nition. After  dismissing  briefly  Grayson's  essay,  he  con- 
siders Foe's  dogmatic  statements  that  a  long  poem  is  a 
contradiction  in  terms  and  that  the  poetical  sentiment  is 
derived  only  from  the  sense  of  the  beautiful. 

In  response  to  the  first  dictum,  Timrod  presents  two  an- 
swers. One  has  to  do  with  the  reading  of  poetry.  Although 
a  psychal  excitement  is  necessarily  transient,  it  does  not 
follow  that  poetry  must  be  read  in  that  mood.  In  fact,  the 

-■^  For  bibliographical  details,  see  note  1  to  "A  Theory  of  Poetry."  See 
also,  on  Timrod's  idea  of  a  poet's  mind,  note  108. 


INTRODUCTION  17 

reading  of  the  greatest  poetry  "is  characterized  ...  by  a 
thoughtful  subhmity  and  the  matured  and  ahnost  inex- 
haustible strength  of  a  healthy  intellect."  Granted  this  qual- 
ity of  mind,  the  reader  need  not  complete  a  poem  at  one 
sitting  to  preserve  its  unity  of  effect.  If  he  reads  the  first 
book  of  Paradise  Lost,  he  will  bring  to  the  second  and  third 
books  all  the  impressions  of  his  former  reading;  he  will  feel 
a  deeper  richness  as  he  continues.  The  mind  will  be  con- 
scious of  the  vast  unity  of  the  poem,  so  that  "its  grand  pur- 
port and  harmonious  proportions  become  more  and  more 
clearly  apparent." 

The  length  of  a  poem  has  nothing  to  do  with  its  excel- 
lence. Only  the  author  can  know  how  long  a  poem  should 
be;  and  only  through  "the  ordeal  of  criticism"  can  the 
author's  success  or  failure  be  determined.  Timrod  admits 
that  he  is  inclined  to  consider  Dante's  Divine  Comedy  as 
three  distinct  poems,  and  Spenser's  Faerie  Qiieene  a  succes- 
sion of  poems.  The  character  of  the  poem  and  the  intention 
of  the  poet  may  be  responsible  for  a  lack  of  unity.  But  the 
poet,  if  he  has  artistry  enough,  can  impose  order  and  secure 
unity.  Not  all  of  his  poem  will  in  the  subjective  sense  be 
genuine  poetry;  parts  of  it  will  inevitably  be  verse,  but 
"these  parts  may  be  raised  so  far  above  the  ordinary  level  of 
prose  by  skillful  verse  as  to  preserve  the  general  harmony  of 
the  poem  and  materially  to  insure  its  unity  as  a  work  of  art." 

With  Poe's  theory  that  poetry  was  limited  in  subject  to 
"the  sense  of  the  beautiful,"  Timrod  dissented  vigorously. 
He  was  willing  to  grant  the  validity  of  this  kind  of  poetry, 
and  even  to  admit  that  Poe  had  "fixed  with  some  definite- 
ness  one  phase  of  its  merely  subjective  manifestation.  It  is, 
indeed,  to  the  inspiration  which  lies  in  the  ethereal,  the  re- 
mote and  the  unknown,  that  the  world  owes  some  of  its 
sweetest  poems;  and  the  poetry  of  words  has  never  so 


18  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

strange  a  fascination  as  when  it  seems  to  suggest  more  than 
it  utters." 

But  to  admit  the  vahdity  of  the  kind  was  not  to  accept 
this  kind  as  the  only,  or  even  the  highest,  poetry.  Litera- 
ture is  not  independent  of  life,  or  of  truth.  The  creation  of 
beauty  is  a  sufficient  aim  for  a  writer;  it  is  not  the  highest 
or  noblest  aim. 

Essentially,  Timrod  was  an  ethical  critic.  He  did  not  pro- 
pose to  limit  its  scope,  but  he  was  convinced  that  the  great- 
est poetry  must  have  an  ethical  content.  Poe  had  attempted 
to  reduce  the  many  and  varied  sources  of  poetry  to  a  single 
element,  beauty.  There  are  other,  equally  valid  sources: 
particularly,  power  and  truth.  A  poem  need  not  be  philo- 
sophical, but  it  can  embody  philosophy;  every  poet  has  the 
right  "to  make  his  art  the  vehicle  of  great  moral  and  philo- 
sophical lessons." 

Some  miscellaneous  ideas  garnered  from  letters,  edito- 
rials, and  poems  help  to  round  out  Timrod's  poetic  theory. 
One  concerns  standards  of  poetry.  He  required  a  high  level 
of  performance  of  himself;  since  his  mind  was  not  easily 
malleable,  he  found  it  hard  to  excuse  poor  work  in  others. 
Even  brotherly  affection  could  not  lead  him  to  pardon  bad 
poetry:  "Sissie  has  been  sending  me  several  sheets  of  her 
nonsense.  Poor  girl!  She  has  very  little  to  amuse  her,  and 
I  found  it  hard  to  tell  her  the  truth  about  them.  But  of  all 
things  in  the  world,  I  think  a  poetaster  the  most  contempti- 
ble; and  to  save  myself  the  discredit  of  having  one  for  a 
sister,  I  have  written  to  her,  treating  her  versicles  without 
mercy."  ^^  This  brutal  letter  has  not  survived,  and  there  is 
no  record  of  his  sister's  verses. 

28  Letter  to  Emily,  March  25,  1861,  in  Timrod-Goodwin  Collection, 
South  Caroliniana  Library.  V^.  P.  Trent  ( William  Gilmore  Simms,  233-34 ) 
thinks  Timrod's  inability  to  conceal  his  dislike  of  poor  poetry  may  have  led 


INTRODUCTION  19 

Soon  after  he  assumed  the  editorship  of  the  Daily  South 
Carolinian,  Timrod  wrote  an  editorial,  "To  our  Poetical 
Contributors."  This  was  a  public  performance;  also,  it  may 
be,  Timrod  had  mellowed  somewhat  in  his  opinion  of  mere 
versifiers.  Whatever  the  reason,  he  begins  mildly.  But  the 
concluding  sentences  are,  under  their  politeness,  as  uncom- 
promising as  words  can  well  be: 

We  have  a  heart  to  sympathise  with  all  lovers  of  poetry,  not 
excepting  those  who  are  incompetent  to  appreciate  it  critically, 
and  who,  in  consequence,  sometimes,  mistake  its  weeds  for  its 
flowers.  The  instinct  which  leads  all  men  to  delight  in  the  musi- 
cal expression  of  sentiment  is  a  divine  one,  and  we  may  not  de- 
spise it  even  where  its  action  happens  to  be  vitiated  by  defects 
of  judgment  and  taste.  Such,  indeed,  is  our  reverence  for  that 
instinct,  that  we  are  inclined  to  accord  some  respect  even  to  the 
writer  of  bad  verse.  Indifferent  rhyme  may  occasionally  be  the 
offspring  of  genuine  feeling,  for  poetry  is  an  art  in  which  no  one 
can  excel  without  genius  and  cultivation.  Where,  then,  the  of- 
fender has  the  excuse  of  natural  emotion,  we  think  he  ought  to 
be  treated  with  great  gentleness.  Yet,  at  the  same  time,  we  would 
advise  all  in  whom  the  aura  divina  is  wanting,  to  suppress  their 
productions,  however  unaffected  may  have  been  the  impulse 
which  led  to  these  compositions.  There  is  no  necessity  of  giving 
to  the  public  verses,  the  only  merit  of  which  is  in  the  source 
from  which  they  spring.  With  regard  to  the  poetical  criminal 
whose  inspiration  is  vanity  alone,  we  have  no  mercy  for  him 
whatever.  There  ought  to  be  a  pillory  for  the  punishment  of 
every  evil-doer  of  this  stamp. 

We  may  as  well  state  at  the  outset,  that  the  standard  upon 
which  we  have  fixed,  and  by  which  we  shall  measure  all  poetical 
contributions  to  our  columns,  is  high,  and  that  to  that  standard 


to  a  temporary  estrangement  with  Simms:  "Timrod  was  critical  by  nature 
and  Simms  was  vulnerable  in  many  places.  Timrod  knew  that  he  could 
write  real  poetry,  while  Simms  could  not,  and  it  probably  vexed  him  to 
hear  the  elder  man  airing  his  often  crude  views  upon  poetical  subjects  in 
his  positive  Johnsonian  manner."  For  Timrod's  attitude  toward  Simms,  see 
also  note  3  to  "Literature  in  the  South." 


20  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

we  shall  adhere,  without  reference  to  any  other  considerations 
tlian  tliose  of  merit  or  demerit.  While  there  are  in  the  English 
language  so  many  exquisite  poems  not  very  well  known,  we 
shall  prefer  to  give  selections  from  these,  or  even  from  authors 
who,  however  familiar,  can  never  lose  their  perennial  freshness, 
than  to  afflict  our  critical  readers  with  such  effusions  as,  in  the 
corner  of  some  newspapers,  appear  under  the  head  of  original 
verse. -^ 

One  who  reads  today  the  poetry  that  Timrod  included 
may  feel  that  he  frequently  relaxed  his  standards.  But  he 
was  publishing,  or  quite  often  reprinting,  the  work  of  peo- 
ple whom  he  knew  personally.  In  addition  to  his  own  and 
some  of  his  father's  work,  Timrod  used  many  poems  by  his 
friends:  Hayne,  Simms,  Bruns,  and  Requier;  several  by 
two  men— Harry  Lyndon  Flash  and  James  Ryder  Randall 
—whom  he  had  met  in  his  days  as  war  correspondent;  a 
poem  by  Thomas  Bailey  Aldrich  and  part  of  one  by  Whit- 
tier;  and  quotations  from  many  English  poets.  He  felt  him- 
self unduly  handicapped:  he  could  not  pay  for  original 
contributions,  and  he  did  not  himself  receive  the  papers 
that  came  to  the  office.  Even  his  opportunity  to  clip  and 
reprint  was  limited. ^*^ 

A  few  technical  remarks  are  interesting.  In  a  letter  to 
Hayne,  Timrod  writes  that  he  has  "the  right  poet's  inclina- 
tion to  plunge  at  once  in  medias  res."  ^^  In  another  letter, 

-9  Columbia  Daily  South  Carolinian,  Jan.  19,  1864. 

30  Letter  to  Hayne,  July  10,  1864,  in  Hubbell,  op.  cit.,  32:  "I  do  not 
know  whether  you  have  published  any  verses  lately,  but  if  so,  you  may 
possibly  be  surprised  that  they  are  not  copied  in  the  Carolinian.  The  reason 
is  that  I  never  see  a  literary  paper.  Fontaine  immediately  seizes  on  them 
for  his  wife  who  keeps  them  on  file.  If  you  should  ever  wish  anything  to 
appear  in  the  Carolinian,— I  mean  of  course  after  you  ha\'e  sold  it  to  some 
other  paper  not  too  mean  to  buy  it— you  must  send  it  to  me." 

31  March  30,  1866;  quoted  in  Hubbell,  op.  cit.,  59.  On  March  7,  1866, 
Timrod  used  tlie  same  phrase  to  Hayne,  but  without  relating  it  to  poetry 
( Hubbell,  op.  cit.,  51 ) :  'T  like  usually  to  plunge  in  medias  res." 


INTRODUCTION  21 

Timrod  defends  himself  against  dogmatic  remarks  by 
James  Wood  Davidson;  after  reading  Davidson's  criticism 
of  his  poetry,  Timrod  wrote  indignantly  to  Hayne: 

Did  you  mark  what  the  fellow  says  about  the  use  of  my  &  thy 
before  vowels?  "A  well  established  principle  of  euphony  de- 
mands the  use  of  mine  &  thine.  ["]  One  would  think  that  Mr. 
Davidson  must  have  scrutinized  closely  all  the  great  masters, 
and  found  this  rule  invariably  observed"  [sic].  I  turn  to  Tenny- 
son (Talking  Oak)  and  read  "And  even  into  my  inmost  ring" 
(D.  objects  to  ["]  thy  inmost  heart").  Again,  "Then  Close  and 
dark  my  arms  I  spread"— "Showering  thy  gleaned  wealth  into 
my  open  breast"  &c  Sec  I  could  quote  a  half  dozen  similar  in- 
stances. Even  this  fool's  favorite  Poe  has  "My  Mother,  my  own 
Mother  who  died  early."  The  truth  is,  of  course,  that  this  rule 
is  not,  like  similar  rules  in  Greek  &  French,  imperative  in 
English.  The  poet  has  the  privilege  of  using  either  form  as  his 
ear  dictates.  Mr  Davidson  has  no  ear,  and  therefore  he  cannot 
understand  that  if  I  had  crunched  together  so  many  ns  as  I 
would  have  done  if  I  had  written  "in  thine  unmingled  scorn," 
so  far  from  consulting  the  laws  of  euphony,  I  should  have 
been  guilty  of  a  cacophony.  But  you  know  these  things  as 
well  as  I.^" 

To  the  same  friend,  he  wrote  his  opinion  of  prize-poems 
in  general,  and  specifically  of  one  that  Hayne  had  just  pub- 
lished. His  criticism  is  mild,  yet  exact: 

I  received  your  prize  poem  this  morning— thank  you  for  send- 
ing it.  It  is  a  very  noble  production  indeed— quite  worthy  of  the 
crown— but  may  I  be  so  frank  as  to  tell  you  that  its  excellence 
seems  to  me  rather  rhetorical  than  poetical.  This  fault,  how- 
ever, belongs  to  all  prize-poems,— to  mine,  I  think,  in  a  far 
greater  degree  than  your  own.  The  poet  cannot  draw  his  purest 
and  subtlest  strains  except  from  his  own  unremunerated  heart. ^^ 

^-  To  Hayne,  March  7,  1866;  quoted  in  Hubbell,  op.  cit.,  52-53. 

•^""^To  Hayne,  July  11,  1867;  quoted  in  Hubbell,  op.  cit.,  87-88.  Hayne's 
prize-poem  was  "The  Confederates  in  the  Field;"  Timrod's,  "Address  De- 
livered at  the  Opening  of  the  New  Theatre  at  Richmond"  ( 1863). 


22  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

These  are  direct  statements.  Ideas  embodied  in  poems 
are  indirect:  they  represent  the  poet  speaking  dramatically, 
and  not  necessarily  in  his  own  person.  Yet,  if  evaluated  with 
reasonable  caution,  the  thought  in  many  poems  can  be 
read  as  a  valuable  extension  of  his  remarks  in  prose.  In  vary- 
ing forms  but  with  the  same  core  of  meaning,  basic  ideas 
that  troubled  his  mind  appear  and  re-appear. 

One  is  partially  objective.  The  values  of  the  world  seemed 
to  him  material  values;  those  of  poetry  were  ethical,  spir- 
itual, and  aesthetic.  He  could  find  no  way  to  reconcile  these 
opposites.  Yet  if  poetry  were  to  have  meaning  for  the  world, 
the  values  of  poetry  must  be  accepted  by  it.  Otherwise,  a 
man's  poetry  became  a  private  possession,  and  there  was 
little  reason  for  him  to  put  his  thought  into  an  objectified 
form.^^ 

Although  the  period  in  which  he  lived  was  in  his  estima- 
tion less  materialistic  than  the  eighteenth  century,^^  it  felt 
little  need  for  intellectual  and  spiritual  knowledge.  Some- 
times the  very  structure  of  the  world  appeared  to  make  this 
structure  of  society  inevitable:  since  men  were  bound  to 
matter,  space,  and  time,  then  "Communion  with  the  spirit 
land  /  Died  with  the  last  inventions."  It  was  a  prosaic  day, 
in  which  the  world  falsified  its  dreams. ^^ 

The  poem  "Youth  and  Manhood"  combines  this  feeling 
of  the  world's  indifference  with  the  poet's  sense  of  being 
aloof,  and  therefore  removed.  But  he  suspects  that  his  youth 
is  a  reason  for  his  inhabiting  a  freer,  loftier  region:  the  men 

34  See  "A  Vision  of  Poesy"  and  "A  Theory  of  Poetry";  also,  the  discussion 
and  notes  below;  and  "A  Rhapsody  of  a  Southern  Winter  Night,"  in  Poems, 
109-13. 

3">  See  "A  Theory  of  Poetry." 

36  The  poem  is  titled,  perhaps  significantly,  "A  Little  Spot  of  Dingy 
Earth";  in  Cardwell,  Uncollected  Poems,  67-71.  The  quotations  are  from 
pp.  70-71. 


INTRODUCTION  23 

who  toil  and  plod  may  have  simply,  in  the  endless  strife, 
lost  faith  with  youth.  With  a  young  man's  arrogant  prayer, 
Timrod  closes  his  poem: 

If  the  same  toil  which  indurates  the  hand 

Must  steel  the  heart, 
Till,  in  the  wonders  of  the  ideal  land, 

It  have  no  part; 

Oh!  take  me  hence!  I  would  no  longer  stay 

Beneath  the  sky; 
Give  me  to  chant  one  pure  and  deathless  lay, 

And  let  me  die!  ^*' 

The  desire  for  death  may  have  been  rhetorical;  the  feel- 
ing which  permeates  the  poem  was  real.  It  intensified  rather 
than  lessened.  When  he  asked  himself,  or  possibly  was 
asked  in  such  a  way  that  he  could  not  shake  the  query 
from  his  mind,  why  he  did  not  write  more  poetry,  his  feeling 
about  the  indifference  to  that  art  breaks  forth:  "the  world, 
in  its  worldliness,  does  not  miss  /  What  a  poet  sings."  But 
the  writer  in  objectifying  his  thought  has  somehow  cast  it 
away  from  him.  Thus  the  thought,  dream,  or  fancy  loses 
its  personal  application.^^ 

Closely  related  to  this  is  his  feeling  that  some  truths  are 
better  left  unsaid,  that  "Too  broad  a  daylight  wraps  us  all." 
Perhaps  Timrod  was  half-ashamed  of  the  mystical  part  of 
his  thoughts,  and  hesitant  about  voicing  them  too  plainly. 
He  believed  that  there  were  impenetrable  mysteries,  which 
could  be  intuitively  known  and  in  part  understood;  he  felt 
that  richness  was  lost  when  too  much  was  explained.  Appar- 
ently uncertain  in  his  own  beliefs,  he  knew  only  that  intro- 

'■^"^  "Youth  and  Manhood,"  in  Poems,  24-26. 
38  "Why  Silent,"  in  Poems,  45. 


24  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

spection  lost  much  when  it  was  forced  into  the  semi-reaUty 
of  words. ^^ 

Another  phase  of  his  dissatisfaction  is  most  clearly  stated 
in  the  poem  "Retirement."  In  a  dramatic  soliloquy,  the  poet 
advises  a  friend  that  a  lonely  house  awaits  them;  there  the 
two  can  build  "A  wall  of  quiet  thought,  and  gentle  books  / 
Betwixt  us  and  the  hard  and  bitter  world."  In  that  retreat, 
they  can  shut  out  unpleasant  news,  and  dally  with  peace- 
ful thoughts  and  feelings. ^^  Another  form  of  his  discontent 
shows  in  passages  that  express  an  inability  to  loose  his 
thoughts  and  at  the  same  time  to  order  and  discipline  them. 
The  dim  monotones  of  an  embryonic  poem  bewilder  his 
brain  "With  a  specious  and  cunning  appearance  of  thought 
/  I  seem  to  be  catching  but  never  have  caught."  ^^ 

He  felt,  also,  that  men  did  not  understand  or  value  medi- 
tation. If  a  man  worked,  even  though  he  labored  only  at  the 
paltry  trade  of  sonnet-writing,  he  should  have  tangible  re- 
sults to  show.  Men  accustomed  to  a  "busy  vacancy"  had  no 
patience  with  a  man's  lying  fallow,  with  simply  observing 
and  thinking:  he  was  an  idler,  and  to  be  sneered  at.^^ 

These  troubled  expressions  are  too  much  a  part  of  his 

39  Sonnet  V,  "Some  truths  there  be  are  better  left  unsaid";  in  Poems,  173. 
The  same  thought  appears  also  in  "A  Rhapsody  of  a  Southern  Winter 
Night,"  111: 

While  in  the  fears  that  chasten  mortal  joy, 
Is  one  that  shuts  the  lips,  lest  speech  too  free, 
With  the  cold  touch  of  hard  reality, 
Should  turn  its  priceless  jewels  into  dust. 
He  was  also  convinced  that  a  poet  could  not  fully  understand  what  he 
intuitively  knew  or  felt.  See  Sonnet  XIV,  "Are  these  wild  thoughts,  thus 
fettered  in  my  rhymes,"  and  the  poem  "Dreams,"  in  Poems,  182  and  101- 
102. 

40  "Retirement,"  in  Poems,  136.  See  also  "Sonnet— In  the  Deep  Shadow," 
in  Uncollected  Poems,  53. 

41  "Vox  et  Praeterea  Nihil,"  in  Poems,  31. 

42  Sonnet  IV,  "They  dub  thee  idler,  smiling  sneeringly,"  in  Poems,  172. 


INTRODUCTION  25 

mind  to  be  disregarded.  His  dissatisfaction  with  his  com- 
pleted work  is  a  compomid  of  many  elements. "^'^  He  could 
occasionally  profess  an  aristocratic  disdain  of  the  world's 
opinion;  ^^  beyond  question,  he  had  a  low  opinion  of  mass 
intelligence.  Yet  a  private  art  intended  for  the  few  seemed 
to  him  an  imperfect  and  largely  useless  art.  The  poet  had  a 
function  to  perform:  to  translate  for  this  mass-mind  the 
aspirations  and  thoughts  which,  otherwise,  it  could  never 
grasp.^^  The  poet  was  minister  of  truth,  power,  and  beauty; 
he  was  a  responsible  agent,  performing  a  function  that  no 
other  agent  could  perform.^^ 

This  may  be  at  the  heart  of  Timrod's  discontent.  He  was 
confident  of  his  poetic  power,  yet,  judging  from  his  early 
poems,  it  seemed  to  him  a  power  without  adequate  direc- 
tion or  control.  His  work  was  too  much  abstracted  from 
reality,  both  within  itself  and  in  its  audience.  It  was  not 
enough  to  write  graceful  love  lyrics  or  give  voice  to  his 
personal  feelings.  In  that  manner,  the  poet  could  find  relief 

43  See,  for  typical  examples,  "To  Anna,"  in  Uncollected  Poems,  92;  "A 
Vision  of  Poesy,"  section  II;  Sonnet  X,  in  Poems,  178;  "Why  Silent,"  in 
Poems,  45;  also,  two  letters  from  Emily  Timrod  Goodwin  to  Hayne  ( Nov. 
23,  1867,  in  Timrod-Goodwin  Collection,  South  Caroliniana  Library): 
"With  regard  to  our  brother's  age  I  must  be  candid  with  you.  The  year  of  his 
birth  was  written  down  by  my  father  as  the  8th  of  December  1829  [actually, 
W.  H.  Timrod  recorded  Henry's  birth  in  his  day-book  as  occurring  Dec.  8, 
1828];  but  Hal  always  said  1830.  He  thought  he  had  accomplished  so  little 
that  he  made  himself  a  year  younger  than  he  really  was."  On  Oct.  22,  1867, 
in  a  letter  to  Hayne  describing  his  death,  Emily  wrote  ( quoted  in  Hayne, 
op.  cit.,  61-62;  Ms.  in  Timrod-Goodwin  Collection):  "After  the  Doctor 
went,  he  said  to  me,  'And  is  this  to  be  the  end  of  all— so  soon!  and  I  have 
achieved  so  little?  I  thought  to  have  done  so  much.  I  had  just  before  my 
first  attack  fallen  into  a  strain  of  such  pure  and  delicate  fancies.  I  think 
this  winter  I  would  have  done  more  than  I  have  ever  done;  I  should  have 
written  more  purely,  and  with  greater  delicacy." 

■14  See  the  opening  paragraphs  of  "The  Character  and  Scope  of  the 
Sonnet." 

45  "A  Vision  of  Poesy,"  in  Poems,  87-88. 

46  See  "A  Theory  of  Poetry;"  also  note  108. 


26  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

for  his  own  impatient  spirit;  but  he  had  not,  as  artist,  at- 
tained full  manhood.^^ 

If  this  reading  of  his  work  is  correct,  Timrod  until  1860 
was  a  poet  in  search  of  a  theme.  Before  that  time,  he  found 
many  themes,  and  he  wrote  good  poems  on  some  of  them. 
But  only  infrequently  did  such  a  poem  satisfy  him.  His 
concept  was  noble;  in  comparison,  his  performance  was 
inadequate.  So  he  was  influenced  heavily  and  directly  by 
the  writers  he  most  admired,  while  he  was  painfully  work- 
ing out  for  himself  the  passage  from  their  ideas  to  his  own. 

The  war  gave  him  a  theme.  Timrod  was  ready  for  it,  with 
a  technique  that  had  become  individual  to  himself,  and 
capable  of  translating  this  matter  of  poetry  into  poetry 
itself.  Whether  rightly  or  wrongly,  he  felt  that  in  his  theme 
he  had  found  common  ground  with  his  people,  that  he  was 
giving  expression  to  what  they  dimly  felt.  In  this  poetry 
the  direct  and  sometimes  embarrassing  evidences  of  in- 
debtedness disappear;  his  thought  had  grown  strong 
enough  to  absorb  the  earlier  influences  and  to  transmute 
them  until  they  become  an  integral  part  of  his  own  thought. 

The  finest  and  clearest  expression  of  that  thought  is  not 
in  the  early  ( and  factually  erroneous )  paeans  to  a  coming 
victory.^*  It  is  rooted  in  tragedy.  In  victory  as  in  defeat,  the 
tragedy  would  remain;  and  it  would  be  almost  equally  piti- 
less for  victor  and  vanquished.  Against  this  tragedy  of  men 
Timrod  sets  the  eternal  quality  of  nature  with  its  inherent 
peacefulness;  and  he  sets  against  it,  also,  the  faith  of  human 
beings.  With  this  sombre  awareness  of  death  there  came 
also,  in  1865,  the  personal  tragedy  of  the  death  of  his  only 
son.  The  man  who  wrote  "Spring,"  "Christmas,"  "A  Mother's 

47  "A  Vision  of  Poesy,"  in  Poems,  88  and  97-99. 

48  The  best  example  of  this  is  the  conclusion  of  "The  Cotton  Boll,"  in 
Poems,  11. 


INTRODUCTION  27 

Wail,"  and  the  final  "Ode"  had  experienced  universal  emo- 
tions. 

These  poems  are  not,  in  the  technical  sense,  major  poems, 
and  Timrod  is  not  a  major  poet.  But  in  them  Timrod  has 
magnificently  embodied  his  concept  of  poetry.  When  he 
was  simply  voicing  in  restrained  and  powerful  verse  the 
emotions  that  had  become  a  part  of  him,  he  was  an  authen- 
tic poet. 


II 


A  vast  amount  of  Southern  intellectual  energy  was  ex- 
pended, in  the  years  1830-1860,  in  presenting  arguments 
and  pleas  for  a  regional  intellectual  independence.  These 
partisan  efforts  to  create  a  literary  nationalism  brought  little 
in  the  way  of  tangible  results.  If  the  discussion  was  unprof- 
itable, the  problem  itself  was  painful,  engrossing,  and  ap- 
parently inescapable.^^ 

To  this  forensic  arena  of  bitterness  and  vexation,  Timrod 
came  late.^^  By  1859  the  South  was  almost  unified  in  its 
opposition  to  the  North.  The  easy,  popular  thing  to  do  was 
to  throw  hard  verbal  bricks  at  Boston  and  New  York. 
Timrod  does  his  share  of  this,  but  he  does  not  absolve  his 
own  region  of  blame  or  responsibility.  The  Southern  author 
is  "the  Pariah  of  modern  literature"  because  he  is  caught 
between  hostility  and  contempt  abroad  and  scornful  indif- 
ference at  home:  "It  is  the  settled  conviction  of  the  North 
that  genius  is  indigenous  there,  and  flourishes  only  in  a 
Northern  atmosphere.  It  is  the  equally  firm  conviction  of 

49  For  an  excellent  discussion  of  this  subject,  see  J.  B.  Hubbell,  "Literary 
Nationalism  in  the  Old  South,"  in  American  Studies  in  Honor  of  William 
Kenneth  Boyd  (Durham,  1940),  pp.  175-220. 

50  With  his  essay,  "Literature  in  the  South"  ( 1859).  For  bibliographical 
details,  see  note  1  to  this  essay. 


28  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

the  South  that  genius— hterary  genius,  at  least— is  an  exotic 
that  will  not  flower  on  a  Southern  soil." 

Timrod  reserves  his  sharpest  thrusts  for  Southerners. 
Native  writers  are  neglected  because  literature  is  consid- 
ered an  epicurean  amusement,  and  because  readers  prefer 
the  classical  and  neo-classical  to  the  modern  romantic 
authors.  The  writer  himself  is  not  esteemed  in  a  land  where 
taste  is  archaic  and  judgment  is  uninformed.  Timrod  never 
doubted  the  superiority  of  nineteenth-century  writing;  he 
was  troubled  only  that  readers  and  teachers  seemed  fre- 
quently to  prefer  Pope  to  Wordsworth,  and  remained  ob- 
livious to  "that  most  important  revolution  in  imaginative 
literature  .  .  .  which  took  place  a  little  more  than  half  a 
century  ago."  The  men  who  brought  about  that  revolution 
had  introduced  a  mystical  element  into  verse,  which  dis- 
tinguished it  from  earlier  kinds,  and  into  criticism  an  analy- 
sis which  deduced  its  laws  from  nature  and  truth  rather 
than  from  the  authority  of  particular  writers. 

Equally  provincial  and  almost  equally  harmful  was  the 
current  demand  from  another  group  for  a  superficial 
"Southernism  in  literature."  It  closely  resembled  the  earlier 
demand  for  "Americanism  in  literature,"  and  each  meant 
only  that  "an  author  should  confine  himself  in  the  choice  of 
his  subjects  to  the  scenery,  the  history,  and  the  traditions" 
of  his  own  section  or  country.  Without  any  qualification, 
Timrod  labelled  this  a  false  and  narrow  criterion  by  which 
to  judge  of  true  nationality.  It  is  in  the  handling  of  a  sub- 
ject, and  not  in  the  subject  itself,  that  the  characteristics  of 
a  writer  are  revealed,  and  "he  alone,  who,  in  a  style  evolved 
from  his  own  individual  genius,  speaks  the  thoughts  and 
feelings  of  his  own  deep  heart,  can  be  a  truly  national 
genius."  To  such  a  writer,  the  circumscription  of  subjects 
was  foolish  and  unfortunate.  The  author  must  have  the 


INTRODUCTION  29 

right  to  choose  accordmg  to  his  own  needs  and  taste;  that 
he  would  not  thereby  lose  his  nationality  was  easily  proved 
by  the  Roman  plays  of  Shakspere  and  the  French  novels 
of  Scott. 

In  January,  1864,  Timrod  began  to  write  a  series  of  edi- 
torials ^^  that  continue  and  in  part  repeat  his  essay,  "Litera- 
ture in  the  South."  The  war,  he  thinks,  has  brought  about 
one  improvement:  the  blockade  has  cut  off  the  supply  of 
English  and  Northern  books,  and  thus  has  forced  South- 
erners to  read  native  works.  In  turn.  Southern  authors, 
awake  "to  the  fact  that  they  have  at  last  an  audience,"  have 
been  writing  vigorously,  and  with  enough  ability  to  indi- 
cate "that  a  new  era  of  intellectual  energy  is  dawning  upon 
us."  These  books  and  the  best  of  the  literary  magazines  and 
papers  show  "the  national  mind  struggling  to  find  fit  and 
original  expression."  If  there  is  much  imitation  and  many 
indifferent  books,  there  is  also  evidence  that  Southern  liter- 
ature is  beginning  to  "trust  to  its  native  strength  alone."  ^^ 

Although  he  favored  an  independence  of  foreign  models 
and  asked  for  a  literature  that  would  reflect  and  reveal  the 
Southern  mind,^^  Timrod  did  not  want  a  local  color  litera- 
ture. He  rephrases  his  earlier  concept:  "There  is  but  one 

^1  On  January  13,  1864,  the  Columbia  Daih/  South  Carolinian  an- 
nounced in  its  columns  the  valedictory  of  R.  V^.  Gibbes,  M.  D.,  and  its  new 
ownership  by  F.  G.  De  Fontaine  &  Co.  De  Fontaine  was  to  be  editor,  and 
as  "associate  editor  we  have  secured  the  services  of  HENRY  TIMROD, 
ESQ."  He  was  responsible  for  the  editorials;  he  helped  also  with  other 
sections  of  the  paper.  In  a  letter  to  Hayne,  Timrod  disclaims  the  author- 
ship of  most  of  the  book  notices;  see  page  50  of  Introduction.  All  the 
editorials  that  contain  literary  criticism  are  printed  in  the  notes  to 
"Literature  in  the  South"  and  "A  Theory  of  Poetry."  J.  B.  Hubbell,  op.  cit., 
133-45,  reprints  five  of  them. 

^-  The  first  of  his  editorials,  entitled  "Southern  Literature,"  Jan.  14,  1864. 

^3  "Southern  Nationality,"  Jan.  16,  1864,  and  "Nationality  in  Literature," 
Jan.  19,  1864.  The  quotation  in  this  paragraph  is  from  "Nationality  in 
Literature." 


30  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

way  to  be  a  truly  national  writer,  and  that  is  by  being  a 
truly  original  writer  .  .  .  the  man  of  original  genius  draws 
his  matter  from  the  depth  of  his  own  being;  and  the  national 
character,  in  which,  as  a  unit  of  the  nation,  he  shares,  finds 
its  utterance  through  him." 

Timrod  also  considers  the  parallel  demand  for  a  national 
song.  Most  songs  of  this  kind  he  thinks  worthless  from  a 
literary  point  of  view.  "The  Star-Spangled  Banner"  and 
"Rule  Britannia"  gained  popularity  through  their  effective 
refrains,  and  not  through  any  merit  as  poetry;  with  the  ex- 
ception of  "Maryland,  My  Maryland,"  no  Southern  song 
attained  even  that  type  of  popularity.  Since  people  do  not 
choose  their  songs  on  the  basis  of  poetic  merit,  the  poets 
are  not  to  blame.  Timrod  lists  four  things  as  necessary  to 
the  success  of  a  national  song:  "Its  verse  must  run  glibly  on 
the  tongue;  it  must  contain  somewhere,  either  in  a  stanza 
or  in  a  refrain,  a  sentiment,  tersely  and  musically  expressed, 
which  appeals  to  some  favorite  pride,  prejudice,  or  passion 
of  the  people;  it  must  be  married  to  an  effective,  but  not 
complicated  air,  and  it  must  be  aided  by  such  a  collocation 
of  accidents  as  may  not  be  computed."  The  poet  even  of 
genius  cannot  control  all  of  these  elements;  the  Confed- 
eracy possessed  no  writers  equal  to  the  task  of  expressing 
"the  whole  great  soul  of  a  nation  within  the  compass  of  a 
few  simple  and  melodious  verses."  But  the  task  was  worth 
attempting,  and  he  hoped  that  writers  would,  in  the  effort, 
"find  inspiration  enough  to  draw  forth  the  utmost  capacity 
of  their  genius."  ^"^ 

He  was  not  optimistic.  The  turbulence  and  excitement 
of  war  might  be  excellent  as  a  period  of  germination,  but 

54  "National  Songs,"  Jan.  24,  1864.  See  also  his  letter  to  Rachel  Lyons, 
Sept.  6,  1861,  in  Southern  Literary  Messenger,  II:  609,  Nov.,  1940. 


INTRODUCTION  31 

not  as  a  period  of  growth.  Yet  the  intense  emotion  which 
prevents  a  poet  from  writing  well  at  the  time  may  give 
strength  and  character  to  his  thought.  After  a  period  of 
meditation,  which  could  come  only  with  the  return  of 
peace,  Southern  writers  might  be  able  to  write  great 
poems. ^^ 

The  editorials  themselves  suffer  from  this  lack  of  tran- 
quillity. On  August  25, 1864,  Timrod  described  his  work  to 
Hayne:  "I  have  not  written  a  line  of  verse  for  a  twelve- 
month. All  the  poetry  in  my  Nature  has  been  fagged  out  of 
me  I  fear.  I  work  very  hard,— besides  writing  the  leaders 
of  the  paper  I  often  descend  into  the  local  column,  as  you 
must  have  noticed  by  such  articles  as  Literary  Pranks^  Ar- 
senal Hill,  and  the  Troubles  of  a  Midsummer  Night.  My 
object  is  to  show  that  a  poet  can  drudge  as  well  [as]  a  duller 
man,  and  therefore  I  don't  complain."  ^^  It  was  one  thing 
to  drudge  uncomplainingly,  and  presumably  Timrod  was 
equal  to  that  task;  it  was  quite  another  under  the  circum- 
stances to  write  with  strength  and  intelligence.  Even  dwarf 
essays  require  a  sustained  thought  that  Timrod  often 
seemed  unable  to  give  to  them.^*^ 

55  "VV^ar  and  Literature,"  Feb.  28,  1864,  and  an  editorial  without  a  title, 
Sept.  15,  1864. 

56  Quoted  in  Hubbell,  op.  cit.,  43. 

57  The  Daily  South  Carolinian  stopped  with  the  burning  of  Columbia  on 
Feb.  17,  1865,  Its  printer,  Juhan  A.  Selby  (Memorabilia  and  Anecdotal 
Reminiscences  of  Columbia,  S.  C,  Columbia,  1905,  101 )  writes  that  as 
Sherman's  army  approached  he  and  Timrod  "issued  a  'thumb-sheet'  two 
or  three  times  a  day,"  with  shells  dropping  near  the  building.  Timrod 
wrote  some  editorials,  1865-66,  for  the  Phoenix  (started  in  Columbia 
March  21, 1865,  but  moved  before  December  to  Charleston) .  Trent,  op.  cit., 
292,  says  that  Timrod  did  not  "contribute  a  line  for  weeks  together." 
Timrod  (letter  to  Hayne,  March  30,  1866;  in  Hubbell,  op.cit.,  60)  writes 
that  Fontaine  "started  the  Carolinian"  again  in  Charleston:  "I  have  hacked 
for  him  for  four  months,  and  have  not  yet  received  one  month's  pay.  The 
truth  is,  Fontaine  can't  pay." 


32  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 


III 


Few  writers  have  ever  indicated  so  precisely  the  major 
influences  upon  their  art  as  Timrod  did.  He  expressed  fre- 
quently and  quite  frankly  his  indebtedness  to  Wordsworth; 
he  praised  the  work  of  Milton  and  of  Tennyson;  and  he  is 
said  to  have  completed  a  metrical  translation  of  the  poems 
of  Catullus/*^  Although  he  knew  the  works  of  many  other 
poets,  these  four  influenced  him  most  directly  and  imme- 
diately. Hayne  notes  that  "his  reading  was  more  exact  than 
varied.  His  unerring  critical  tact  rejected  the  false  and 
meretricious;  but  for  authors  of  his  deliberate  choice,  his 
affection  daily  increased."  ^^ 

First  in  his  affection  was  Wordsworth.  In  the  morning  of 
his  career,  writes  his  close  friend  Hayne,  "Timrod  looked 
up  to  Wordsworth  as  his  poetical  guide  and  exemplar."  ^^ 
Wordsworth  seemed  not  only  his  personal  mentor,  but  the 
guiding  spirit  of  poetry  in  his  time:  "The  poet  who  first 
taught  the  few  simple  but  grand  and  impressive  truths 
which  have  blossomed  into  the  poetic  harvest  of  the  nine- 
teenth century  was  Wordsworth  .  .  .  When  he  began  to 
write,  it  was  with  the  purpose  of  embodying  in  all  the 
poetic  forms  at  his  command  the  two  truths  of  which  the 
poets  and  readers  of  his  time  seemed  to  him  completely 
incognizant.  These  were,  first,  that  the  materials  and  stimu- 
lants of  poetry  might  be  found  in  the  commonest  things 
about  us;  and  second,  behind  the  sights,  sounds,  and  hues 
of  external  nature  there  is  'something  more  than  meets  the 
senses,  something  undefined  and  unutterable  which  must 

58  J.  P.  K.  Bryan,  in  Introduction,  Poems,  xxxiii. 

59  Hayne,  op.  cit.,  18-19. 

60  Ihid.,  21. 


INTRODUCTION  33 

be  felt  and  perceived  by  the  soul'  in  its  moments  of  rapt 
contemplation.  This  latter  feeling  it  is  that  constitutes  the 
chief  originality  of  Wordsworth."  In  Timrod's  estimation, 
this  feeling  did  not  appear  in  Shakspere  or  his  contempo- 
raries, in  Milton  or  his  followers,  in  Dryden,  Pope,  Thom- 
son, or  Cowper.  But  it  "has  been  caught  up  and  shadowed 
forth"  by  every  poet  from  Byron  to  Tennyson.^^ 

An  individual  adumbration  of  this  feeling  or  idea  appears 
in  Timrod's  poetry.  He  felt  himself  to  be  in  the  tradition  of 
Wordsworth.^-  When  a  correspondent  suggested  to  him 
that  his  poem  "Katie"  was  Byronic  in  tone,  Timrod  an- 
swered that  the  resemblance  was  "merely  a  verbal  one,"  and 
that  the  particular  couplet  under  discussion  is  "made  the 
text  of  a  train  of  sentiment  which  is  much  more  Words- 
toorthian  than  Byronic  in  its  character."  ^^ 

This  admitted  influence  permeates  his  work  in  the  dec- 
ade 1850-60.  The  need  for  dealing  with  common  and  hu- 

^1  "A  Theory  of  Poetry." 

^"  In  a  thoughtful  discussion  of  Timrod's  life  and  work,  Peirce  Bruns 
(in  Conservative  Review,  I:  268,  May,  1899)  disagreed  flatly  with  this; 
but  he  apparently  was  not  familiar  with  Timrod's  prose:  "It  has  been  said 
that  he  was  most  deeply  influenced  by  Wordsworth.  But  this  is  manifestly 
erroneous.  The  mistake,  we  suppose,  has  arisen  from  Paul  Hayne's  state- 
ment that  Timrod's  favorite  poem  was  Wordsworth's  'Intimations  of  Im- 
mortality from  Recollections  of  Early  Childhood,'  a  poem  which  is  cer- 
tainly the  most  un-Wordsworthian  of  all  the  Lake  Poet's  works.  Surely 
there  can  be  no  resemblance  between  the  'cloudy  pantheism'  of  Words- 
worth and  the  clear-cut,  definite  forms  under  which  Timrod  envisaged 
the  flowers  of  nature.  Timrod,  in  this  regard,  at  least,  is  far  nearer  to 
Shelley." 

Trent,  op.cit.,  235,  states  without  qualification  of  Timrod:  "That  he  was 
dominated  by  Tennyson  ...  is  perfectly  true." 

There  are  obvious  borrowings  in  thought  from  Wordsworth's  "Ode  on 
Intimations  of  Immortality"  in  Timrod's  "Dramatic  Fragment,"  Poems, 
105-06. 

^"^  Letter  to  Rachel  Lyons,  in  "Unpublished  Letters  of  Henry  Timrod," 
edited  by  WiUiam  Fidler,  Southern  Literary  Messenger,  II:  610-11,  Nov., 
1940. 


34  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

man  things  is  emphasized  by  the  angel  of  Poesy  in  the 
"Vision;"  ^*  it  is  expHcitly  stated  by  Timrod  in  a  sonnet  on 
poetry: 

POET!  if  on  a  lasting  fame  be  bent 

Thy  unperturbing  hopes,  thou  will  not  roam 

Too  far  from  thine  own  happy  heart  and  home; 

Cling  to  the  lowly  earth,  and  be  content! 

So  shall  thy  name  be  dear  to  many  a  heart; 

So  shall  the  noblest  truths  by  thee  be  taught; 

The  flower  and  fruit  of  wholesome  human  thought 

Bless  the  sweet  labors  of  thy  gentle  art. 

The  brightest  stars  are  nearest  to  the  earth, 

And  we  may  track  the  mighty  sun  above, 

Even  by  the  shadow  of  a  slender  flower. 

Always,  O  bard,  humility  is  power! 

And  thou  mayst  draw  from  matters  of  the  hearth 

Truths  wide  as  nations,  and  as  deep  as  love.^^ 

This  was  not  a  plea  for  a  limited  provincialism.  Rather, 
it  represents  his  belief  that  universality  could  be  secured 
through  the  method  of  handling  immediate  and  well- 
known  objects,  and  through  giving  a  new  richness  to  or- 
dinary things. 

The  major  influence  of  Wordsworth  is  to  be  found  in 
Timrod^s  concept  of  nature.  Although  he  knew  the  classical 
poets  and  drew  intellectual  sustenance  from  them,  he  spoke 
truly  of  having  "fed  my  muse  with  English  song  /  Until  her 
feeble  wing  grew  strong."  ^^  In  particular  it  had  fed  upon 
the  intuitive,  contemplative  mysticism  of  the  romantic 
poets.  That  his  own  concept  of  nature  deviated  from 
Wordsworth's  somewhat,  he  consciously  realized;  but  he 

fi^  "A  Vision  of  Poesy,"  in  Poems,  86-89  and  99. 

c-"^  Poems,  169. 

66  "A  Dedication,"  in  Poems,  37. 


INTRODUCTION  35 

knew  likewise  that  he  had  started  from  Wordsworth's 
premise. 

Both  men  are  conscious  of  spiritual  qualities  no  longer 
understood;  instead  of  setting  this  consciousness  in  the  pe- 
riod before  birth  and  in  early  childhood,  Timrod  feels  that 
he  must  some  time,  some  where,  have  existed  in  a  finer 
and  more  sensitive  form: 

O  mother!  somewhere  on  this  lovely  earth 

I  lived,  and  understood  that  mystic  tongue, 

But,  for  some  reason,  to  my  second  birth 
Only  the  dullest  memories  have  clung.^"^ 

For  both  poets,  these  memories  can  best  be  stimulated  by 
nature. 

In  Timrod's  view,  nature  can  provide  an  ethical  basis  for 
poetry;  she  is  so  bountiful  that  her  lessons  "may  be  gath- 
ered from  the  very  dust  we  tread  beneath  our  feet."  ^^  He 
admits  that  it  is  possible  to  disregard  truth  and  yet  to  write 
good  poetry,  by  concentrating  on  subjective  beauty.  Even 
in  attaining  this  narrow  end,  nature  can  help  the  writer. 
Timrod  grants  readily  that  there  need  be  no  moral  shut 
within  the  bosom  of  the  rose;  equally,  that  poems  may  be 
judged,  without  regard  to  morality,  in  "simple  reference 
to  their  poetical  effect."  The  contemplative  or  philosoph- 
ical poet  is  "influenced  by  a  vaster  purpose  .  .  .  [he]  aims 
to  create  beauty  also,  but  .  .  .  desires  at  the  same  time 
to  mould  this  beauty  into  the  shape  of  a  temple  dedicated 
to  Truth."  Beauty  is  implicit,  but  is  made  to  serve  a  loftier 
end:  in  Milton,  to  justify  God's  ways  to  man;  in  Words- 

67  "A  Vision  of  Poesy,"  in  Poems,  78.  In  the  poem  "Dramatic  Fragment," 
105-06,  he  says  that  "We  are  born  ...  in  miniature  completeness;"  we 
do  not  change,  but  only  grow  and  develop;  and  childhood  is  *a  sort  of 
golden  daylight." 

68  "A.  Theory  of  Poetry."  Later  quotations  in  this  paragraph  are  from 
the  same  essay. 


36  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

worth,  to  give  meaning  to  natural  phenomena  and  richness 
to  famiHar  things. 

Timrod  tried  to  accept  Wordsworth's  view  of  a  benefi- 
cent, all-heaHng,  wisdom-bestowing  nature.  It  represented 
to  him  a  tenable  ideal  and  a  way  to  contentment.  But  his 
own  unquiet  spirit  and  his  first-hand  observation  frequently 
contradicted  the  words  of  the  older  poet.  He  recommended 
a  study  of  Wordsworth  to  Rachel  Lyons,  in  significant 
words:  "I  am  quite  sure  that  nobody  could  devote  a  month 
or  many  months  to  that  grand  old  bard,  without  being 
made  wiser  and  better.  I  myself  would  be  a  far  happier 
man  if  I  could  follow  his  teaching,  rather  than  my  own 
dark  and  perturbed  spirit."  ^^  This  happiness  he  could  never 
attain. 

In  "The  Summer  Bower,"  Timrod  describes  a  secret 
covert,  deep  in  the  woods,  that  he  had  often  gone  to  when 
depressed  by  grief  or  distressed  by  joy.  There,  usually,  he 
"found  the  calm  I  looked  for,  or  returned/ Strong  with  the 
quiet  rapture  in  my  soul."  One  day,  "most  sick  in  mind,"  he 
sought  this  tranquil  place,  but  he  found  there  no  comfort 
for  vain  repinings,  sickly  sentiments,  or  inconclusive  sor- 

69  Fidler,  op.  cit.,  II:  651.  Emily  Timrod  Goodwin,  in  writing  of  her 
brother's  love  of  nature,  did  not  mention  the  influence  of  Wordsworth,  but 
emphasized  the  influence  of  their  mother  ( Letter,  Emily  to  Hayne,  Sept.  25, 
1872,  in  Timrod-Goodwin  Gollection,  South  Caroliniana  Library;  quoted 
in  Hayne,  p.  41 ) :  "It  was  from  her,  more  than  from  his  gifted  father,  that 
my  brother  derived  that  intense,  passionate  love  of  Nature  which  so  dis- 
tinguished him.  Its  sights  and  sounds  always  afforded  her  extreme  delight. 
Shall  I  ever  forget  the  almost  childish  rapture  she  testified,  when,  after 
a  residence  in  the  pent-up  city  all  her  life,  she  removed  with  me  to  the 
country?  A  walk  in  the  woods  to  her  was  food  and  drink,  and  the  sight  of 
a  green  field  was  joy  inexpressible. 

"From  my  earliest  childhood,  I  can  remember  her  love  for  flowers  and 
trees  and  for  the  stars;  how  she  would  call  our  attention  to  the  glintings  of 
the  sunshine  through  the  leaves;  to  the  afternoon's  lights  and  shadows,  as 
they  slept  quietly,  side  by  side;  and  even  to  a  streak  of  moonlight  on  the 
floor." 


INTRODUCTION  37 

rows.  Nature  had  sympathy  and  medicinal  virtue  for  hu- 
man suffering,  but  only  "In  her  own  way  and  with  a  just 
reserve;"  for  a  certain  kind  of  introspective  suffering— a 
kind  that  Timrod  knew  only  too  well— nature  had  no  balm: 

But  for  the  pains,  the  fever,  and  the  fret 
Engendered  of  a  weak,  unquiet  heart. 
She  hath  no  solace;  and  who  seeks  her  when 
These  be  the  troubles  over  which  he  moans, 
Reads  in  her  unreplying  lineaments 
Rebukes,  that,  to  the  guilty  consciousness. 
Strike  like  contempt."^^ 

The  fault  was  in  himself,  he  thought,  and  not  in  nature. 

As  poet  Timrod  was  scrupulously  honest  with  himself. 
He  could  not  use  material  that  had  not  become  a  part  of 
his  being,  no  matter  what  powerful  sanction  that  material 
might  have.  What  he  could  do  was  convict  himself  of  lack- 
ing philosophy  and  understanding.  In  an  article  written 
immediately  after  Timrod's  death,  William  Gilmore  Simms 
traces  this  lack  of  certainty  to  a  lack  of  profundity:  "he 
labored  in  no  field  of  metaphysics;  he  simply  sang  .  .  . 
with  a  native  gift,  of  the  things,  the  beauties,  and  the 
charms  of  nature.  He  belonged,  in  the  classification  of  liter- 
ary men,  to  the  order  that  we  call  the  contemplative;  and 
without  the  deeper  studies  and  aims  of  Wordsworth,  he 
yet  belonged  to  his  school  .  .  .  The  fields,  the  wayside, 
the  evening  twilight,  stars  and  moon,  and  faint  warblings 
of  the  birds  in  green  thickets— these  were  the  attractions  for 
his  muse.  These  he  meditated  in  song  and  sonnet,  and  his 
songs  emulated  all  the  gentle  intuition  of  nature."  '^^ 

Simms  had  only  a  partial  understanding  of  Timrod.  The 

"^0  "The  Summer  Bower,"  in  Poems,  106-08. 

"^1  W.  G.  Simms,  "The  Late  Henry  Timrod,"  in  Southern  Society,  I: 
18-19,  Oct.  12,  1867;  also  in  Hubbell,  op.  cit.,  153-65. 


38  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

qualities  he  describes  are  profusely  scattered  through  the 
poems :  Timrod  was  observant,  with  a  quick  eye  and  reten- 
tive mind;  he  wrote  many  descriptive  passages  that  are 
accurate  and  beautiful.  The  external  properties  of  nature 
provided  a  suitable  poetic  framework.  In  his  best  work, 
the  function  of  nature  was  more  fundamental,  more  inte- 
gral, than  decoration  or  the  kind  of  intuition  that  Simms 
described.  Nature  typified  the  best  aspects  of  life;  it  hinted 
at  things  about  which  man  could  only  guess.  When  war 
came,  this  peaceful,  eternal  force  contrasted  with  man's 
inhumanity  and  shortsightedness. 

Although  less  pervasive,  the  influence  of  Tennyson  was 
equally  direct.  Timrod*s  friends  in  Charleston  first  detected 
that  influence  in  his  poem  "The  Arctic  Voyager;"  "^^  since 
Timrod  borrowed  obviously  and  freely  from  Tennyson's 
"Ulysses"  in  thought  and  in  structure,  detection  was  easy 
and  inevitable.  Even  more  directly  derived  from  "Ulysses" 
is  the  beginning  of  "Lines  to  R.  L.":  "That  which  we  are 
and  shall  be  is  made  up  /  Of  what  we  have  been."  '^^  Timrod 
develops  this  idea  through  the  entire  poem,  in  a  manner 
individual  enough;  he  is  writing  to  a  young  lady,  and  his 
mood  is  removed  from  that  of  "Ulysses."  Perhaps  he  wished 
deliberately  to  call  Tennyson's  poem  to  the  reader's  mind, 
for  contrast.  The  borrowing  is  too  plain  not  to  be  inten- 
tional. 

Timrod  liked  the  dramatic  soliloquy.  He  used  the  form 

72  Hayne,  op.  cit.,  24. 

73  "Lines  to  R.  L.",  in  Poems,  131.  An  allusion  which  takes  for  granted  a 
knowledge  of  Tennyson  is  given  in  "Lines,"  Poems,  191: 

I  saw,  or  dreamed  I  saw,  her  sitting  lone, 
Her  neck  bent  like  a  swan's,  her  brown  eyes  thrown 
On  some  sweet  poem— his,  I  think,  who  sings 
CEnone,  or  the  hapless  Maud: 
"Lines"  was  first  published  in  Russell's  Magazine,  VI:  459,  Feb.  1860. 


INTRODUCTION  39 

effectively  in  such  poems  as  "A  Dramatic  Fragment,"  "The 
Summer  Bower,"  and  "A  Rhapsody  of  a  Southern  Winter 
Night."  From  Tennyson,  also,  Timrod  adapted  the  form  of 
"Break,  Break,  Break"  for  his  own  poem,  "Hark  to  the 
Shouting  Wind,"  although  he  makes  subtle  and  interesting 
changes  both  in  the  metrics  and  the  idea. 

This  general  indebtedness  to  Tennyson,  likewise,  was 
openly  stated  in  "A  Theory  of  Poetry;"  in  fact,  Timrod 
implies  that  he  was  aware  of  it  earlier  than  Hayne  was.  In 
treating  Foe's  theory  of  poetry,  Timrod  notes  that  it  leads 
inevitably  to  the  conclusion  that  Tennyson  is  the  noblest 
poet  who  ever  lived,  and  also  to  the  conclusion  that  Foe  is 
second  only  to  Tennyson.  After  acquitting  Foe  of  any  petty 
vanity,  Timrod  adds:  "I  yield  to  few,  and  only  to  that  ex- 
travagant few  who  would  put  him  over  the  head  of  Milton 
himself,  in  my  admiration  of  Foe,  and  I  yield  to  none  in  a 
love  which  is  almost  a  worship  of  Tennyson,  with  whose 
poems  I  have  been  familiar  from  boyhood,  and  whom  I  yet 
continue  to  study  with  ceaseless  profit  and  pleasure.  But 
I  can  by  no  means  consent  to  regard  him  as  the  first  of 
Foets."  Tennyson's  accomplishment  is  broader  and  finer 
than  Foe's  theory  would  provide  for:  his  "large  nature 
touches  Foe  on  the  one  side  and  Wordsworth  on  the  other." 

His  most  striking  comment  on  Tennyson  reveals  that 
Timrod  was  conscious  of  a  softness  and  immaturity  in  some 
poems.  He  had  met  a  young  lady  who  seemed  passionately 
fond  of  poetry,  but  who  had  "not  yet  got  beyond  the  period 
which  goes  into  ecstasies  over  Locksley  Hall,  and  into  sleep 
over  In  Memoriam."  ^^ 

'7'*  Typed  copy  of  letter  to  Emily,  from  Charleston,  Feb.  10,  1862,  in 
Timrod-Goodwin  Collection,  South  Caroliniana  Library.  The  original  is 
missing. 


40  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

Timrod's  copy  of  Tennyson  has  survived,  but  there  is 
httle  to  be  learned  from  a  study  of  his  Hght  markings.  The 
pocket-size  volume,  now  re-bound,  is  badly  worn  and  the 
opening  pages  have  been  lost;  on  the  fly-leaf,  Timrod's  wife 
has  written:  "This  volume  of  Tennyson  belonged  to  Henry 
Timrod.  He  carried  it  constantly,  for  many,  many  years."  "^^ 
But  any  significant  notes  were  made  elsewhere:  with  the 
exception  of  his  Catullus,  Timrod  did  not  annotate  his 
books. 

That  he  considered  Milton  superior  to  Tennyson  and 
possibly  even  to  Wordsworth  is  made  clear  in  "A  Theory 
of  Poetry."  Timrod's  analysis  of  Paradise  Lost  is  based  on 
close  study  of  the  poem.  But  it  is  difficult  to  find  in  his  work 
such  unmistakable  echoes  as  can  be  found  of  Wordsworth 
and  Tennyson.  Technically,  he  took  from  Milton  the  ex- 
tended simile,  and  it  retained  its  place  after  the  influence 
of  Tennyson  had  been  so  completely  absorbed  that  it  dis- 
appears. In  "The  Cotton  Bill,"  the  lines  beginning  "As  men 
who  labor  in  that  mine  /  Of  Cornwall"  indicate  how  com- 
pletely he  had  made  this  poetic  device  his  own."^^ 

"^5  While  she  owned  the  book,  Mrs.  Lloyd  wrote  to  V^.  A.  Courtenay 
(March  15,  1898;  letter  in  Memories  of  the  Timrod  Revival  1898-1901, 
Charleston  Library  Society ) :  "1  have  a  little  worn  copy  of  Tennyson  which 
he  always  carried  with  him.  It  never  left  him.  He  had  it  from  the  time 
when  he  was  almost  a  boy.  It  is  marked  by  him,  and  some  of  the  pages 
turned  down  by  him."  It  may  be  noted  that  Mrs.  Lloyd  was  frequently 
given  to  over-statement. 

The  one  pencilled  note  deals  with  the  line  from  Section  II  of  "The 
Princess":  "The  Rhodope  that  built  the  pyramid."  Timrod  noted:  "Herod- 
otus says  that  this  pyramid  wrongly  ascribed  by  some  to  Rhodope  was 
built  by  Mycerinus."  This  testifies  more  to  a  knowledge  of  the  Greek 
historian  ("Euterpe,"  Ch.  CXXXIV)  than  to  his  known  appreciation  of 
Tennyson.  Timrod  has  also  marked  a  few  lines  in  "CEnone,"  in  "The  Palace 
of  Art,"  in  "A  Dream  of  Fair  Women,"  in  "In  Memoriam,"  and  in  "Maud." 

■76  For  another  example,  see  Poems,  136-37.  Timrod's  eight  volume  set 
of  Milton  (London:  Pickering,  1851)  is  now  in  the  Timrod  Museum  at 
Florence,  S.  C.  It  reveals  no  notes  or  markings;  presumably  Timrod  owned 


INTRODUCTION  41 

The  influence  of  Browning  is  slight,  and  readily  appar- 
ent in  only  one  poem,  "Prasceptor  Amat."  Here  the  resem- 
blance is  one  of  form  rather  than  of  thought:  Timrod 
employs  the  couplet  in  a  manner  similar  to  that  of  "My  Last 
Duchess,"  and  the  poem  is  a  dramatic  monologue  rather 
than  a  soliloquy.  But  Timrod's  whimsical  story  of  the  emo- 
tions of  a  tutor  seems  frequently  to  embody  the  mannerisms 
and  verbal  obscurities  of  Browning  for  the  effect  of  parody. 
It  seems  evident,  from  his  remarks  in  "A  Theory  of  Poetry," 
that  Timrod  considered  himself  well-acquainted  with  the 
works  of  Robert  and  Elizabeth  Barrett  Browning,  but  that 
his  admiration  had  been  partly  checked  by  some  over- 
enthusiastic  admirers.  A  theory  of  poetry  could  be  drawn 
from  their  practice,  he  notes;  but  it  would  exclude  many 
other  excellent  poets.  The  application  of  this  doctrine  was 
the  work  of  their  followers.  In  1866  he  complains  of 
Davidson's  ''niaiseries  in  regard  to  Wordsworth  and  Mrs 
Browning."  '^^ 

The  influence  of  Shelley  has  been  previously  treated. 
That  of  Keats  appears  to  be  negligible,  although  certain 


a  copy  of  Milton  earlier.  On  a  fly-leaf,  in  Timrod's  writing  but  without  a 
date,  is  the  notation,  "from  his  esteemed,  departed  friend,  Mrs.  Emma  P. 
Blake."  The  material  in  the  Timrod  Museum  has  only  association  or  senti- 
mental value. 

"^'^  Letter  to  Hayne,  March  7,  1866;  in  Hubbell,  oj).  cit.,  54.  In  an  un- 
dated letter  to  Emily  from  Copse  Hill  ( probably  May  or  August,  1867; 
Timrod-Goodwin  Collection,  South  Caroliniana  Library )  he  described  Jean 
Ingelow  as  a  "worthy  successor  of  Mrs.  Browning's";  and  on  Aug.  24,  1864, 
he  closed  an  editorial  on  the  imperfections  of  contemporaneous  judgments 
with  her  "titanic  lines,"  beginning  "Every  age,  /  Through  being  beheld  too 
close,  is  ill-discerned  /  By  those  who  have  not  lived  past  it."  Ludwig  Lewi- 
sohn  {Books  We  Have  Made,  53;  scrapbook  in  Charleston  Library  Society, 
from  Charleston  News  and  Courier,  Sundays  July  5-Sept.  20,  1903)  sug- 
gests that  "A  'Dramatic  Fragment'  is  an  attempt  in  the  jerky,  but  pictur- 
esque, blank  verse  of  Elizabeth  Barrett  Browning." 


42  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

personal  similarities  in  the  lives  of  the  two  men  have  called 
forth  unconvincing  comparisons  of  their  work."^^ 

The  poems  in  Timrod's  Autographic  Relics,'^^  mainly 
written  in  the  1840's,  reveal  a  marked  indebtedness  to  the 
lyrics  of  Byron  ^^^  and  the  lyrics  and  anacreontics  of  Moore. 
This  was  a  transitory  influence,  but  in  Timrod's  youth  it  was 
a  strong  one.  Although  he  published  in  1857  a  poem 
strongly  reminiscent  of  Moore,  he  indicated  in  the  same 
magazine  a  realization  of  Moore's  superficiality.^^ 

Timrod's  early  liking  for  James  Thomson  lasted  longer 
than  his  fondness  for  Moore.  One  of  his  earliest  poems 
( dated  1843 ) ,  has  beside  it  a  note,  "Written  in  a  blank  leaf 
of  Thompson's  Castle  of  Indolence;"  the  nine-line  poem 
makes  a  comparison  between  the  English  poet's  dream 
country,  where  he  "created  a  fancied  realm,"  and  the  "sad 

"^^  See  page  5  of  introduction,  and  "A  Vision  of  Poesy,"  in  Poems,  90. 
The  semi-personal,  semi-literary  comparison  is  well  illustrated  by  L.  Frank 
Tooker's  comment  (in  the  Century,  LV,  n.s.  33:  932-34,  April,  1898): 
"The  reader  is  constantly  reminded  of  the  cumulative  sadness  that  was  the 
lot  of  Keats,  as  he  is  reminded  of  the  latter 's  excessive  sensibility  of  tem- 
perament. Indeed,  in  spirit  the  two  poets  were  essentially  kin,  though  in 
poetic  insight  and  expression— in  the  true  province  of  the  poet— Timrod,  of 
course,  dwelt  on  a  lower  plane.  He  also  dwelt  in  a  different  atmosphere, 
for  while  the  influence  of  Keats  may  be  traced  in  his  work,  the  feeling,  the 
local  coloring,  the  habit  of  thought,  are  his  own." 

'^0  Ms.  in  Charleston  Library  Society.  These  poems  have  all  been  pub- 
lished in  Cardwell,  The  Uncollected  Poems  of  Henry  Timrod  (1942). 

80  Hayne,  who  disliked  Byron,  expressly  notes  (p.  67)  "the  absence  from 
his  works  of  all  morbid  arraignments  of  the  Eternal  justice  or  mercy;  all 
blasphemous  hardihood  and  whining  complaint— in  a  word,  all  Byronism 
of  sentiment." 

81  "Song— When  I  bade  thee  adieu,"  published  in  Russell's  Magazine, 
I:  489,  Sept.  1857;  in  Uncollected  Poems,  108;  the  opening  section  of  "The 
Character  and  Scope  of  the  Sonnet,"  ( Russell's,  May,  1857 )  reveals  his 
doubt  of  Moore's  validity  as  a  poet.  The  manuscript  poem  is  in  Autographic 
Relics,  and  may  have  been  written  several  years  earlier.  I  fully  agree  with 
Cardwell  ( op.  cit.,  3-4 )  that  "in  spirit  and  subject  matter,  Timrod's  early 
verse  seems  much  like  the  poetry  of  Moore." 


INTRODUCTION  43 

reality"  of  a  Carolina  school  room.^^  Thomson's  handling 
of  nature  seemed  too  matter-of-fact  for  Timrod  to  rate  him 
as  a  truly  significant  poet:  he  had  concentrated  too  much 
on  description,  and  neglected  the  symbolic  meaning.^'^ 

Timrod's  knowledge  of  Chaucer  may  have  been  slight. 
Once,  in  celebrating  the  flower  that  he  loved  so  well,  Tim- 
rod  mentions  that  a  daisy  called  to  mind  that  these  were 
"Chaucer's  favorites,  little  pink-tipped  stars."  ^^ 

Timrod's  highest  tribute  to  Spenser  was  embodied  in  an 
editorial  attacking  England  for  her  pretended  neutrality: 
"there  are  few  of  us  so  free  from  the  strong  spell  of  her  great 
literature  as  to  be  able  to  hate  her  without  considerable 
reluctance."  In  contrast  to  England's  materialism,  one  re- 
members "the  ethereal  enchantments  of  SPENSER,  and  in 
recalling  that  he  too,  that  mystic  wanderer  into  fairyland, 
was  one  of  her  children,  we  are  well  nigh  seduced  into  be- 
lieving that  a  land  which  has  given  birth  to  so  divine  a 
creature  cannot  be  organically  affected  by  a  vice  so  incon- 
sistent with  the  character  of  its  offspring."  ^^  This  admira- 
tion for  Spenser's  work  may  indicate  that  the  Elizabethan 
poet  had  not  become  a  favorite  until  late  in  life.  Hayne  sug- 

82  "In  Bowers  of  Ease,"  in  Autographic  Relics,  and  in  Uncollected  Poems, 
78;  see  also  119,  n.  68.  Timrod  consistently  spells  the  poet's  name  Thomp- 
son; a  few  editions  show  this  spelling,  and  Timrod  may  have  owned  one 
of  them. 

Worth  noting  among  these  very  early  poems  is  Timrod's  parody  of 
Charles  Wolfe's  "The  Burial  of  Sir  John  Moore  after  Corunna."  The  first 
two  lines  show  its  schoolboy,  mock-occasional  character:  "Not  a  grin  was 
seen,  not  a  giggle  heard  /  As  the  tutor  breath'd  his  last."  The  poem  is  de- 
scribed as  "his  first  known  effort,"  but  is  dated  1844.  It  is  printed  in 
Uncollected  Poems,  23. 

83  See  "A  Theory  of  Poetry." 

84  "Field  Flowers,"  in  Uncollected  Poems,  100. 

85  Editorial  without  title.  Daily  South  Carolinian,  Aug.  3,  1864.  The  only 
other  author  named  is  Shakspere;  Timrod  contrasts  England's  narrowness 
of  policy  with  his  universal  sympathies.  The  newspaper's  spelling:  etherial. 


44  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

gests,  however,  that  the  metrical  form  of  "A  Vision  of 
Poesy"  is  "that  employed  by  Shakspeare  in  his  'Venus  and 
Adonis,'  by  Spenser  in  his  'Astrophel/  and  Cowley  in  his 
least  ambiguous  verses."  ^^ 

The  songs  of  Burns  Timrod  praises  mildly;  he  notes  that 
they  have  become  a  folk  possession— possibly  after  they 
had  been  talked  about  and  drawn  to  general  attention  by 
a  few  discerning  men.^"^  In  an  editorial  on  the  appropriate- 
ness of  the  names  of  the  months,  he  calls  the  Scottish  poet 
as  witness:  "We  have  Burns'  authority  for  asserting  that 
'November  chill  blows  loud  with  angry  sough.' "  ^^  Tim- 
rod's  work  belongs  in  a  later  tradition,  and  Bums  influ- 
enced him  only  as  his  songs  had  become  a  part  of  a  larger 
current  of  thought. 

Timrod  used  Shakspere's  works  freely  and  with  evident 
familiarity.  But  this  use  is  primarily  as  a  source  of  allusions 
that  would  not  require  explanation.  When  he  was  com- 
peting in  a  contest  that  seemed  to  require  references  to 
dramatic  characters,  he  employed  brief  descriptions  and 
personifications  of  Lear,  Hamlet,  Juliet,  and  Miranda;  ^^ 
when  he  sought  a  fit  and  concluding  epithet  to  express  his 
sense  of  indebtedness  to  England,  he  wrote  "Shakespeare's 

^^'  Hayne,  op.  cit.,  31;  see  also  "A  Theory  of  Poetry." 

^"^  See  "The  Character  and  Scope  of  the  Sonnet." 

8'^  "Names  of  Months  Phonetically  Expressive,"  in  Hayne,  op.  cit.,  50-51. 
Playne  gives  no  source,  but  says  that  it  was  written  "after  the  surrender  at 
Appomattox."  Somewhat  similar  remarks  appear  in  the  Daily  South  Caro- 
linian, Oct.  2  and  4,  1864,  but  there  Timrod  says:  "The  reader  must,  him- 
self, make  what  he  can  of  November,  We  don't  like  the  month,  and  shall, 
therefore,  say  nothing  about  it." 

^^  "Address  Delivered  at  the  Opening  of  the  New  Theatre  at  Richmond," 
in  Poems,  69-73.  See  also  "Field  Flowers,"  in  Uncollected  Poems,  99-102; 
and  the  later,  revised  version,  "Two  Field  Flowers,"  in  Hubbell,  op.  cit., 
128-30. 


INTRODUCTION  45 

England."  ^^  His  liking  for  Shakspere  may  have  been  inher- 
ited. His  father  had,  in  his  boyhood,  read  the  plays  by 
moonlight,  and  had  considered  Shakspere  "his  favorite 
companion."  ^^ 

Shakspere  was  used,  once,  as  justification.  In  a  letter  to 
Hayne,  Timrod  objects  bitterly  to  Simms'  describing  him 
as  indolent  and  on  one  occasion  reading  a  "yellow-covered 
novel.  Now  I  remember  the  occasion  very  well.  I  was  really 
sick  with  a  most  painful  malady— a  stricture,  but  I  didn't 
tell  him  that— and  I  was  reading  Shakspeare.  I  have  not 
read  ten  novels  in  as  many  years,  and  I  never  read  trash, 
not  even  Mr.  Simms."  ^^ 

When  Timrod  was  dying,  two  lines  from  Shakspere 
troubled  him  with  their  haunting  precision.  He  wondered 
at  first  if  he  could  not  will  himself  to  live;^^  but  the  next 
day  he  quoted  Milton's  "Death  reigns  triumphant,"  and, 
after  that,  he  "asked  me  if  I  remembered  the  lines  from 
Shakespeare's  King  John,  he  had  quoted  to  me  on  our  last 
walk  on  the  meadow  back  of  Mrs.  Stack's  house.  These 
lines  commence— 

And  none  of  you  will  bid  the  winter  come 
And  thrust  his  icy  fingers  in  my  maw, 

etc  and  alludes  to  the  fearful  consuming  internal  fires  from 
which  the  dying  Monarch  suffered.  He  said  I  little  thought 
I  should  suffer  from  what  in  reading  those  lines  had  caused 

^^  "A  Dedication,"  in  Poems,  38. 

01  Letter  from  Emily  Timrod  Goodwin  to  Hayne,  quoted  in  Hayne,  op. 
cit.,  9,  and  in  Hubbell,  op.  cit.,  170.  The  romantic  story  may  not,  however, 
have  impressed  Henry  as  much  as  it  did  Emily. 

92  June  4,  1867;  quoted  in  Hubbell,  op.  cit.,  83. 

93  Letter,  Emily  Timrod  Goodwin  to  Hayne,  Oct.  22,  1867  (in  Timrod- 
Goodwin  Collection,  South  Caroliniana  Library).  Timrod  thought  that  he 
might  "make  an  effort,  like  Mrs.  Dombey,"  and  regain  his  health. 


46  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

me  so  much  horror."  ^^  This  is  graphic  testimony  to  the 
power  that  Shakspere's  hnes  could  wield  on  his  thought. 

That  he  knew  something  of  Shakspere's  contemporaries 
Timrod  reveals  in  the  course  of  a  letter  to  Hayne,  lambast- 
ing "this  milk  &  water'  Dennis  of  Southern  criticism,"  James 
Wood  Davidson.  Dekker's  lines  "about  Christ's  being  'the 
first  true  gentleman  that  ever  breathed/  had  never  fallen 
on  Mr  Davidson's  ear.  By-the-way,  Mr  Simms  has  in  more 
than  one  place  attributed  that  passage  to  Middleton.  I  have 
assured  him  over  and  over  again  that  he  was  mistaken,  but 
to  no  purpose.  Please  show  him,  when  you  next  meet,  the 
passage  in  the  last  scene  of  the  1st  Part  of  'The  Honest 
Whore.' "  ^^ 

Although  he  wrote  many  love  lyrics,  he  does  not  seem 
to  have  been  drawn  into  the  cavalier  or  metaphysical  tradi- 
tion. One  sonnet  has  the  old  and  well-worn  poetic  idea  that 
Marvell  expresses  magnificently  in  "To  His  Coy  Mistress;" 
a  few  lines,  especially,  remind  one  of  that  earlier  poem: 

So  everywhere  on  earth, 
This  foothold  where  we  stand  with  slipping  feet. 
The  unsubstantial  and  substantial  meet, 
And  we  are  fooled  until  made  wise  by  time.^^ 

But  the  metaphysical  style  was  not  intellectually  in  fashion. 
Timrod's  poetry  seems  nearer  to  it  than  does  the  poetry  of 
most  of  his  contemporaries.  Hayne,  who  disliked  such  in- 

^-i  Letter  from  Emily  Timrod  Goodwin  to  Edith  Goodwin,  Oct.  29,  1867, 
in  Timrod-Goodwin  Collection,  South  Caroliniana  Library.  A  letter  from 
Emily  Goodwin  to  Hayne  (Oct.  22,  1867;  see  note  93)  describes  the  same 
incident  in  a  slightly  different  form. 

95  Letter  to  Hayne,  March  7,  1866,  Hubbell,  op.  cit.,  54.  Hubbell  identi- 
fies the  Simms  attribution  as  in  Beauchampe  (New  York,  1856),  p.  118. 
Timrod  mentions  this  erroneous  identification  again  in  a  letter  to  Hayne, 
March  26,  1867  (Hubbell,  op.  cit.,  76).  Hayne,  op.  cit.,  56,  also  talks  of 
Timrod's  quoting  Ford  or  Fletcher. 

96  Sonnet  XI,  in  Poems,  179. 


INTRODUCTION  47 

tellectual  daring,  writes  that  "A  Cry  to  Arms"  contains  "one 
of  the  few  palpable  conceits  I  can  recall,  which  would  seem 
not  merely  admissible,  but  charming/'  ^^ 

Timrod  seems  equally  removed  from  the  cavalier  tradi- 
tion. He  makes  only  a  casual  reference  to  Suckling;  other- 
wise, his  knowledge  of  these  poets  must  be  by  assumption 
only,  and  any  indebtedness  must  be  proved  by  rather 
doubtful  parallels. ^^ 

That  he  was  fundamentally  religious  is  made  clear  in 
many  poems  and  letters.  His  fondness  for  the  Hebrew 
stories  and  characters  in  the  Bible  led  naturally  in  his  po- 
etry to  references  and  allusions;  two  poems,  in  fact,  depend 
largely  upon  such  extended  reference  for  body  and  mean- 
ing.^^  These  poems  reveal  only  a  knowledge  and  use  of 
easily  available,  well-known  material.  It  may  be,  subjec- 
tively, that  Timrod  made  a  close  association  between  the 
Bible  and  poetry,  but  hesitated  to  put  this  idea  into  writing. 
In  a  paragraph  which  he  wrote  and  then  deleted,  Timrod 
identifies  the  spirit  of  poetry  as  second  only  to  that  of  re- 

^'^  Poems,  144-46.  Hayne,  op.  cit.,  37,  gives  it  as  "A  Call  to  Arms."  Two 
of  the  mild  conceits  from  the  poem,  and  typical  of  the  kind  that  Timrod 
wrote,  are: 

And  feed  your  country's  sacred  dust 
With  floods  of  crimson  rain! 

Does  any  falter?  let  him  turn 

To  some  brave  maiden's  eyes, 
And  catch  the  holy  fires  that  burn 
In  those  sublunar  skies. 
I  suspect  that  Hayne  was  referring  to  the  second  example,  or  possibly  to 
the  personification  of  the  Southern  woman  as  the  lily,  and  the  man  as  the 
palm-tree. 

98  Letter  to  Rachel  Lyons,  Feb.  3,  1862,  in  Southern  Literary  Messenger, 
II:  646,  Dec,  1940.  See  also  note  114. 

^  "Madeline"  was  first  published  in  The  Southern  Literary  Messenger, 
XVIII:  212,  April,  1852;  in  Poems,  32-36.  "La  Belle  Juive,"  in  the  Charles- 
ton  Daily  Courier,  Jan.  23,  1862;  in  Poems,  57-59;  Timrod  enclosed  a  man- 
uscript copy  to  Rachel  Lyons  in  his  letter  to  her,  Jan.  20,  1862. 


48  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

ligion:  "The  sentiment  of  poetry  as  it  thus  developed  in  the 
mind  is  the  very  ground  on  which  ( apart  from  Revelation ) 
we  base  our  hopes  of  immortality  &  this  fact  should  make 
it  the  next  sacred  thing  to  the  great  chart  of  Salvation."  ^"^ 
Although  he  discarded  the  statement  as  part  of  his  address, 
Timrod  undoubtedly  believed  it  to  be  truth. 

Any  reconstruction  of  Timrod's  reading  must  necessarily 
be  incomplete.  As  a  rule,  his  references  are  casual  and  sug- 
gestive, but  the  samplings  indicate  a  rather  exact  knowl- 
edge of  English  poetry,  and  a  wider  acquaintance  than 
Hayne  implies.  Some  of  his  estimates  of  authors  and  side 
remarks  have  a  penetrating  incisiveness,  though  they  are 
incomplete  and  at  best  give  only  a  partial  picture. 

In  his  essays,  Timrod  quotes  from  many  sources.  In  addi- 
tion to  those  already  noted,  he  lifted  illustrative  bits  from 
such  writers  as  Francis  Bacon, ^^^  Charles  Lamb,  Matthew 
Arnold,  Arthur  Henry  Hallam,  John  Sterling,  Henry  Taylor, 
and  Aubrey  de  Vere.  He  expressed  great  admiration  for 
Coleridge,  whom  he  called  the  noblest  critic  that  ever  lived, 
and  he  quoted  or  paraphrased  both  from  the  prose  and  the 
poetry.  Since  Timrod's  own  work  was  frequently  appearing 
in  them,  he  must  have  been  familiar  with  the  diverse  ma- 
terial in  the  Southern  Literary  Messenger  and  RusseWs 
Magazine.  It  seems  probable  that  he  was  also  well  ac- 
quainted with  the  easily  available  English  and  Northern 
magazines. ^"^  His  quotations  and  remarks  display  only  that 
knowledge  for  which  he  had  an  immediate  use. 

100  See  note  13  to  "A  Theory  of  Poetry." 

101  His  three-volume  set  of  Bacon  (Novum  Organum,  Advancement  of 
Learning,  and  Essays)  is  in  the  Timrod  Museum  at  Florence,  S.  C.  It  is  not 
marked  or  annotated. 

1"-  Both  Russell's  and  the  Messenger  used  many  brief  quotations  from 
English  authors  and  magazines.  Timrod  himself,  or  a  colleague,  inserted 
many  short  pieces  into  the  columns  of  the  Daily  South  Carolinian  in  1864: 
items  from  or  about  Carlyle,  Thackeray,  Dickens,  Wilkie  Collins,  Lamb, 


INTRODUCTION  49 

Thus,  a  hasty  answer  to  a  sister's  question  gives  his  opin- 
ion of  the  work  of  Charlotte  Bronte:  "I  have  not  time  to 
write  a  criticism  of  Villette;  but  I  agree  with  most  people 
that  it  is  inferiour  to  Jane  Eyre.  It  is  by  no  means  a  bread 
and  butter  thing  however."  He  comments  briefly  on  the 
naturalness  of  the  characters,  but  thinks  the  "conclusion 
of  the  book  is  a  specimen  of  claptrap  unworthy  of  the  author 
of  Jane  Eyre.  .  .  .  You  have  heard  me  admire  Miss 
Bronte's  skill  in  sky-  and  weather-painting.  There  are  many 
such  pictures  in  this  book;  but  their  style  is  more  ambi- 
tious than  those  in  Jane  Eyre  and  Shirley— they  are  less 
simple,  sketchy,  and  graphic,  and  I  don't  like  them  half  so 
well.  However,  the  moonlight  scene  in  the  park  is  magnifi- 
cent." ^^^  Timrod's  opinion  of  Charlotte's  sisters  remains 
unknown. 

Hayne's  belief  that  Timrod  read  with  more  exactness 
than  variety  is  partially  borne  out  by  Timrod's  frank  state- 
ment that  an  outside  stimulus  was  responsible  for  his  read- 
ing Ovid  and  Persius.^^^  Yet  in  the  war  and  post-war  years 

Sidney  Smith,  Herbert,  Cotton,  Lamartine,  Artemus  Ward,  Josh  Bilhngs, 
Whittier,  T.  B.  Aldrich,  and  so  on.  The  editorial  shears  apparently  worked 
on  English,  Northern,  and  Southern  papers  without  much  discrimination; 
probably,  on  whatever  came  to  hand.  In  writing  to  the  South  Carolina 
author  Clara  Dargan,  asking  her  for  contributions  to  a  proposed  paper, 
Timrod  said  that  her  story,  "Philip,  My  Son,"  "in  my  opinion,  would  com- 
pare favourably  with  the  best  of  Blackwood's"  ( quoted  in  Hubbell,  op.  cit., 
90).  On  May  5,  1864,  he  editorialized  hotly  about  an  "extract  from  an 
article"  by  Oliver  Wendell  Holmes  in  the  Atlantic  Monthly.  Holmes  is 
called  an  "objurgatory  doctor,"  though  perhaps  an  honest  abolitionist;  but 
in  response  to  Holmes'  question  as  to  what  stand  Tennyson  and  Dickens 
have  taken  on  slavery,  Timrod  answers  that  Dickens  "has  probably  pene- 
trated the  true  character  of  the  political  PECKSNIFFS  of  the  North,"  and 
that  Tennyson's  "pure  and  lofty  name"  has  been  taken  in  vain  by  "the  small 
Boston  versifier." 

103  Letter  from  Henry  to  Emily,  July  29,  1853,  in  Timrod-Goodwin  Col- 
lection, South  Caroliniana  Library. 

10^  Letters  to  Hayne,  March  7,  1866  and  March  26,  1867;  quoted  in 
Hubbell,  op.  cit.,  54  and  76. 


50  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

there  is  another  side  to  the  picture.  Books  were  scarce,  and 
difficult  to  obtain.  In  December  of  1861  he  wrote  that  the 
"camp  is  life,"  and  that  there  were  "No  new  books,  no 
reviews,  no  appetizing  critiques,  no  hterary  correspond- 
ence, no  intellectual  intelligence  of  any  kind!"  ^^^  He  con- 
tinued to  feel  a  need  for  books  and  magazines,  but  mainly 
he  did  without  them.  Even  his  position  as  an  editor  did  not 
help  much,  as  he  explained  to  Hayne:  "You  are  aware  that 
it  is  the  rule  of  all  papers  and  periodicals  that  the  books 
which  are  sent  to  be  noticed  are  the  perquisites  of  him  who 
criticizes  them.  Having  ^noticed'  one  or  two  books,  and 
finding  that  Fontaine  took  possession  of  them  notwith- 
standing, I  reminded  him  of  the  rule,  when  he  said  that  for 
the  future  then,  he  would  notice  the  books  himself.  One 
pleasant  consequence  of  this  is  that  his  wretched  criticisms 
are  credited  to  me  by  the  public,  while  all  my  leaders  are 
attributed  to  him."  ^^^ 

This  desire  for  new  books  became  more  acute.  Timrod 
felt  himself  out  of  the  current  of  intellectual  thought;  he 
expressed  this  discontent  to  his  more  fortunate  friend,  and 
incidentally  gives  an  excellent  criticism  of  Augusta  Evans 
Wilson: 

I  have  read  (skippingly)  St  Elmo.  Somebody  lent  it  to  my 
wife— I  could  not  have  got  it  otherwise— for  nobody  sends  me 
books  or  magazines,  and  of  course  I  can't  purchase  them.  I  have 
yet  to  see  Jane  [sic]  Ingelow,  Swinbume,^^^  and  Robert  Bu- 
chanan—each of  whom  I  long  to  be  acquainted  with.  Nor  have 

105  Letter  to  Rachel  Lyons,  Dec.  10,  1861  (in  University  of  Alabama 
Library ) . 

106  Letter  to  Hayne,  July  10,  1864;  quoted  in  Hubbell,  op.  cit.,  32. 

107  By  July  11, 1867,  Timrod  was  familiar  enough  with  Swinburne's  work 
to  write  Hayne  ( Hubbell,  op.  cit.,  88 ) :  "Your  criticism  of  Swinburne  also 
pleases  me  much;  but  I  must  express  my  regret  that  you  have  left  his 
obscurity  untouched." 


INTRODUCTION  51 

I  read  a  line  of  Simm's  [sic]  Serial— nor  laid  my  eyes  upon  a 
single  number  of  the  "Old  Guard." 

I  quite  agree  with  you  with  regard  to  St  Elmo,  and  the  char- 
acter of  Miss  Evan's  [sic]  talents.  I  met  her,  you  know,  in  Mo- 
bile—took tea  with  her  several  evenings  in  succession.  She  talks 
well,  but  pedantically  now  and  then;  tliough  not  so  pedantically 
as  she  writes.  She  has  very  peculiar,  but  very  false  and  shallow 
opinions  about  poetry  and  poets. ^*^^ 

Later  in  the  month,  Timrod  again  wrote  to  Hayne,  ex- 
pressing eagerness  over  a  possible  visit  to  Copse  Hill.  In 
addition  to  the  "aromatic  pine-land  atmosphere"  and  the 
"happy  prospect  of  your  own  society,"  Timrod  adds  that 
he  is  also  tempted  because  "you  speak  of  the  publishers 
sending  you  their  new  books!  You  can  aflFord  to  put  up  with 
what  Mr.  Simms  really  appears  to  consider  appetizing  fare, 
so  unctuously  does  he  refer  to  it  ( I  mean  'hog  and  hominy') 
if,  mean  time,  instead  of  having  your  imagination  starved, 
it  (or  she?)  is  free  to  wander  in  fresh  literary  pastures."  ^^ 

In  less  than  a  week,  according  to  Hayne,  Timrod  was  at 
Copse  Hill,  for  a  "month's  sojourn."  The  two  men  sauntered 
through  the  pine  forest,  rested  on  the  hill-sides,  and  talked 
literature.  In  August  the  visit  was  repeated.  Hayne  con- 

I'^s  Letter  to  Hayne,  April  13,  1867  (in  Timrod-Goodwin  Collection, 
South  Caroliniana  Library ) .  The  serial  was  Joscehjn. 

In  a  letter  to  Rachel  Lyons  (July  7,  1861;  in  Southern  Literary  Messen- 
ger, II,  605-06,  Nov.  1940),  Timrod  criticized  "the  'Beulah'  of  your  friend 
Miss  Evans"  as  a  "very  clever  work,"  but  without  any  especial  excellence 
or  "any  marked  originality  in  the  style  and  characters  of  the  story."  He 
objects  particularly  that  "Beulah's  transition  from  scepticism  to  Faith  is 
left  almost  wholly  unaccounted  for." 

For  Miss  Evans'  theory  concerning  poets,  Timrod  had  only  contempt: 
"I  think  it  would  not  be  difficult  to  show  that  Poetry  is  not  merely  a  noble 
insanity;  and  that  the  errors  and  eccentricities  of  poets  have  not  been  in 
consequence  of,  but  in  spite  of  the  influence  of  the  poetical  temperament. 
In  fact,  the  poet,  in  his  completest  development,  involves  the  metaphysi- 
cian, and  is  a  more  sound,  wholesome,  and  perfect  human  being,  than  the 
gravest  of  those  utterers  of  half-truths  who  set  up  as  philosophers." 

1^9  Quoted  in  Hayne,  op.  cit.,  54. 


^9  -pjjE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

solidates  his  acP^^^  ^^  ^^^^  *^^  ^^^i*^'  ^^^  ^^  describes 
Timrod  as  apo.^^^'^P^^^^S  "twilight  in  the  language  of 
Wordsworth's  sc^^^^^^^'"  quoting  the  Ehzabethan  dramatist 
John  Ford  and  wondering  if  perhaps  he  was  quoting 
Fletcher,  memor^^"^g  ^  ^^^^^^  ^^  J^^^  Ingelow,  and  read- 
ing Robert  Bucll^^^^^'  ^^  talking  about  his  desire  to  live  to 
be  ''flftu  or  fiftv'^^^' '  ^^""^^^^  commented  on  the  picture 
of  old  aire  give^^  "^  Charles  Reade's  Never  Too  Late  to 
Mend?  ''' 

Timrod  wrote  ^^  ^'^  ^^^*^''  ^"'^^X  *^^*  "Hayne  has  plenty 
of  new  books— I  ^^^^^^  from  an  embarras  de  richesses.  It  is 

hard  to  tell  whicP  ^^  ^^g^^^  fiist.  I  distract  by  insane  attempts 

pp  "  111 
to  read  all  at  onr^* 

The  extent  of  Timrod's  knowledge  of  classical  poetry  is 
difficult  to  estim'^*^-  ^^^  friends  thought  him  deeply  if  not 
widely  read;  H^^^^  writes  that  while  Aeschylus  revolted 
him,  he  was  char™^^  ^Y  Sophocles,  revelled  in  "the  elegant 
art  of  Virc^il "  ai^^  never  wearied  of  Horace  and  Catullus. 
i  P  K  Brvan  gc*^^  even  farther,  and  finds  a  direct  indebt- 
edness'to  CatullP^'  "^*  *^"^^^  ^^^^''^  '^  '^^^^  ^""'Y  elegance  of 
Catullus  '  alway^  ^'^^  delight,  and  a  metrical  translation  of 
whose  poems  he  ^^^  completed."  ''' 

^^oihid.,  54-58.  Af'f  ^'"^'^'^^'''^^fjy  ^^°f  V  "'"^"^  ^^7  T' 
1  or?^  .  rr-.  1  >^  )dwin  Collection)  that  Henry  had  once  read  to  her 
1870:  in  Timrod-Go(.^^.        »    i  •  i    i      i     j  ■  j      ^  ■^       ^  ^ 

,.         ,-  ,,,,  ittier,     which  he  had  copied  while  at  your  house, 

some   lines   from   Wh     „       ,  r,  oao    j  \onn\   ,.^  ^  ^ \.^     ^  £ 

Tj  A     f     (  ■     T]  ^  Bookman,  9:343,  June,  1899)  thought  that  some  of 

rj..      -^  ^,    ■,.  .    led  one  of  Whittier.  H.  T.  Thompson,  Henrii  Timrod, 

Timrod  s  lines  remmc         ,,    ..^.x     n    i."  i  •     J      c     ^7  r  -^ 

-,-  -  fl  .  t  .  f  f .    r^mirod  s    The  Past    appeared  in  the  Sounjcrn  L/ferary 

Tiyf    \  'l  \jf        i«?^)'  Whittier  praised  the  poem  in  a  letter  to  Hayne. 

.     '^       "^  '^      •.     91      elates  the  story  without  mentioning  Whittier's  name, 

y     '    1  '     r  7i      "    icouraging  effect"  of  the  letter  on  Timrod. 
and  speaks  of  the    ei^^.^  Collection,  South  Caroliniana  Library. 

112  H      T         cT  ^^'  1-  ^-  ^-  ^'y^'^^  ^"  Poems,  xxxiii.  A  former  student 

r  rr^r     ^yp^'  ^P-  .  '  ''ipposed  to  have  inspired  his  "Praeceptor  Amat,"  Miss 

of  Timrod  s  who  is  sv^^^^^^^  ^.^^^^  ..        \  ^^  ^^^^j^  ^^  ^^.^  ^.^^^  ^^  ^.^  ^^^.^^ 

tehcia  Robinson,  say:       ^^^  studying,  and  was  rarely  without  some  book 
would  allow  m  readi:^^^^  ^  j^^^^^ ^  ^^^^^^^  ^         ^^^^^^^  ^^  ^^^^  ^^^^^.^^^ 

in  his  hand.   .   .   .  He  -^ 


INTRODUCTION  53 

If  it  ever  existed  in  fact,  the  translation  has  disappeared. 
W.  A.  Courtenay  could  not  locate  it,  although  he  believed 
that  Timrod  not  only  had  completed  the  work  but  had  also 
had  it  set  in  type,  in  the  same  manner  as  the  poems  for  an 
English  edition.  When  he  asked  Mrs.  Lloyd  for  the  proof- 
sheets  of  this  translation,  he  got  what  is  possibly  the  final 
answer:  "I  cannot  recall  that  he  commenced  a  metrical 
version  of  Catullus,  but  I  have  no  doubt  but  that  he  con- 
templated doing  it  at  some  time  ...  I  am  sure  it  was 
never  begun."  However,  she  admits  in  another  letter  that 
"I  did  not  preserve  all  Henry's  papers,"  so  her  disclaimer  is 
not  conclusive. ^^^ 

It  is  impossible  without  vague  guesswork  to  trace  a  direct 
indebtedness  in  Timrod's  original  poetry  to  that  of  Catullus. 
There  are  similarities  of  tone  and  manner,  but  there  is,  also, 
the  possibility  that  these  are  traceable  to  an  English  inter- 
mediary.^^^  Of  Timrod's  direct  knowledge,  no  doubt  exists. 


and  able  to  read  fluently  French,  German,  Latin  and  Greek"  (quoted  in 
Wauchope,  Henry  Timrod,  12-13).  Simms  (in  Southern  Society,  I:  18, 
Oct.  12,  1867)  wrote:  "He  was  a  good  Latin  scholar,  something  of  a 
Grecian,  and  possessed  a  fair  general  acquaintance  with  some  of  the  Con- 
tinental languages."  Henry  Austin,  op.  cit.,  342,  thinks  one  line  of  "A  Dedi- 
cation" is  "well-nigh  as  luscious  with  liquids  as  its  prototype  in  Vergil's 
First  Eclogue."  H.  T.  Thompson,  Henry  Timrod,  15,  tells  of  acquiring  "a 
copy  of  Gooper's  Vergil  now  unfortunately  lost,  which  Timrod  had  used  at 
school,  and  which  the  writer  afterwards  used.  The  pages  of  this  old  book 
were  embellished  with  caricatures  in  pencil,  and  accompanied  with  dog- 
gerel \  erses  in  Timrod's  handwriting  which  embodied  pungent  and  sarcas- 
tic criticism  of  his  classmates." 

113  Letters,  March  15,  1898,  and  March  30,  1900,  in  Memories  of  the 
Timrod  Revival  1898-1901  (bound  Ms.  volume  in  Charleston  Library 
Society). 

ii'*  Professor  Gardwell  seems  definitely  convinced  of  this.  In  the  Intro- 
duction to  Uncollected  Poems  of  Henry  Timrod,  4-5,  he  notes:  "Some 
possible  classic  parallels  there  are.  The  quatrain  'There  is  I  know  not  what 
about  thee,'  is  of  course  similar  to  Martial,  I.  xxxii  (cf.  also  Catullus, 
LXXXV ) :  but  it  is  clearly  playing  upon  Brown's  famous  impromptu  trans- 
lation rather  than  upon  Martial's  original.  One  may  compare  both  'Sweet 


54  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

His  copy  of  Catullus  is  available,  and  is  extensively  anno- 
tated; it  lends  support  to  the  statements  that  Timrod  either 
translated  or  intended  to  translate  the  poems,  for  it  is  the 
only  one  of  his  extant  books  that  shows  numerous  notes  and 
markings.  Yet  these  may  reveal  only  a  student's  transcrip- 
tion from  lectures  or  commentaries.  Timrod's  notes  indi- 
cate an  interest  in  poetic  metaphor,  in  idiomatic  expres- 
sion, in  variant  readings  suggested  by  commentaries,  and 
in  identifying  persons  and  places,  especially  the  Greek  and 
Latin  synonyms  for  the  same  name.^^^ 

On  the  flyleaf,  Timrod  has  quoted  lines  of  poetry  from 

let  not  our  slanderers'  and  'Let  V tj  prattle'  with  Catullus,  V,  but  the 

similarities  are  quite  general.  For  an  example  of  a  faint  reminiscence  of  the 
Anacreontea,  compare  Ode  8  (numbering  of  the  Loeb  edition)  with  the 
verses  'For  high  honours.'  For  another  faint  echo  of  a  classic  poem,  com- 
pare 'Six  months  s  such  a  wonderful  time'  with  Horace,  I,  v.  Here,  as  in 
the  instance  of  Martial,  I.  xxxii,  mentioned  above,  an  English  intermediary 
or  poem  on  a  similar  theme  ( cf .  Suckling's  'Out  upon  it!')  is  probably  to 
be  assumed."  Peirce  Bruns,  op.  cit.,  270,  says  that  "from  all  Timrod's  lighter 
verse  there  breathes  gently  .  .  .  the  faint,  sweet  perfume  of  Catullus' 
'Dainty  Volume,'  "  and  compares  Timrod's  "A  Dedication"  with  Catullus, 
LXXV. 

ii^>  Timrod's  pocket-size  copy,  now  in  the  Charleston  Library  Society, 
included  the  works  of  three  Latin  poets :  Catulli,  Tibulli,  et  Propertii,  Opera 
(London,  1822),  I  give  an  example  of  each  type  of  annotation:  IV: 
utrumque  .  .  .  pedem,  underscored,  with  note  "The  lower  corners  of  the 
sails  and  the  ropes  by  which  they  were  made  fast  were  called  pedes;"  limpi- 
dum  lacum,  underscored,  with  note,  "Lake  Benacus."  X:  caput  unctius 
referret,  "a  metaphor  for  becoming  rich."  XXXH:  meridiatum,  "to  pass  the 
noon,  to  take  one's  siesta."  LL  "Ad  Lesbiam,"  "The  first  three  stanzas  of 
this  poem  are  translated  from  Sappho's  celebrated  ode  preserved  by 
Longinus."  LXL  Julia  Manlio  .  .  .  bona  cum  bona  /  Nubit  alite  virgo, 
"Julia  will  her  Manlius  wed,  /  Good  with  good,  a  blessed  bed.  Leigh  Hunt." 
LXHL  11.  6-8,  "Note  the  abrupt  transition  to  the  feminine  gender";  1.  75, 
"Condemned  as  a  spurious  line  by  the  best  commentators."  LXXXIX: 
omnia  plena  puellis  /  Cognatis,  "crowds  of  female  cousins— idiomatic  as 
omnia  miseriarum  plenissima  ( Cicero ) ." 

The  TibuUus  has  no  marks  or  notes;  the  Propertius  a  few  underlinings, 
two  or  three  notes  on  words,  and  one  change  in  punctuation:  I,  XX,  32, 
"Ahl  dolor  ibat,"  to  "Ah  dolor!  ibat." 


INTRODUCTION  55 

Ovid,  Martial,  and  Frangois  Maynard  (in  French).  They 
indicate  that  Timrod  considered  Catullus'  life  more  virtuous 
than  his  writings;  the  Martial  runs,  "Lasciva  est  nobis  pa- 
gina,  vita  proba  est."  And  the  French  verse  notes  that  if  the 
author's  pen  is  evil,  his  life  is  decorous.  Presumably  these 
quotations  seemed  appropriate:  it  may  be  that  Timrod  felt 
some  justification  or  palliation  was  needed  for  the  more 
licentious  passages. 

His  copies  of  Tibullus,  Propertius,  Cornelius  Nepos,  and 
Statins  ^^^  have  survived,  but  they  contribute  little  that  is 
significant  beyond  the  record  of  his  ownership.  In  spite  of 
the  quotation  from  Ovid  on  the  flyleaf  of  Catullus,  Timrod 
did  not  read  the  entire  poem  until  1866.  In  a  letter  to  Hayne, 
he  attacks  James  Wood  Davidson's  critical  acumen  and 
classical  scholarship;  to  prove  that  Davidson's  knowledge 
was  faulty,  he  cites  a  personal  experience:  "I  borrowed  from 
him  not  long  ago  a  copy  of  Ovid's  Metamorphoses,  of  which 
I  had  hitherto  only  read  fragments  in  the  original.  He  told 
me  that  he  had  only  glanced  into  it  himself  and  spoke  of  the 
difficulty  of  the  Latin.  I  took  the  book  home  and  found  it 
perfectly  easy  Latin  for  very  ordinary  scholarship.  I  read  it 
through  with  little  more  trouble  than  so  much  English."  ^^^ 

A  year  later,  in  again  commenting  on  Davidson's  igno- 
rance, Timrod  gives  a  little  more  information  on  his  own 
reading:  "Of  Horace  he  literally  knows  nothing.  I  have 
tried  him  with  several  other  authors— but  he  seems  to  be 
familiar  with  none  of  them.  The  other  day  he  spoke  in  rap- 
tures of  Persius.  I  had  not  then  read  Persius,  but  curious  to 
see  D's  taste,  I  went  to  the  library  and  glanced  over  his 

iiG  Cornelii  Nepotis  Vitae  (The  Regent's  Classics.  Pocket  Edition.  Lon- 
don, 1819);  bound  in  the  same  volume,  Pomponii  Melae,  De  Situ  Orbis, 
Libri  Tres  (London,  1819);  P.  Papinii  Statii  Opera  (London,  1822). 

117  March  7,  1866;  quoted  in  Hubbell,  op.  cit.,  53-54. 


56  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

Satires."  ^^^  From  the  lack  of  enthusiasm  impKcit  in  this 
statement,  a  glance  was  apparently  enough. 

Though  he  used  "Aglaus,"  the  name  of  a  Greek  pastoral 
poet,  as  an  early  pseudonym,  and  though  he  was  certainly 
conversant  with  Greek  literature,  there  are  no  indications  of 
its  eflFect  upon  him.  In  "Praeceptor  Amat,"  he  manages  to  use 
a  Greek  phrase  cleverly  enough  that  it  fits  naturally  into  the 
mock-pedantic  context,  and  into  the  rhyme  as  well  as  the 
rhythm. ^^^  Likewise,  one  can  only  guess  at  his  knowledge  of 
German.  His  father  was  proud  of  his  German  descent  ( the 
name  was  originally  Dimroth),  and  served  as  Captain  of 
the  German  Fusiliers  during  the  Seminole  War.  The  one 
tangible  result  of  this  German  blood  is  a  translation,  "Song 
of  Mignon,"  from  the  Wilhelm  Meister  of  Goethe.  Appar- 
ently Timrod  did  not  consider  it  worth  publishing;  Simms 
speaks  of  it,  justly,  as  "not  worthy  of  his  pen."  ^^^ 

A  few  times  Timrod  mentions  his  interest  in  French.  He 
wrote  his  sister  that  his  pronunciation  was  considered  "ele- 
gant," and  he  occasionally  employs  a  French  phrase  in  his 
correspondence. ^^^  His  extant  copy  of  Rousseau's  La  Nou- 
velle  Helotse  has  no  marginal  comments;  ^^^  he  does  not 

118  Letter  to  Hayne,  March  26,  1867;  quoted  in  Hubbell,  op.  cit.,  76. 

11^  In  the  same  poem,  Timrod  speaks  of  a  "much- valued  edition  of 
Homer,"  and  of  "the  Greek's  multitudinous  line."  Walter  Hines  Page,  in  the 
South- Atlantic,  I:  367  (March,  1878),  writes  that  "A  Mother's  Wail"  is 
Timrod's  most  nearly  perfect  poem,  and  to  the  reader  of  Simonides  seems 
almost  Greek-like. 

120  On  W.  H.  Timrod's  war  service,  see  G.  A.  Cardwell,  Jr.,  "William 
Henry  Timrod,  the  Charleston  Volunteers,  and  the  Defense  of  St.  Augus- 
tine," in  ISlorth  Carolina  Historical  Review,  XVIII:  27-37,  Jan.,  1941.  The 
"Song  of  Mignon"  is  printed  in  Uncollected  Poems,  103-04;  Simms'  remark 
is  quoted  in  Hubbell,  op.  cit.,  122  n. 

121  Letter  to  Emily,  July  4,  1851  ( in  Timrod-Goodwin  Collection,  South 
Caroliniana  Library).  In  the  letter  to  Hayne,  March  7,  1866,  he  speaks  of 
Davidson's  critical  niaiseries,  which  deserve  only  "a  round  dozen  'grands 
coups  de  pieds  dans  le  derriere.'  " 

122  Now  in  the  Timrod  Museum  at  Florence,  S.  C. 


INTRODUCTION  57 

mention  the  French  author  in  any  known  letter,  or  remark 
on  Rousseau's  treatment  of  nature.  Yet  when  he  wanted  it, 
Timrod  found  an  apt  quotation  in  French  to  describe 
Catullus. 

There  is  a  strong  and  pleasant  temptation  for  any  writer 
on  Timrod  to  play  up  a  father's  influence.  Every  account  of 
William  Henry  Timrod  portrays  him  as  attractive,  studious, 
and  independent,  an  excellent  bookbinder  who  was  proud 
of  his  craftsmanship,  a  good  citizen  and  soldier,  and  an 
affectionate  husband  and  parent.  Although  the  local  news- 
paper frequently  mentioned  his  name  in  connection  with 
the  activities  of  the  Fusiliers  and  the  German  Friendly 
Society,  he  clipped  for  his  Daybook  only  the  annual  an- 
nouncement of  the  officers  of  the  Charleston  Library 
Society;  these  show  him  a  director  from  1827  to  1829.^-^  He 
talked  well  about  literature,  and  attracted  to  him  the  ablest 
men  in  Charleston.  If  his  poetry  was  definitely  minor  and 
frequently  derivative,  it  had  also  a  fimi  craftsmanship  and 
occasional  excellence. 

In  1814,  William  Henry  Timrod  published  his  one  book, 
Poems,  on  Various  Subjects}^^  In  his  maturer  days,  he  was 

123  See  Hayne,  op.  cit.,  8-17,  and  Hubbell,  op.  cit.,  165-78;  Timrod's 
Daybook,  in  the  Charleston  Library  Society,  has  been  preserved  only  for 
the  four  years  1825-1829.  James  McCarter,  who  employed  Timrod  for  over 
ten  years,  wrote  to  Hayne  in  1867:  "His  wonderful  powers  of  conversation, 
his  genial  manner,  his  pleasant  and  amiable  temper,  his  exquisite  humour, 
and  pungent  wit,  soon  gathered  round  him  a  knot  of  clever  young  men,  who 
relished  his  company,  and  enjoyed  his  jokes,"  so  that  his  workshop  was 
called  Timrod's  Club  ( Hubbell,  op.  cit.,  173-74 ) .  Hayne  quotes  several  of 
his  later  poems,  including  "To  Harry." 

124  A  tiny  volume  of  78  pages.  The  first  poem,  "Quebec,"  is  subtitled 
"In  Imitation  of  Campbell's  Hohenlinden";  "A  Dream"  is  a  weak,  conven- 
tionalized poet's  vision  of  a  "beauteous  maid"  who  vanishes  when  the  poet 
wakes;  "To  Pyrrha"  has  above  the  title,  "Horace,  Book  I,  Ode  V,  Imitated"; 
\'arious  poems  celebrate  the  charms  of  such  pastoral  ladies  as  Julia,  Celia, 
Thyrsa;  on  p.  61  the  poet  calls  himself  Strephon;  several  poems  are  remotely 


58  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

ashamed  of  this  youthful  work,  and  regretted  the  pubhca- 
tion.^^^  Later  verses  were  pubhshed  in  local  magazines,  and 
four  of  them  appear  in  The  Charleston  Book  ( 1845 ) .  This 
work  reveals  that  William  Timrod  had  read  Moore  and 
Byron;  it  shows  a  maturer  mind  and  a  better  command  of 
verse.  That  Henry  was  pleased  with  his  father's  poems  is 
easily  proved:  in  1864,  he  re-printed  several  in  the  Daily 
South  Carolinian. 

The  elder  Timrod  died  on  July  28, 1838,  when  Henry  was 
ten  years  old.  Any  personal  influence  was  very  early  in 
Henry's  life,  and  cannot  be  traced  in  his  poetry.  Simms,  who 
knew  both  father  and  son,  fancied  that  there  was  a  general 
resemblance,  but  he  suggests  nothing  more:  Henry's 
"genius  was,  in  some  degree,  inherited.  His  father— William 
H.  Timrod— was  a  poet  before  him  .  .  .  He  wrote  freely 
and  frequently.  He  published  a  volume  of  poems  in  Charles- 
ton, some  fifty  years  ago,  the  general  characteristics  of 
which  somewhat  resembled  those  of  his  son.  He,  too,  was  a 
lover  of  nature,  and  his  poems  were  meant  frequently  to 
illustrate  her  phases."  ^^^ 

It  would  also  be  pleasant,  but  I  believe  equally  impos- 
sible,  to   find   evidence   of   direct   indebtedness   to   the 


in  the  Cavalier  tradition,  with  the  air  sometimes  hsted  under  the  title  ( p.  57, 
"Song,"  /  "Air— The  Glasses  Sparkle  on  the  Board");  a  few  are  sonnets; 
"Sullivan's  Island"  is  a  didactic  poem  in  heroic  couplets.  The  most  interest- 
ing, "Noon.  An  Eclogue"  has  three  negro  characters,  Sampy,  Cudjoe,  and 
Quashebo;  and  some  negro  dialect  which  the  author  explains  in  footnotes. 
The  poem  is  a  deliberate  mixture  of  dialect  and  high-flown  language;  two 
women  who  are  talked  about  are  Clarissa  and  Jemimah.  Many  of  the  blank 
pages  of  the  Daybook  contain  later  poems. 

i-"*  Hubbell,  op.  cit.,  166:  "In  an  undated  letter  Emily  Timrod  Goodwin 
wrote  to  Hayne:  1  heard  him  regret  deeply  that  he  had  ever  allowed  them 
to  appear  in  print,  so  meanly  did  he  think  of  them.'  " 

i-^«W.  G.  Simms,  in  Southern  Society,  I:  18-19,  Oct.  12,  1867;  quoted 
in  Hubbell,  op.  cit.,  155. 


INTRODUCTION  59 

Charleston  writers  of  his  day.  The  men  who  with  Hugh 
Swinton  Legare  wrote  the  distinguished  papers  in  the 
Southern  Review  were  no  longer  active,  but  the  group  that 
congregated  at  Russell's  Bookshop  and  Simms'  town  house 
had  wit  and  intelligence.  Simms,  James  Mathewes  Legare, 
S.  Henry  Dickson,  John  Dickson  Bruns,  and  several  others 
wrote  capable  and  occasionally  distinguished  verse;  Peti- 
gru,  Grayson,  Russell,  and  similar  men  had  taste  and  ener- 
getic opinions.  To  them  all,  literature  was  alive.  These 
doctors,  lawyers,  merchants,  and  writers  talked  heatedly 
yet  intelligently  of  books  and  ideas;  they  had  magazines  at 
hand  to  publish  their  shorter  work  when,  and  if,  they  got 
around  to  putting  it  on  paper.^^^ 

To  the  younger  men,  this  intellectual  atmosphere  was 
bracing.  They  considered  themselves  an  integral  part  of  an 
active  group,  working  in  the  tradition  of  English  poetry  yet 
contributing  something  new  and  individual.  Timrod,  Hayne 
and  Bruns,  the  classicists  della  Torre  and  Gildersleeve,  and 
other  young  men  talked  freely  with  each  other;  undoubt- 
edly, each  profited  by  the  criticism  of  the  others. ^^^  In- 
evitably, the  tension  of  increasing  bitterness  directed  their 
thoughts  from  literature  to  immediate  political  and  eco- 

127  For  a  vivid  account  of  this  group,  see  P.  H.  Hayne,  "Ante-Bellum 
Charleston,"  in  The  Southern  Bivouac,  I:  327-36,  Nov.  1885. 

128  Unfortunately,  no  record  of  this  criticism  exists,  except  in  the  writ- 
ings of  Hayne  and  Bruns  on  Timrod.  Yates  Snowden  ( "A  Reminiscence 
of  Henry  Timrod,"  Charleston  News  and  Courier,  Dec.  20,  1903)  tells  of 
one  gathering  of  five  young  men:  Timrod,  Bruns,  John  della  Torre,  William 
A.  Martin,  and  the  unnamed  narrator.  Bruns  claimed  that  della  Torre  had 
discovered  the  Latin  original  of  a  recent  poem  of  Timrod's;  della  Torre  read 
as  the  original  his  own  translation  into  13th  century  Latin.  Timrod,  non- 
plussed, protested  innocence  until  the  other  men  laughed  at  him  and  ad- 
mitted the  hoax.  Years  later,  Rachel  Lyons  Heustis  remembered  especially 
Timrod's  "entire  absence  of  jealousy  or  unkind  criticism  of  contemporary 
poets,"  and  his  willingness  to  listen  to  criticism  of  his  own  verse  ( letter  to 
W.  A.  Courtenay,  March  20,  1899,  in  Memories  of  the  Timrod  Revival 
1898-1901). 


60  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

nomic  problems;  the  war  itself  disrupted  their  lives.  Each 
writer  was  forced  to  develop  his  powers  alone,  and  under 
difficulties. 

Timrod  knew  an  intellectual  and  personal  loneliness. 
Physical  weakness  prevented  him  from  taking  an  active  part 
in  the  war.  These  personal  deprivations  are  not  expressed  in 
his  poems,  but  they  helped  to  add  intensity  and  strength  to 
his  work.  Only  through  his  writing  could  he  become  identi- 
fied with  the  thought  and  emotion  of  his  region.  This,  at 
least,  he  achieved.  His  opportunity  for  meditation,  for  de- 
velopment, for  an  expression  in  poetry  of  his  own  critical 
ideals,  was  cut  short  by  poverty  and  death. 


^ ne    K^naracter  a?ia    Q) cope  op   t/ie    QJonnet 


iiniiiiiiniiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii 


The  sonnet  has  never  been  a  popular  form  of  verse.  Those 
who  maintain  that  the  poet  should  address  himself  to  the 
popular  heart  alone,  may  regard  this  as  a  significant  fact. 
We  are  not,  however,  so  disposed  to  consider  it.  As  far  as 
we  know  anything  of  that  interesting  organ,  the  popular 
heart  understands  very  little  about  poetry,  and  cares  less. 
The  audience  of  the  poet,  "fit,  though  few,"  ^  is  even  more 
limited  than  that  of  the  musician.  As  there  are  a  great  many 
persons  wholly  unable  to  enjoy  the  music  of  an  overture, 
or  an  opera,  so  there  are  a  still  greater  number  who  are 
equally  incompetent  to  appreciate  an  epic  or  a  sonnet.  We 
appeal  to  the  experience  of  every  earnest  lover  and  true 
critic  of  poetry.  How  often  have  his  sensibilities  been 
shocked  while  reading  to  divers  representatives  of  this 
popular  heart,  some  noble  passage  which  has  stirred  his 
own  soul  to  its  very  depth.  The  subtle  melody  has  fallen  on 
deaf  ears.  The  deep  thought,  the  lofty  imagination  have 
not  been  comprehended  at  all.  "Very  good,  I  dare  say,  but— 
I  am  no  critic,"  or,  "quite  pretty,  but  after  all,  give  me  a 
song  of  Moore's."  The  enthusiastic  reader  shuts  the  book 
with  an  internal  malediction.  In  truth,  we  are  not  inclined 
to  regard  this  popular  heart  as  a  human  heart  at  all.  It  is 
only  a  mean,  narrow,  unintelligent  thing,  which  beats  some- 

61 


62  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

times  under  fine  broadcloth,  and  sometimes  under  coarser 
textures,  to  the  tune  of  dollars  and  cents.  Where,  since  the 
time  of  Milton,  has  the  reputation  of  every  poet,  with  the 
single  exception  of  Burns,  commenced?  Not  with  the  mul- 
titude. A  few  cultivated  persons  explain  their  admiration 
to  the  popular  heart,  which  echoes  it  much  as  an  empty 
room  echoes  a  voice.  Even  the  popularity  of  the  songs  of 
Burns  and  Moore  we  are  disposed  to  attribute  rather  to  the 
airs  to  which  they  have  been  married  than  to  the  excellence 
of  their  poetry. 

It  is  not  our  object,  in  this  essay,  to  argue  the  sonnet  into 
popularity.  The  attempt  would  be  not  less  absurd  than  that 
of  the  foolish  fellow  who  tried  to  teach  an  ape  to  read.  We 
only  design  to  answer  some  of  the  objections  urged  against 
this  form  of  verse  by  people  who  should  know  better.  There 
is  Rogers.  That  complacent  poet  has  remarked  that  "he 
had  never  attempted  to  write  a  sonnet,  as  he  could  see  no 
reason  why  a  man,  who  had  anything  to  say,  should  be  tied 
down  to  fourteen  lines."  ^  He  adds,  somewhat  condescend- 
ingly, that  it  "did  very  well  for  Wordsworth,  as  its  strict 
limits  prevented  him  from  lapsing  into  that  diffuseness  to 
which  he  was  prone."  That  a  poet  who  was  wont  to  confine 
himself  to  four  couplets  a  day,  as  much  we  suspect  from 
actual  sterility  in  word  and  thought,  as  with  any  design  of 
polishing  his  verse,  should  speak  in  terms  of  such  cool  dis- 
paragement of  the  style  of  Wordsworth,  is  amusing  enough. 
But  with  the  banker's  strictures  upon  the  author  of  Lao- 
damia,  we  have  nothing  to  do.  What  shall  we  say  in  reply  to 
that  objection  which  turns  upon  the  impossibility  of  com- 
pressing the  thoughts  of  Mr.  Rogers  within  the  compass  of 
fourteen  lines.  The  answer  lies  in  a  nutshell.  It  is  plain  that 
Mr.  Rogers  had  never  reflected  upon  the  nature  of  the  son- 
net. He  did  not  know  that  it  partakes— with  certain  differ- 


CHARACTER    AND    SCOPE    OF    THE    SONNET  63 

ences  which  will  be  soon  alluded  to— of  the  nature  of  a 
stanza.  We  can  give  no  reason  wherefore,  in  the  Spenserian 
stanza,  the  verse  should  always,  and  the  sense  generally 
conclude  with  the  ninth  line,  except  that  the  nice  ear  of  the 
poet,  by  whom  it  was  invented,  so  determined  it.  The  poets 
who  followed  the  inventor  finding  the  stanza  to  be  one  of 
great  variety,  sweetness  and  strength,  adopted  it,  without 
inquiring  why  it  might  not  consist  of  eight  or  ten  lines.  In 
the  same  manner,  the  sonnet  was  the  invention  of  some 
other  poet  of  happy  taste;  and  this  little  harp  of  fourteen 
strings,  after  having  been  swept  with  great  effect  by  the 
hands  of  a  few  great  masters,  has  been  accepted  and  ap- 
proved as  one  of  the  legitimate  instruments  of  poetry. 
There  are  certain  ears  on  which  music  of  every  kind— Mo- 
zart's as  well  as  Milton's— can  fall  only  in  parts;  and  to  such 
ears  it  is  not  surprising  that  no  sufficient  reason  can  be 
given  why  the  sonnet  should  never  transgress  or  fall  short 
of  the  limits  which  have  been  assigned  it.  But  the  educated 
poetical  ear,  capable  of  appreciating  the  music  of  the  son- 
net as  a  whole,  will  detect  in  it  a  strain  of  melody,  which, 
like  an  air  that  has  been  played  out,  comes  naturally  and 
easily  to  a  close  at  the  fourteenth  line.  We  do  not  say  that 
this  effect  is  always  produced,  but  it  will  be  always  pro- 
duced whenever  the  sonnet  is  properly  written.  And  the 
poet  who  complains  of  the  shackles  that  bind  him,  lacks 
either  skill  or  genius. 

An  objection  will  be  suggested  to  the  above  remarks  by 
that  which  constitutes  the  difference  between  the  sonnet 
and  the  stanza.  The  latter  often  leaves  the  sense  incomplete, 
and  may  run  into  a  succeeding  stanza;  while  the  sonnet, 
even  when  used  as  the  stanza  of  a  long  poem,  ( as  in  Words- 
worth's poem  on  the  river  Duddon,  and  in  his  ecclesiastical 
sonnets,)  must  be  at  the  same  time  a  complete  poem  in 


64  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

itself.  This  objection  is  of  course  no  answer  to  what  we  have 
urged  as  to  the  musical  effect  of  the  sonnet  as  a  stanza,  but 
points  only  to  the  additional  trammels  which  it  imposes  on 
the  poet.  That  it  does  impose  such  additional  trammels  we 
acknowledge  at  once.  But  what  then?  The  poet  finds  ready 
made  to  his  hand,  an  air  of  exquisite  sweetness  to  which  he 
may  set  his  thought,  and  to  which,  if  he  possesses  the  due 
degree  of  skill,  he  may,  by  means  of  pause  and  cadence,  give 
the  most  delightful  variations  without  destroying  or  mar- 
ring the  effect  of  the  original  melody.  Must  he  refuse  to  em- 
ploy it  simply  because  it  is  difficult?  That  many  poets  have 
written  bad  sonnets  only  proves  a  difficulty  which  nobody 
denies,  and  which  those  poets  had  not  the  ability  to  over- 
come. 

It  is  not  long  since  we  heard  the  law  of  the  sonnet  ascribed 
to  the  same  caprice  which  once  led  men  to  write  verses  in 
the  shape  of  triangles  and  other  geometrical  figures.  That 
that  law  depends  upon  something  more  than  caprice,  we 
think  we  have  already  said  enough  to  show.  But  the  remark 
could  scarcely  have  been  made  in  earnest.  No  apology 
whatever  could  be  forged,  by  the  most  ingenious  critic, 
which  could  justify  in  the  slightest  degree  the  freaks  of 
pedantry  alluded  to.  But  it  will  not  be  denied  that  the  sonnet 
admits  at  least  of  a  very  plausible  defence.  No  good  poetry 
that  we  have  ever  heard  of  has  been  pressed  into  the  figure 
of  a  trapezoid.  But  it  will  not  be  denied  that  much  noble 
poetry  has  been  given  to  the  world  through  the  medium  of 
the  sonnet. 

The  sonnet  has  been  called  artificial.  It  is  artificial,  but 
only  as  all  forms  of  verse  are  artificial.  There  are  persons 
who  imagine  poetry  to  be  the  result  of  a  sort  of  mystical  in- 
spiration, scarcely  to  be  subjected  to  the  bounds  of  space 
and  time.  Others  regarding  it  as  the  outgushing  of  a  present 


CHARACTER    AND    SCOPE    OF    THE     SONNET  65 

emotion,  cannot  conceive  how  the  poet,  carried  on  by  the 
"divine  afflatus,"  should  always  contrive  to  rein  in  his 
Pegasus  at  a  certain  goal.  All  this  is  simply  ridiculous.  If  the 
poet  have  his  hour  of  inspiration  ( though  we  are  so  sick  of 
the  cant  of  which  this  word  has  been  the  fruitful  source,  that 
we  dislike  to  use  it)  it  is  not  during  the  act  of  composition. 
A  distinction  must  be  made  between  the  moment  when  the 
great  thought  first  breaks  upon  the  mind, 

"leaving  in  the  brain 

A  rocking  and  a  ringing,"  ^ 

and  the  hour  of  patient  and  elaborate  execution.  It  is  in  the 
conception  only  that  the  poet  is  the  vatcs.  In  the  labor 
of  putting  that  conception  into  words,  he  is  simply  the 
artist.  A  great  poet  has  defined  poetry  to  be  "emotion  recol- 
lected in  tranquility."  ^'  No  man  with  grief  in  his  heart,  could 
sit  straightway  down  to  strain  that  grief  through  iambics. 
No  man,  exulting  in  a  delirium  of  joy,  ever  bubbles  in 
anapaests.  Were  this  so,  the  poet  would  be  the  most  won- 
derful of  improvisators;  and,  perhaps,  poetry  would  be  no 
better  than  what  improvisations  usually  are.  There  can  be 
no  doubt  that  much  of  the  most  passionate  verse  in  the  Eng- 
lish, or  any  other  language,  has  been 

"Thoughtfully  fitted  to  the  Orphean  lyre."  ^ 

The  act  of  composition  is  indeed  attended  with  an  emo- 
tion peculiar  to  itself,  and  to  the  poet;  and  this  emotion  is 
sufficient  of  itself  to  give  a  glow  and  richness  to  the  poet's 
language;  yet,  it  leaves  him  at  the  same  time  in  such  com- 
mand of  his  faculties  that  he  is  able  to  choose  his  words 
almost  as  freely,  though  by  no  means  so  deliberately,  as  the 
painter  chooses  his  colors.  We  are  inclined  to  think  that  the 
emotion  of  the  poet  somewhat  resembles  in  its  metaphysical 


66  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

character,  those  inexphcable  feehngs  with  which  we  all  wit- 
ness a  tragic  performance  on  the  stage— feelings  which, 
even  while  they  rend  the  heart,  are  always  attended  by  a 
large  amount  of  vivid  pleasure. 

It  would  be  easy  to  multiply  quotations  in  confirmation  of 
our  remarks.  Wordsworth  speaks  of  himself  as 

"Not  used  to  make 
A  present  joy  the  matter  of  his  song;"  "^ 

and  Matthew  Arnold  separates,  as  we  have  separated,  "the 
hour  of  insight"  from  the  hour  of  labor. 

"We  cannot  kindle  when  we  will, 

The  fire  that  in  the  heart  resides. 
The  spirit  bloweth  and  is  still, 

In  mystery  our  soul  abides: 
But  tasks  in  hours  of  insight  willed 
May  be  through  hours  of  gloom  fulfilled."  ^ 

Is  it  not  also  a  significant  fact  that  the  best  loved  verses 
have  been  written  by  men  who,  at  the  time  of  writing  them, 
had  long  passed  that  age  during  which  love  is  warmest,  and 
the  heart  most  susceptible?  The  songs  of  Moore's  middle 
age  are  far  superior  to  the  Anacreontics  of  his  passionate 
youth. 

We  confess  we  are  unable  to  see  the  stigma  conveyed  in 
the  term  artificial,  as  applied  to  the  sonnet.  The  poet  is  an 
artist,  and,  we  suppose,  he  regards  every  sort  of  stanza  but 
as  the  artificial  mould  into  which  he  pours  his  thought.  The 
very  restriction  so  much  complained  of,  he  knows  to  be,  in 
some  respects,  an  advantage.  It  forces  him  to  condensation; 
and  if  it  sometimes  induces  a  poetaster  to  stretch  a  thought 
to  the  finest  tenuity,  what  argument  is  that  against  the 
sonnet?  As  well  might  Jones  object  to  the  violin  of  Paganini, 
because  his  neiehbor  Smith  is  a  wretched  fiddler. 


CHARACTER    AND    SCOPE    OF    THE    SONNET  67 

The  sonnet  is  designed,  as  it  is  peculiarly  fitted  for  the 
development  of  a  single  thought,  emotion,  or  picture.  It  is 
governed  by  another  law  not  less  imperative  than  that 
which  deteiTnines  its  length.  This  law  the  cavillers  have  not 
as  yet  interfered  with,  doubtless,  because  they  know  noth- 
ing of  its  existence.  Yet,  perhaps,  it  is  that  which  constitutes 
the  chief  difficulty  in  the  composition  of  the  sonnet.  We  do 
not  know  how  else  to  characterize  it  but  as  the  law  of  unity. 
In  a  poem  made  up  of  a  series  of  stanzas,  the  thought  in  the 
first  stanza  suggests  the  thought  in  the  second,  and  both 
may  be  equally  important.  The  concluding  stanza  may  have 
wandered  as  far  in  its  allusions  from  the  opening  stanza,  as 
the  last  from  the  first  sentence  in  an  essay.  In  other  words, 
the  poet  has  the  liberty  of  rambling  somewhat,  if  his  fancy 
so  dispose  him.  In  the  sonnet  this  suggestive  progress  from 
one  thought  to  another  is  inadmissible.  It  must  consist  of 
one  leading  idea,  around  which  the  others  are  grouped  for 
purposes  of  illustration  only.  Most  of  the  sonnets  of  Words- 
worth meet  this  requirement  exactly.  Whatever  be  the  num- 
ber of  the  images  they  contain,  they  are  usually  perfect  in 
the  unity  of  the  impression  which  they  leave  upon  the  mind 
of  the  reader. 

At  some  future  time  we  shall  return  to  this  subject,  and 
passing  by  many  cavils  equally  as  trivial  as  those  we  have 
discussed,  we  will  examine  and  illustrate  more  fully  the  laws 
which  govern  this  department  of  verse.  At  present  we  will 
only  say  that  we  claim  for  it  a  proud  distinction,  as  it  is 
represented  in  English  literature.  We  believe  that  we  could 
gather  from  it  a  greater  body  of  tersely  expressed  and  valu- 
able thought,  than  from  any  equal  quantity  of  those  fugitive 
verses,  the  laws  of  which  are  less  exacting.  It  abounds  in 
those  "great  thoughts,  grave  thoughts,"  ^  which,  embodied 
in  lines  of  wonderful  pregnancy,  haunt  the  memory  forever. 


68  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

Brief  as  the  sonnet  is,  the  whole  power  of  a  poet  has  some- 
times been  exemphfied  within  its  narrow  bounds,  as  com- 
pletely as  within  the  compass  of  an  epic.  Thought  is  inde- 
pendent of  space,  and  it  would  hardly  be  an  exaggeration 
to  say  that  the  poet— the  minister  of  thought— enjoys  an 
equal  independence.  To-day  his  "stature  reaches  the  sky,"  ^'^ 
to-morrow  he  will  shut  himself  up  in  the  bell  of  a  tulip,  or 
the  cup  of  a  lily. 


J^nat  id    ^^yoetruf 


iiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiritiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiim 


There  are  certain  operations  of  the  human  mind  upon  itself 
and  the  world  without,  which,  when  they  take  form  and 
body  in  language,  have  been  denominated  Poetry.  To  de- 
scribe the  nature  of  these  operations,  in  a  single  definition, 
has  long  been  the  aim  of  the  philosophical  critic.  No  per- 
fectly satisfactory  definition  has  yet  been  attained.  We 
could  quote  a  score,  gathered  from  different  sources— all 
more  or  less  wide  of  the  mark.  As  we  recall  them,  we  are 
reminded  of  a  childish  search  once  actually  commenced  by 
ourselves,  after  the  pot  of  gold  which  is  said  to  lie  buried  at 
the  foot  of  the  rainbows. 

A  writer  in  the  July  number  of  this  Magazine  has  at- 
tempted to  settle  the  question. 

By  very  improperly  making  poetry  the  antithesis  of  prose 
(prose,  as  Coleridge  justly  observes,^  being  properly  op- 
posed only  to  metre),  and  by  confounding  the  subjective 
with  the  objective  of  poetry,  he  has  arrived,  with  some 
plausibility,  at  what  he  offers  us  as  a  definition  of  poetry.  It 
is,  in  reality,  an  extremely  poor  dictionary  definition  of  a 
poem. 

The  truth  is,  the  writer  has  altogether  mistaken  the  ques- 
tion. That  question  is,  as  we  have  already  implied,  not  how 
to  define  the  forms  of  poetry,  nor  how  to  distinguish  poetry 
from  prose  (the  philosophic  critic  would  as  soon  think  of 

69 


70  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

contrasting  a  virtue  with  a  colour),  but  what  is  that  ele- 
ment in  human  nature— what,  we  repeat,  are  those  opera- 
tions of  the  human  faculties,  which,  when  incarnated  in 
language,  are  generally  recognized  as  poetry. 

The  theory  of  the  writer  is,  that  poetry  is  a  mere  synonym 
for  a  composition  in  verse.  Hence,  the  general  dissatisfac- 
tion occasioned  by  his  article— a  dissatisfaction  which  we 
have  heard  expressed  by  many  who,  displeased  they 
scarcely  knew  why,  and  dimly  conscious  of  the  true  faith, 
were  yet  unable  to  find,  in  their  own  undefined  notions,  a 
logical  refutation  of  the  heresy.  The  genuine  lovers  of 
poetry  feel  that  its  essential  characteristics  underlie  the 
various  forms  which  it  assumes.  Ask  any  man  of  sensibility 
to  define  poetry,  and  he  will  endeavor  to  convey  to  you  some 
idea,  vague,  doubtless,  and  shadowy,  of  that  which,  in  his 
imagination,  constitutes  its  spirit.  The  few  poets  who  have 
attempted  to  solve  the  question,  have  looked  rather  into 
themselves  than  into  the  poems  which  they  have  written. 
One  describes  poetry  as  "emotion  recollected  in  tranquil- 
ity;" another,  as  "the  recollection  of  the  best  and  happiest 
hours  of  the  best  and  happiest  minds."  ^  These  definitions— 
if  definitions  they  can  be  called— are  inadequate  enough;— 
but  they  indicate,  correctly,  we  think,  the  direction  in  which 
the  distinctive  principle  of  poetry  is  to  be  sought. 

It  is  time  that  we  should  place  the  argument  which  we 
are  discussing  before  the  reader.  We  shall,  perhaps,  omit  a 
passage  here  and  there,  but  the  reader  has  only  to  turn  to 
the  July  number  of  this  Magazine  to  see  the  argument  in 
extenso: 

''What  is  Poetry? 

"It  will  help  us  in  knowing  what  it  is,  to  determine  first 
what  it  is  not.  It  is  not  the  nature  of  the  thoughts  expressed 


WHAT    IS    POETRY?  71 

that  makes  a  book  a  poem.  It  is  not  beauty  of  imagery,  nor 
play  of  fancy,  nor  creative  power  of  imagination,  nor  ex- 
pression of  emotion  or  passion,  nor  delineation  of  character, 
nor  force,  refinement  or  purity  of  language,  that  constitutes 
the  distinctive  quality  of  poetry.  Because  it  is  evident  that 
there  are  passages  in  prose  capable  of  being  compared,  in 
all  these  properties,  not  disadvantageously,  with  the  noblest 
productions  of  the  ancient  or  modem  muse.  Take  for  an 
example  of  beautiful  imagery,  the  often  quoted  passage 
from  Milton's  Tractate  on  Education,  where  he  expatiates 
on  the  delights  of  learning:  T  will  lead  you  to  a  hill-side, 
laborious,  indeed,  on  the  first  ascent,  but  else  so  smooth,  so 
green,  so  full  of  goodly  prospects  and  melodious  sounds  on 
every  side,  that  the  harp  of  Orpheus  was  not  more  charm- 
ing;' or  Burke's  eulogy  on  the  adventurous  hardihood  of  the 
seamen  of  America,  or  his  description  of  the  French  Queen, 
&c. 

"Where,  in  poetry,  shall  we  find  invention,  fancy,  imag- 
ination, more  abundantly  exhibited  than  in  the  writings  of 
Defoe,  or  Fielding,  or  Scott,  or  Dickens?  *****  And  yet, 
unless  it  be  metaphorically  to  sustain  a  theory,  no  one  calls 
Tom  Jones,  or  Robinson  Crusoe,  or  Ivanhoe,  a  poem.'' 

Then  follow  two  quotations  from  the  Bible,  which,  in 
spite  of  the  sublimity  of  the  one,  and  the  beauty  of  the 
other,  are  pronounced  (and  we  make  no  dangerous  admis- 
sion in  saying  very  properly  pronounced)  to  be  "prose, 
nevertheless." 

"A  prose  translation  of  the  IHad,  containing  every  senti- 
ment and  description,  faithfully  expressed,  would  not  be  a 
poem.  The  passage  from  Milton,  if  turned  into  his  own 
sonorous  verse,  would  be  as  genuine  poetry  as  the  Comus  or 
Paradise  Lost.  Turned  into  metrical  form,  by  the  commonest 


72  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

hand  even,  the  prose  is  changed  into  poetry,  the  words  re- 
maining the  same: 

"We  lead  your  footsteps  to  a  mountain  side 
Laborious  on  the  first  ascent,  but  else 
So  smooth,  so  green,  so  full  of  goodly  sights. 
And  sounds  melodious,  that  the  harp  itself 
Or  song  of  Orpheus,  not  more  charming  seemed." 

"But  if  it  is  not  the  thought,  sentiment  or  imagery,  either 
grand  or  beautiful,  that  makes  the  distinctive  quality  of 
poetry,  what  is  it  that  does?  If  the  distinguishing  property 
be  not  in  the  substance,  it  must  be  in  the  form  of  the  work;  if 
not  in  the  conceptions,  it  must  be  in  the  words  that  express 
them. 

"But  the  words  of  a  language  are  common  to  prose  and 
poetry. 

"It  must  be,  then,  in  the  form  of  arranging  words  that  we 
find  the  peculiar  something  that  constitutes  poetry.'' 

With  a  few  more  remarks,  not  very  material  to  the  argu- 
ment, the  writer  concludes  that  poetry  may  be  defined  "as 
the  expression,  by  words,  of  thought  or  emotion,  in  con- 
formity with  metrical  and  rythmical  laws." 

The  sophistry  of  this  argument  lies  principally  in  a  very 
illogical  confusion  of  the  ideas  conveyed  by  the  terms  poem, 
and  poetry.  The  italics,  which  are  our  own,  are  meant  to 
call  the  attention  of  the  reader  to  the  repeated  change  from 
one  term  to  the  other,  as  if  they  were  identical  in  significa- 
tion.—The  writer  would  have  us  infer  that  because  it  is 
impossible  to  call  Ivanhoe  a  poem,  it  must  follow  that  it 
does  not  contain  a  single  element  of  poetry.  And  in  a  pas- 
sage which  we  have  not  quoted,  he  seems  to  insist  that  be- 
cause "no  one  can  deny  that  the  work  of  Lucretius  is  a 
poem;"  we  are,  therefore,  to  infer  that,  from  the  beginning 
to  the  end,  it  is  all  poetry.  We  shall  endeavor  soon  to  show 


WHAT    IS    POETRY  r 


73 


the  absurdity  of  these  conclusions,  if,  indeed,  this  simple 
statement  be  not  all  that  is  necessary  to  condemn  them. 

The  reader  ought  also  to  observe,  without  our  aid,  that 
the  writer  sets  out  with  the  notion  tacitly,  though  perhaps 
unconsciously  assumed,  that  poetry  is  just  what  his  defini- 
tion describes  it  to  be,  that  his  definition  is  implied  and 
taken  for  granted  in  the  very  arguments  by  which  he 
reaches  it— in  a  word,  that  his  whole  train  of  reasoning  is  but 
a  simple  petitio  principii.  For  it  is  plain  that,  unless  we 
accept  his  definition  of  poetry,  or  one  no  less  narrow,  it  is 
impossible  to  recognize  that  antithesis  of  prose  to  poetry  on 
which  the  whole  argument  is  based.  It  is  equally  plain  that, 
without  recognizing  that  antithesis,  it  is  impossible  to  see 
any  force  in  those  arguments  drawn  from  the  fact  that  there 
are  to  be  found  in  prose,  passages  equal  in  point  of  "fancy, 
passion,  or  imagination,"  to  many  noble  passages  in  verse. 

Do  we  speak  literally,  or  ( as  this  writer  avers,  drawing, 
we  admit,  a  legitimate  inference  from  his  own  definition) 
are  we  employing  a  mere  figure  of  speech,  when  we  com- 
mend a  passage  of  prose,  teeming  with  passion  and  imagina- 
tion, as  true  and  genuine  poetry? 

Before  answering  this  question,  we  must  be  permitted  to 
say  something  as  to  our  conclusions  on  the  nature  of  poetry. 
We  shall  not  pretend  to  give  the  reader  an  adequate  defini- 
tion. Our  purpose  in  this  essay  is  not  to  establish  a  theory 
of  our  own,  but  simply  to  expose  the  falsehood  and  super- 
ficiality of  the  one  before  us. 

Coleridge  remarks  that  the  question.  What  is  poetry?  is 
very  nearly  the  same  with.  What  is  a  poet?  ^  The  distinctive 
qualities  of  poetry  grow  out  of  the  poetic  genius  itself. 

The  ground  of  the  poetic  character  is  a  more  than  ordi- 
nary sensibility.  Other  qualifications,  indeed,  are  necessary 


74  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

to  complete  our  idea  of  the  poet,  but  for  the  ends  of  our 
argument,  it  will  be  necessary  to  consider  this  one  alone. 
From  this  characteristic  of  the  poet  results  what  we  regard 
as  an  essential  characteristic  of  poetry,— a  characteristic 
which  should  be  left  out  of  no  definition;  we  refer  to  the 
medium  of  strong  emotion,  through  which  poetry  looks 
at  its  objects,  and  in  which,  to  borrow  a  chemical  metaphor 
of  Arthur  Hallam's,  it  "holds  them  all  fused."  ^  Hence,  again, 
is  derived  a  third  peculiarity  in  the  language  of  poetry, 
which,  with  a  difference  in  the  degree,  not  the  kind  of  its 
force,  arising  from  an  imagination  more  than  usually  vivid, 
is  the  language  natural  to  men  in  a  state  of  excitement,  is 
sensuous,  picturesque,  and  impassioned.^ 

It  is,  in  fact,  only  when  we  come  to  speak  of  the  language, 
or  of  the  forms  of  poetry,  that  we  are  moving  in  the  same 
plane  of  argument  with  the  writer.  What  distinguishes  the 
language  of  poetry?  The  writer  maintains  that  it  is  the 
metrical  and  rythmical  arrangement  of  the  words.  We,  on 
the  contrary,  are  disposed  to  think  it  is  the  character  of  the 
language  itself. 

One  of  the  members  upon  which  the  writer's  faulty  syl- 
logism is  made  to  rest,  is  the  following  statement:  "The 
words  of  a  language  are  common  to  poetry  and  prose."  This 
needs  considerable  qualification. 

Nothing  is  better  known  to  the  poet  than  the  fact  that 
prose  and  verse  have  each  a  vocabulary  of  their  own.  Words, 
and  even  forms  of  expression,  are  still  used  in  verse  which 
are  considered  obsolete  by  the  prose-writer.  On  the  other 
hand,  verse  rejects  a  large  number  of  words  which  are  part 
of  the  legitimate  stock  of  prose.  Among  these  are  most  of  the 
long  words  in  the  English  tongue.  Why  are  they  rejected? 
Simply  on  account  of  their  metrical  impracticability?  That, 


WHAT    IS    POETRY?  75 

doubtless,  is  a  good  reason  for  excluding  them  from  verse, 
but  why  does  poetry  endorse  that  exclusion— what  con- 
stitutes their  unfitness  to  express  the  passions  and  emotions 
of  poetry?  The  answer  is  easy.  Poetry  does  not  deal  in  pure 
abstractions.  However  abstract  be  his  thought,  the  poet  is 
compelled,  by  his  passion-fused  imagination,  to  give  it  life, 
form,  or  color.  Hence  the  necessity  of  employing  the  sen- 
suous, or  concrete  words  of  the  language;  and  hence  the 
exclusion  of  long  words,  which  in  English  are  nearly  all 
purely  and  austerely  abstract,  from  the  poetic  vocabulary. 
Whenever  a  poet  drags  a  number  of  these  words  into  his 
verse,  we  say  that  he  is  prosaic;  and  by  this  we  mean,  not 
that  he  has  written  prose  ( for  verse  can  never  be  prose ) ,  nor 
that  he  is  simply  deficient  in  spirit  and  vivacity,  as  this 
writer  implies,  but  that  he  has  not  used  the  legitimate  lan- 
guage of  poetry;  he  has  written  something  which  is  only 
distinguished  from  the  ordinary  dead-level  of  unimpas- 
sioned  prose  by  the  feet  upon  which  it  crawls.  In  the  course 
of  our  poetical  reading,  we  have  seen  the  employment  of  a 
single  abstract  word  impart  to  a  line  all  the  effect  of  prose. 
An  instance  occurs  to  us  at  this  moment,  but  as  it  is  taken 
from  the  writings  of  a  poet  very  near  home,  we  forbear  to 
quote  it. 

We  must  not  be  understood  to  say  that  abstract  words 
and  abstract  thinking  are  the  sole  sources  of  the  prosaic.  A 
passage  may  be  rendered  prosaic  by  a  phrase  not  itself 
abstract  in  word  or  meaning,  which  has  been  made  com- 
monplace by  constant  repetition.  But  such  a  phrase  will 
generally  be  found  to  have  lost,  with  its  novelty,  the  pic- 
turesqueness  which  it  at  first  possessed.  It  no  longer  calls  up 
the  image  which  it  expresses,  it  merely  suggests  the  thought 
which  it  stands  for,  and  affects  the  mind  in  exactly  the  same 
manner  as  the  boldest  abstraction. 


76  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

If  verse  may  sometimes  be  prosaic,  prose  may  sometimes 
be  poetic.  Poetry  is  a  subtle  spirit,  and  appears  in  different 
guises,  and  in  various  places.  In  prose,  indeed, 

"Her  delights 
Are  dolphin-like,  and  show  themselves  above 
The  element  they  sport  in;"  "^ 

yet,  even  in  that  domain,  her  movements  are  at  times 
scarcely  less  free  and  graceful  than  when  she  is  floating 
through  the  Heaven  of  Song. 

It  is  a  characteristic  of  poetry  in  its  aim  to  create  beauty, 
that  it  levies,  for  this  purpose,  its  contributions  on  every 
side.  Not  content,  as  the  ordinary  prose-writer  should  he, 
with  such  words  as  are  simply  the  most  proper  to  express  the 
meaning  to  be  conveyed,  it  seeks  also  the  most  beautiful— 
the  sound,  and  the  associations  connected  with  a  word, 
being  taken  into  consideration  as  well  as  the  sense.  The 
words  of  poetry,  without  interfering  with  the  general  effect, 
challenge  a  slight  attention  to  themselves.  This  is  what 
Coleridge  meant  when  he  described  poetry  as  "the  best 
words  in  the  best  order."  '^ 

When,  therefore,  we  meet  with  a  passage  of  prose,  which, 
while  it  is  kindled  into  eloquence  by  the  beauty  which  it 
strives  to  embody,  seems  also  to  be  revelling  in  its  own,  and 
the  language  of  which  is  sensuous,  picturesque  and  passion- 
ate, we  may  with  perfect  justice  pronounce  that  passage  to 
be  poetry.  Many  such  passages  are  to  be  found  in  the  writ- 
ings of  Milton,  and  of  Jeremy  Taylor. 

"I  looked  upon  a  plain  of  green, 

That  some  one  called  the  land  of  prose, 
Where  many  living  things  were  seen 
In  movement  or  repose. 


WHAT    IS    POETRY  f 


77 


"I  looked  upon  a  stately  hill, 

That  well  was  named  the  Mount  of  Song, 
Where  golden  shadows  dwelt  at  will, 
The  woods  and  streams  among. 

"But  most  this  fact  my  wonder  bred, 

Though  known  by  all  the  nobly  wise, 
It  was  the  mountain  streams  that  fed 
TJie  fair  green  plains  amenities.''  *  '-^ 

We  are  inclined  to  agree  with  the  writer,  in  refusing  the 
title  of  a  just  poein  to  any  work  which  is  not  metrical  in 
form.  Yet  we  respect  the  opinions  of  those  who  maintain 
that  there  may  be  such  a  thing  as  a  prose-poem.  Doubtless, 
much  could  be  said  in  support  of  those  opinions.  But  such  is 
the  avidity  of  poetry  in  gathering  up  its  materials  for  the 
creation  of  beauty,  so  necessary  does  it  seem  that  its  lan- 
guage should  possess  every  charm  of  which  language  is 
capable,  that  it  appears  to  demand  verse  as  its  natural  and 
proper  expression.  Moreover,  those  who  are  disposed  to 
agree  with  us  in  our  views  of  poetry,  will  see  that  no  poem, 
no  long  poem  at  least,  can  be  (Coleridge  says  it  ought  not 
to  be )  all  poetry.  ^^  Whether  a  poem  be  narrative,  or 
philosophical,  there  will  be  parts  and  aspects  of  its  subject 
wholly  insusceptible  of  genuine  poetic  treatment.  Verse, 
therefore,  is  required  to  preserve  these  parts  in  some  sort  of 
keeping  with  the  poetry,  the  object  being  the  production  of 
a  harmonious  whole. 

The  reader  now  holds  in  his  hand  the  key  to  all  the  sophis- 
tical arguments  of  the  writer.  He  will  see  that  while  we 
acknowledge  the  work  of  Lucretius  to  be  a  poem,  we  may 
yet  declare  that  much  of  it  is  not  poetry.  He  will  see,  also, 
that  without  denying  the  passage  from  Milton's  Tractate  on 
Education  to  be  prose,  we  may  yet  assert  that  it  contains 

*  Sterling. 


78  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

the  genuine  elements  of  poetry.  And  so  on  with  all  the  rest 
of  the  writer's  various  illustrations. 

The  writer  speaks  much  about  logical  precision,  and  the 
confusion  into  which  this  subject  has  been  thrown  by  a 
misconception  of  what  he  chooses  to  term  the  figurative  ex- 
pressions of  poetic  prose,  and  prosaic  verse.  The  real  source 
of  this  confusion  is  the  opposition  of  poetry  to  prose.  For 
this  relation  of  the  two  to  each  other,  the  writer  may  indeed 
urge  the  precedent  of  common  usage,  and  the  practice  of 
many  good  writers.— But  the  impropriety  was  exposed  long 
ago  by  Coleridge  and  Wordsworth,^^  and  we  hardly  ex- 
pected to  see  it  repeated  at  this  date  in  the  pages  of 
Russell's  Magazine. 

Much  of  the  article  we  have  been  examining  is  consumed 
in  illustrating  the  profound  truth  that  tastes  differ.  They  do, 
indeed.  There  must  be  a  vast  difference  between  the  taste 
of  a  man  who  regards  the  Ancient  Mariner  as  the  noblest 
of  all  ballads,  and  the  taste  of  another  who  has  read  through 
that  poem  with  no  other  sensation  than  what  is  vulgarly 
termed  a  turning  of  the  stomach.  Of  the  comments  upon  this 
strange,  weird  production  of  Coleridge,  we  shall  remark 
little  more  than  that  they  seem  to  us  to  be  conceived  very 
much  in  the  spirit  of  Charles  Lamb's  literal  Scotchman. ^^ 
And  in  regard  to  the  assertion  that  the  poem  is  an  offence 
against  a  principle  of  Coleridge  himself— Coleridge  having 
said  that  every  poem  should  be  common  sense,  at  least  ^^— 
we  may  be  permitted  to  suggest  it  as  not  impossible  that, 
between  the  poet's  philosophical  notion  of  common  sense, 
and  this  writer's,  there  were  few  points  of  resemblance. 
Coleridge  certainly  did  not  refer  to  that  quibbling  common 
sense  which  would  apply  to  a  supernatural  story,— much  the 
same  sort  of  logic  that  is  resorted  to  by  papas,  when  they 


WHAT    IS    POETRY?  79 

endeavor  to  prove  to  the  satisfaction  of  little  boys  the  non- 
existence of  ghosts. 

Of  the  caricature  of  Wordsv^orth  it  is  difficult  to  speak 
without  indignation. 

We  had  once  a  conversation  with  a  prosaic  friend  of  ours 
upon  the  subject  of  poetry.  After  pronouncing  the  whole 
tribe  of  poets  to  be  a  set  of  conceited  coxcombs,  our  friend 
added  that  he  was  sure  no  poet  could  "truly  enjoy  the 
beauties  of  Nature.  The  fellows  can't  look  at  a  sunset  with- 
out thinking  of  the  fine  things  which  might  be  said  about 
it."  We  said  nothing,  for  our  friend  would  not  have  under- 
stood us,  if  we  had  told  him  that  a  man  who  looked  at  a 
sunset  in  such  a  spirit,  was  not,  and  could  not  be,  a  poet. 
Yet  such  was  the  spirit  in  which,  according  to  this  writer, 
Wordsworth  was  accustomed  to  look  at  Nature.  No  one,  at 
all  familiar  with  the  writings  of  Wordsworth,  would  have 
made  this  accusation;  and  we  cannot  help  suspecting  that  it 
is  based  upon  a  perusal  of  the  titles  of  the  poems,  rather  than 
of  the  poems  themselves.  For  passage  after  passage  might 
be  adduced,  so  wholly  incompatible  with  the  character  as- 
signed to  Wordsworth,  that,  for  the  sake  of  the  writer's  taste 
and  common  sense,  we  must  conclude  that  he  knew  nothing 
at  all  about  them. 

Perhaps  no  poet  ever  felt  so  deeply,  certainly  none  has 
ever  described  so  admirably,  that  complete  abandonment 
of  the  soul  to  the  influences  of  Nature,  in  which 

"Thought  is  not;  in  enjoyment  it  expires."  ^^ 

Take  the  following  lines,  from  the  poem  composed  near 
Tin  tern  Abbey: 

"Nature  then 

To  me  was  all  in  all.  I  cannot  paint 
What  then  I  was.  The  sounding  cataract 
Haunted  me  like  a  passion;  the  tall  rock, 


80  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

The  mountain,  and  the  deep  and  gloomy  wood, 
Their  colours  and  their  forms,  were  then  to  me 
An  appetite;  a  feeling  and  a  love 
TJiat  liad  no  need  of  a  remoter  charm 
By  thought  supplied,  or  any  interest 
Unborrowed  from  the  eye." 

And  who  will  believe  that  the  passage  which  follows  these 
lines— transcendental  though  it  may  be— could  be  the  pro- 
duction of  a  coxcomb,  who  traded  with  Nature  for  his 
poetry?  In  what  fitting  language  it  depicts  those  moods  of 
ecstatic  contemplation,  in  which  the  soul,  through  a  faculty 
not  dependent  upon  the  senses,  feels  the  presence  of  that 
mysterious  and  universal  principle,  of  which  the  world  is  a 
manifestation! 

"And  I  have  felt 
A  presence  that  disturbs  me  with  the  joy 
Of  elevated  thoughts:  a  sense  sublime 
Of  something  far  more  deeply  interfused. 
Whose  dwelling  is  the  light  of  setting  suns, 
And  the  round  ocean,  and  die  living  air. 
And  the  blue  sky,  and  in  the  mind  of  man: 
A  motion  and  a  spirit  that  impels 
All  thinking  things,  all  objects  of  all  thought, 
And  rolls  through  all  things." 

It  is  useless  to  multiply  quotations  to  prove  the  ground- 
lessness of  a  charge  which  we  can  scarcely  believe  was  made 
in  earnest.  A  few  more  remarks  as  to  what  seems  to  us  an 
unfair  use  of  the  authority  of  Coleridge,  and  we  have  done. 

Coleridge  has  charged  upon  certain  portions  of  the  poems 
of  Wordsworth,  "a  matter-of-factness"  by  which  he  meant 
an  occasional,  and  somewhat  superfluous,  minuteness  of 
detail. ^^  The  fault  is  probably  to  be  traced  to  a  too  great 
desire,  on  the  part  of  the  poet,  to  bring  the  groupings  and 
situations  of  his  few  characters  distinctly  before  the  mind  of 


WHAT    IS    POETRY  r 


81 


the  reader.  The  writer  insidiously  represents  this  charge  as 
a  general  one;  and  in  attempting  to  account  for  the  blemish, 
he  caricatures  in  the  grossest  manner  the  lofty  sense  which 
Wordsworth  ever  entertained  of  his  office  as  a  poet,  and  his 
loving  and  life-long  devotion  to  its  duties.— The  whole  is  so 
strikingly  unjust,  that  we  shall  not  take  the  trouble  to  argue 
the  point. 

Coleridge  has  elsewhere  done  ample  justice  to  Words- 
worth's powers  of  imaginative  description.  And  Ruskin  has 
pronounced  him  to  be  the  great  poetic  landscape  painter  of 
the  age. 

We  should  like  the  writer  to  point  out  anything  like  "a 
matter-of-factness"  in  the  description  of  the  breaking  up  of 
the  storm  in  the  second  book  of  the  Excursion;  in  the  de- 
scription of  the  "twin  mountain  brethren,"  as  seen  from  the 
cottage  of  the  Solitary;  in  the  sonnet  on  Westminster 
Bridge;  in  the  sonnets,  "Methought  I  saw  the  footsteps  of  a 
Throne,"  "It  is  a  beauteous  evening,  calm  and  free,"  and 
"The  world  is  too  much  with  us;"  in  the  blank  verse  entitled 
a  Night  Piece;  in  the  poem  on  Yew  Trees  (than  the  greater 
part  of  which,  it  is  impossible  to  conceive  anything  further 
removed  from  matter-of-fact);  in  the  Ode  on  the  Intima- 
tions of  Immortality;  in  the  burst  which  concludes  the  Song 
at  the  Feast  of  Brougham  Castle,  and  the  exquisite  quatrains 
which  close  that  poem;  in  the  Danish  Boy;  in  the  Boy  of 
Winandermere;  in  the  stanzas  commencing,  "Three  years 
she  grew  in  sun  and  shower;"  in  the  character  of  the  poet 
as  sketched  in  A  Poet's  Epitaph;  in  the  austere  and  spiritual 
grandeur  of  Laodamia;  or  (we  are  getting  out  of  breath) 
in  the  following  italicised  line  of  enchanted  and  enchanting 
beauty— a  whole  fairy  poem  in  itself,  and  alone  sufficient  to 
absolve   Wordsworth   of   this    charge   against   him— with 


82  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

which,  whether  abruptly  or  not,  we  shall  conclude  our 
article: 

"That  tall  fern 
So  stately,  of  the  queen  Osmunda  named, 
Plant  lovelier,  in  its  own  retired  abode, 
On  Grasmere's  beach,  than  Naiad  by  the  side 
Of  Grecian  brook,  or  Lady  of  the  Mere, 
Lone-sitting  bij  the  shores  of  old  Romance."  ^^ 


tJ^iteratare   in  the  QJouth 


iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii 


We  think  that  at  no  time,  and  in  no  country,  has  the  posi- 
tion of  an  author  been  beset  with  such  pecuHar  difficulties 
as  the  Southern  writer  is  compelled  to  struggle  with  from 
the  beginning  to  the  end  of  his  career.  In  no  country  in 
which  literature  has  ever  flourished  has  an  author  obtained 
so  limited  an  audience.  In  no  country,  and  at  no  period  that 
we  can  recall,  has  an  author  been  constrained  by  the  indif- 
ference of  the  public  amid  which  he  lived,  to  publish  with  a 
people  who  were  prejudiced  against  him.  It  would  scarcely 
be  too  extravagant  to  entitle  the  Southern  author  the  Pariah 
of  modem  literature.  It  would  scarcely  be  too  absurd  if 
we  should  compare  his  position  to  that  of  the  drawer  of 
Shakspeare,  who  stands  in  a  state  of  ludicrous  confusion 
between  the  calls  of  Prince  Hal  upon  the  one  side  and  of 
Poins  upon  the  other.^  He  is  placed,  in  fact,  much  in  the 
same  relation  to  the  public  of  the  North  and  the  public  of 
the  South,  as  we  might  suppose  a  statesman  to  occupy  who 
should  propose  to  embody  in  one  code  a  system  of  laws 
for  two  neighbouring  people,  of  one  of  which  he  was  a 
constituent,  and  who  yet  altogether  diflFered  in  character, 
institutions  and  pursuits.  The  people  among  whom  the 
statesman  lived  would  be  very  indignant  upon  finding,  as 
they  would  be  sure  to  find,  that  some  of  their  interests  had 

83 


84  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

been  neglected.  The  people  for  whom  he  legislated  at  a  dis- 
tance would  be  equally  indignant  upon  discovering,  as  they 
would  [be]  sure  to  fancy  they  discovered,  that  not  one  of 
their  interests  had  received  proper  attention.  Both  parties 
would  probably  unite,  with  great  cordiality  and  patriotism, 
in  consigning  the  unlucky  statesman  to  oblivion  or  the  exe- 
cutioner. In  precisely  the  same  manner  fares  the  poor 
scribbler  who  has  been  so  unfortunate  as  to  be  born  South 
of  the  Potomac.  He  publishes  a  book.  It  is  the  settled  con- 
viction of  the  North  that  genius  is  indigenous  there,  and 
flourishes  only  in  a  Northern  atmosphere.  It  is  the  equally 
firm  conviction  of  the  South  that  genius— literary  genius,  at 
least— is  an  exotic  that  will  not  flower  on  a  Southern  soil. 
Probably  the  book  is  published  by  a  Northern  house. 
Straightway  all  the  newspapers  of  the  South  are  indignant 
that  the  author  did  not  choose  a  Southern  printer,  and  ad- 
dress himself  more  particularly  to  a  Southern  community. 
He  heeds  their  criticism,  and  of  his  next  book,— published  by 
a  Southern  printer— such  is  the  secret  though  unacknowl- 
edged prejudice  against  Southern  authors— he  finds  that 
more  than  one  half  of  a  small  edition  remains  upon  his 
hands.  Perhaps  the  book  contains  a  correct  and  beautiful 
picture  of  our  peculiar  state  of  society.  The  North  is  inatten- 
tive or  abusive,  and  the  South  unthankful,  or,  at  most,  in- 
different. Or  it  may  happen  to  be  only  a  volume  of  noble 
poetry,  full  of  those  universal  thoughts  and  feelings  which 
speak,  not  to  a  particular  people,  but  to  all  mankind.  It  is 
censured  at  the  South  as  not  sufficiently  Southern  in  spirit, 
while  at  the  North  it  is  pronounced  a  very  fair  specimen  of 
Southern  commonplace.  Both  North  and  South  agree  with 
one  mind  to  condemn  the  author  and  forget  his  book. 

We  do  not  think  that  we  are  exaggerating  the  embarrass- 
ments which  surround  the  Southern  writer.  It  cannot  be 


LITERATURE    IN    THE    SOUTH  85 

denied  that  on  the  surface  of  newspaper  and  magazine 
hterature  there  have  lately  appeared  signs  that  his  claims 
to  respect  are  beginning  to  be  acknowledged.  But,  in  spite 
of  this,  we  must  continue  to  believe,  that  among  a  large 
majority  of  Southern  readers  who  devour  English  books 
with  avidity,  there  still  exists  a  prejudice— conscious  or  un- 
conscious—against the  works  of  those  authors  who  have 
grown  up  among  themselves.  This  prejudice  is  strongest, 
indeed,  with  a  class  of  persons  whose  opinions  do  not  find 
expression  in  the  public  prints;  but  it  is  on  that  account  more 
harmful  in  its  evil  and  insidious  influence.  As  an  instance, 
we  may  mention  that  it  is  not  once,  but  a  hundred  times, 
that  we  have  heard  the  works  of  the  first  of  Southern 
authors  ^  alluded  to  with  contempt  by  individuals  who  had 
never  read  anything  beyond  the  title-pages  of  his  books. 
Of  this  prejudice  there  is  an  easy,  though  not  a  very  flatter- 
ing, explanation. 

The  truth  is,  it  must  be  confessed,  that  though  an  edu- 
cated, we  are  a  provincial,  and  not  a  highly  cultivated 
people.  At  least,  there  is  among  us  a  very  general  want  of  a 
high  critical  culture.  The  principles  of  that  criticism,  the 
basis  of  which  is  a  profound  psychology,  are  almost  utterly 
ignored.  There  are  scholars  of  pretension  among  us,  with 
whom  Blair's  Rhetoric  ^  is  still  an  unquestionable  authority. 
There  are  schools  and  colleges  in  which  it  is  used  as  a  text- 
book. With  the  vast  advance  that  has  been  made  in  critical 
science  since  the  time  of  Blair  few  seem  to  be  intimately  ac- 
quainted. The  opinions  and  theories  of  the  last  century  are 
still  held  in  reverence.  Here  Pope  is  still  regarded  by  many 
as  the  most  correct  of  English  poets,  and  here,  Kaimes,^ 
after  having  been  everywhere  else  removed  to  the  top 
shelves  of  libraries,  is  still  thumbed  by  learned  professors 
and  declamatory  sophomores.  Here  literature  is  still  re- 


86  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

garded  as  an  epicurean  amusement;  not  as  a  study,  at  least 
equal  in  importance,  and  certainly  not  inferior  in  difficulty, 
to  law  and  medicine.  Here  no  one  is  surprised  when  some 
fossil  theory  of  criticism,  long  buried  under  the  ruins  of  an 
exploded  school,  is  dug  up,  and  discussed  with  infinite 
gravity  by  gentlemen  who  know  Pope  and  Horace  by  heart, 
but  who  have  never  read  a  word  of  Wordsworth  or  Tenny- 
son, or  who  have  read  them  with  suspicion,  and  rejected 
them  with  superciliousness. 

In  such  a  state  of  critical  science,  it  is  no  wonder  that  we 
are  prudently  cautious  in  passing  a  favourable  judgment 
upon  any  new  candidates  for  our  admiration.  It  is  no  wonder 
that  while  we  accept  without  a  cavil  books  of  English  and 
Northern  reputation,  we  yet  hesitate  to  acknowledge  our 
own  writers,  until,  perhaps,  having  been  commended  by 
English  or  Northern  critics,  they  present  themselves  to  us 
with  a  "certain  alienated  majesty."  There  is  another  class  of 
critics  among  us— if  critics  they  can  be  called— which  we 
must  not  pass  over.  This  class  seem  disposed  to  look  upon 
literature  as  they  look  upon  a  Bavarian  sour-krout,  a  Stras- 
bourg pate,  or  a  New  Zealand  cutlet  of  "cold  clergyman." 
It  is  a  mere  matter  of  taste.  Each  one  feels  himself  at  liberty 
to  exalt  the  author— without  reference  to  his  real  position  in 
the  world  of  letters,  as  settled  by  a  competent  tribunal— 
whose  works  afford  him  the  most  amusement.  From  such  a 
principle,  of  course,  the  most  fantastic  and  discordant 
opinions  result.  One  regards  that  fanciful  story,  the  Culprit 
Fay  of  Drake,  as  the  greatest  of  American  poems;  and  an- 
other is  indignant  if  Tennyson  be  mentioned  in  the  same 
breath  with  Longfellow.  Now,  it  is  good  to  be  independent; 
but  it  is  not  good  to  be  too  independent.  Some  respect  is 
certainly  due  to  the  authority  of  those  who,  by  a  careful  and 
loving  study  of  literature,  have  won  the  right  to  speak  ex 


LITERATURE    IN    THE    SOUTH  87 

cathedra.  Nor  is  that  independence,  but  license,  which  is 
not  founded  upon  a  wide  and  deep  knowledge  of  critical 
science,  and  upon  a  careful  and  respectful  collation  of  our 
own  conclusions,  with  the  impartial  philosophical  conclu- 
sions of  others. 

In  the  course  of  these  remarks,  we  have  alluded  to  three 
classes  of  critics,  the  bigot,  the  slave,  and  we  cannot  better 
characterize  the  third,  than  as  the  autocratic.  There  is  yet  a 
fourth,  which  feels,  or  professes  to  feel,  a  warm  interest  in 
Southern  literature,  and  which  so  far  is  entitled  to  our  re- 
spect. But,  unfortunately,  the  critical  principles  of  this  class 
are  quite  as  shallow  as  those  of  any  of  the  others;  and  we 
notice  it  chiefly  to  expose  the  absurdity  of  one  of  its  favourite 
opinions,  adopted  from  a  theory  which  some  years  ago  arose 
at  the  North,  and  which  bore  the  name  of  Americanism  in 
literature.  After  the  lapse  of  a  period  commensurate  with 
the  distance  it  had  to  travel,  it  reached  the  remote  South, 
where  it  became,  with  an  intensity  of  absurdity  which  is 
admirable  indeed,  Southernism  in  literature.^  Now,  if  the 
theory  had  gone  to  the  depth  of  that  which  constitutes  true 
nationality,  we  should  have  no  objections  to  urge  against  it. 
But  to  the  understandings  of  these  superficial  critics,  it 
meant  nothing  more  than  that  an  author  should  confine  him- 
self in  the  choice  of  his  subjects  to  the  scenery,  the  history, 
and  the  traditions  of  his  own  country.  To  be  an  American 
novelist,  it  was  sufficient  that  a  writer  should  select  a  story, 
in  which  one  half  the  characters  should  be  backwoodsmen, 
who  talked  bad  Saxon,  and  the  other  half  should  be  savages, 
who  talked  Choctaw  translated  into  very  bombastic  Eng- 
lish. To  be  an  American  poet,  it  was  sufficient  either  in  a 
style  and  measure  imitated  from  Pope  and  Goldsmith,  or  in 
the  more  modern  style  and  measure  of  Scott  and  Words- 
worth, to  describe  the  vast  prairies  of  the  West,  the  swamps 


88  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

and  pine  forests  of  the  South,  or  the  great  lakes  and  broad 
rivers  of  the  North.  It  signified  nothing  to  these  critics 
whether  the  tone,  the  spirit,  or  the  style  were  caught  from 
European  writers  or  not.  If  a  poet,  in  genuine  Scott,  or 
genuine  Byron,  compared  his  hero  to  a  cougar  or  grisly 
bear— patriotically  ignoring  the  Asiatic  tiger  or  the  African 
lion— the  exclamation  of  the  critic  was,  "How  intensely 
American!"  ^ 

We  submit  that  this  is  a  false  and  narrow  criterion,  by 
which  to  judge  of  the  true  nationality  of  the  author.  Not  in 
the  subject,  except  to  a  partial  extent,  but  in  the  manage- 
ment of  the  subject,  in  the  tone  and  bearings  of  the  thought, 
in  the  drapery,  the  colouring,  and  those  thousand  nameless 
touches,  which  are  to  be  felt  rather  than  expressed,  are  the 
characteristics  of  a  writer  to  be  sought.  It  is  in  these  par- 
ticulars that  an  author  of  original  genius— no  matter  what 
his  subject— will  manifest  his  nationality.  In  fact,  true  orig- 
inality will  be  always  found  identical  with  true  nationality. 
A  painter  who  should  paint  an  American  landscape  exactly 
in  the  style  of  Salvator  or  of  Claude,  ought  scarcely  to  be 
entitled  an  American  painter.  A  poet  who  should  write  a 
hymn  to  Niagara  in  the  blank  verse  of  the  Ulysses  or  the 
Princess,  ought  not  to  be  entitled  an  American  poet.  In  a 
word,  he  alone,  who,  in  a  style  evolved  from  his  own  individ- 
ual nature,  speaks  the  thoughts  and  feelings  of  his  own  deep 
heart,  can  be  a  truly  national  genius.  In  the  works  of  such  a 
man,  the  character  which  speaks  behind  and  through  him— 
as  character  does  not  always  speak  in  the  case  of  men  of 
mere  talent,  who  in  some  respects  are  usually  more  or  less 
under  the  sway  of  more  commanding  minds— will  furnish 
the  best  and  highest  types  of  the  intellectual  character  of 
his  countrymen,  and  will  illustrate  most  correctly,  as  well  as 
most  subtly— perhaps  most  correctly  because  most  subtly— 


LITERATURE    IN    THE    SOUTH  89 

the  nature  of  the  influences  around  him.  In  the  poetry  of 
such  a  man,  if  he  be  a  poet,  whether  its  scenes  be  laid  in  his 
native  country  or  the  land  of  faery,  the  pines  of  his  own 
forests  shall  be  heard  to  murmur,  the  music  of  his  own 
rivers  shall  swell  the  diapason,  the  flowers  of  his  own  soil 
shall  bud  and  bursty  though  touched  perhaps  with  a  more 
ethereal  and  lasting  grace;  and  with  a  brighter  and  more 
spiritual  lustre,  or  with  a  darker  and  holier  beauty,  it  will  be 
his  own  skies  that  look  down  upon  the  loveliest  landscapes 
of  his  creation. 

We  regard  the  theory  of  Southernism  in  literature  as  a 
circumscription,  both  unnecessary  and  unreasonable,  of  the 
privileges  of  genius.  Shakspeare  was  not  less  an  Englishman 
when  he  wrote  Antony  and  Cleopatra,  than  when  he  drama- 
tized the  history  of  the  kings  of  England.  Sir  Walter  was  not 
less  a  Scotchman  when  he  drew  the  characters  of  Louis  XL 
and  Charles  the  Bold,  than  when  he  conceived  the  charac- 
ters of  Edie  Ochiltree  and  Balfour  of  Burley.  We  do  not 
suppose  that  until  this  theory  germinated  in  the  brain  of  its 
foolish  originator,  it  ever  occurred  to  an  author  that  in  his 
selection  of  subjects,  he  was  to  be  bounded  by  certain  geo- 
graphical limits.  And  if  in  addition  to  the  many  difiiculties 
which  he  has  to  overcome,  the  Southern  author  be  expected, 
under  the  penalty  of  being  pronounced  un-Southern  in 
tone,  and  unpatriotic  in  spirit,  never  to  pass  the  Potomac  on 
one  side,  or  the  Gulf  on  the  other,  we  shall  despair  of  ever 
seeing  within  our  borders  a  literature  of  such  depth  and 
comprehensiveness  as  will  ensure  it  the  respect  of  other 
countries,  or  permanence  in  the  remembrance  of  posterity. 
No!  the  domain  of  genius  is  as  wide  as  the  world,  and  as 
ancient  as  creation.  Wherever  the  angel  of  its  inspiration 
may  lead,  it  has  the  right  to  follow— and  whether  exhibited 
by  the  light  of  tropic  suns,  or  of  the  Arctic  morning,  whether 


90  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

embodied  in  the  persons  of  ancient  heroes,  or  of  modem 
thinkers,  the  eternal  verities  which  it  aims  to  inculcate  shall 
find  in  every  situation,  and  under  every  guise,  their  suitable 
place,  and  their  proper  incarnation. 

We  should  not  like  to  convey  the  impression  that  we 
undervalue  the  materials  for  prose  and  poetry,  which  may 
be  found  in  Southern  scenery,  Southern  society,  or  Southern 
history.  We  are  simply  protesting  against  a  narrow  creed, 
by  means  of  which  much  injustice  may  be  done  to  a  writer, 
who,  though  not  less  Southern  in  feeling  than  another  who 
displays  his  Southernism  on  the  surface  of  his  books,  yet 
insists  upon  the  right  to  clothe  according  to  the  dictates  of 
his  own  taste,  and  locate  according  to  the  dictates  of  his 
own  thoughtful  judgment,  the  creatures  of  his  imagination. 
At  the  same  time  we  are  not  blind  to  the  spacious  field  which 
is  opened  to  the  Southern  author  within  his  own  immediate 
country.  The  vast  aboriginal  forests  which  so  weightily 
oppress  us  with  a  sense  of  antiquity,  the  mountains,  tree- 
clad  to  the  summit,  enclosing  unexplored  Elysiums,  the 
broad  belt  of  lowland  along  the  ocean,  with  its  peculiar 
vegetation,  the  live-oak,  stateliest  of  that  stately  family, 
hung  with  graceful  tillandsia,  the  historical  palmetto,  and 
the  rank  magnificence  of  swamp  and  thicket,  the  blue 
aureole  of  the  passion  flower,  the  jessamine,  with  its  yellow 
and  fragrant  flame,  and  all  the  wild  luxuriance  of  a  bounti- 
ful Flora,  the  golden  carpet  which  the  rice  plant  spreads  for 
the  feet  of  autumn,  and  the  cotton  field  white  as  with  a  soft, 
warm  snow  of  summer  ^— these  are  materials— and  these  are 
but  a  small  part  of  them— from  which  a  poet  may  draw  an  in- 
spiration as  genuine  as  that  which  touched  with  song  the 
lips  of  English  Thomson,  or  woke  to  subtler  and  profounder 
utterance  the  soul  of  English  Wordsworth.  Nor  is  the  struc- 
ture of  our  social  life— so  different  from  that  of  every  other 


LITERATURE    IN    THE    SOUTH  9i 

people,  whether  ancient  or  modern— incapable  of  being 
exhibited  in  a  practical  light.  There  are  truths  underlying 
the  relations  of  master  and  slave;  there  are  meanings  be- 
neath that  union  of  the  utmost  freedom  with  a  healthy  con- 
servatism, which,  growing  out  of  those  relations,  is  charac- 
teristic of  Southern  thought,  of  which  poetry  may  avail  her- 
self not  only  to  vindicate  our  system  to  the  eyes  of  the  world, 
but  to  convey  lessons  which  shall  take  root  in  the  hearts  of 
all  mankind.  We  need  not  commend  the  poetical  themes 
which  are  to  be  found  in  the  history  of  the  South;  in  the 
romance  of  her  colonial  period;  in  the  sufferings  and 
struggles  of  her  revolution;  in  the  pure  patriotism  of  her 
warriors  and  statesmen,  the  sterling  worth  of  her  people, 
and  the  grace,  the  wit,  the  purity,  the  dignity,  delicacy  and 
self-devotion  of  her  women.  He  who  either  in  the  character 
of  poet  or  novelist  shall  associate  his  name  with  the  South 
in  one  or  all  of  the  above-mentioned  aspects,  will  have 
achieved  a  more  enviable  fame  than  any  which  has  yet 
illustrated  the  literature  of  America. 

We  pass  to  a  brief  discussion  of  an  error  still  more  preva- 
lent than  the  theory  just  dismissed.  We  know  nothing  more 
discouraging  to  an  author,  nothing  which  more  clearly 
evinces  the  absence  of  any  profound  principles  of  criticism, 
than  the  light  in  which  the  labours  of  the  poet  and  the 
novelist  are  very  generally  viewed  at  the  South.  The  novel 
and  the  poem  are  almost  universally  characterized  as  light 
reading,  and  we  may  say  are  almost  universally  estimated 
as  a  very  light  and  superficial  sort  of  writing.  We  read  novels 
and  poems  indeed,  with  some  pleasure,  but  at  the  same  time 
with  the  tacit  conviction  that  we  are  engaged  in  a  very 
trivial  occupation;  and  we  promise  ourselves  that,  in  order 
to  make  up  for  the  precious  moments  thus  thrown  away,  we 
shall  hereafter  redouble  our  diligence  in  the  study  of  history 


92  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

or  of  mathematics.  It  is  the  common  impression  that  while 
there  is  much  practical  utility  in  a  knowledge  of  Euclid  and 
the  Calculus,  no  profit  whatever  is  to  be  derived  from  works 
of  poetry  and  fiction.  Of  two  writers,  one  of  whom  should 
edit  a  treatise  on  the  conic  sections,  and  the  other  should 
give  to  the  world  a  novel  equal  in  tragic  power  and  interest 
to  the  Bride  of  Lammermoor,  the  former  would  be  consid- 
ered the  greater  man  by  nine  persons  out  of  ten. 

It  would  be  from  the  purpose  of  this  article  to  go  into  a 
minute  examination  of  the  prejudices  upon  which  these 
opinions  are  founded.  But  we  may  be  permitted  a  few  words 
on  the  subject.  What  are  the  advantages  which  are  supposed 
to  result  from  the  study  of  the  mathematics— not,  we  mean, 
to  those  who  are  to  devote  their  lives  to  science,  but  to  that 
more  numerous  class  who,  immediately  upon  graduation, 
fling  aside  Playfair,^  and  separate  into  doctors,  lawyers,  and 
politicians?  The  answer  is,  we  believe,  that  the  study  of 
mathematics  is  calculated  to  accustom  the  student  to  habits 
of  close  reasoning,  and  to  increase  his  powers  of  concentra- 
tion. Some  vague  generality  is  usually  added  about  its  in- 
fluence in  strengthening  the  mind. 

Now,  it  is  a  notorious  fact  that  mathematicians  are  for 
the  most  part  bad  reasoners  out  of  their  particular  province. 
As  soon  as  they  get  upon  topics  which  do  not  admit  of  pre- 
cise definitions  and  exact  demonstrations,  and  which  they, 
nevertheless,  invariably  insist  upon  subjecting  to  precise 
definitions  and  exact  demonstrations,  they  fall  naturally 
enough  into  all  sorts  of  blunders  and  contradictions.  They 
usually  beg  the  question  at  the  outset,  and  then  by  means  of 
a  most  unexceptionable  syllogism,  they  come  to  a  conclusion 
which,  though  probably  false  in  fact,  is  yet,  it  must  be  con- 
fessed, always  logically  consistent  with  their  premises. 

Now,  it  will  not  be  denied  that  such  a  method  of  reason- 


LITERATURE    IN    THE    SOUTH  93 

ing  is  the  very  worst  possible  which  could  be  employed  by 
a  lawyer  or  a  politician.  The  laws,  and  their  various  interpre- 
tations, the  motives,  the  objects,  the  interest  in  their  thou- 
sand contradictory  aspects,  which  must  form  the  staple  of 
the  arguments  of  professional  and  public  men,  are  not  to  be 
treated  like  the  squares  and  circles  of  geometry.  Yet  that  a 
familiarity  with  mathematical  modes  of  proof  does  not  lead 
to  the  error  of  using  those  modes  of  proof  upon  subjects  to 
which  they  are  wholly  inapplicable,  is  evident  to  anybody 
who  has  noticed  the  style  of  argument  prevalent  among  the 
very  young  orators  who  have  not  long  cut  the  apron  strings 
which  tied  them  to  a  too  strictly  mathematical  Alma  Mater. 
They  bristle  all  over  with  syllogisms,  write  notes  in  the  form 
of  captions,  invariably  open  a  speech  (that  is  if  it  be  not  a 
fourth  of  July  oration,  and  if  they  have  anything  to  prove ) 
with  a  statement,  and  end  with  Q.  E.  D.  corollary  and 
scholium.  Not  until  the  last  theories  have  been  erased  from 
their  memory,  or  until  they  shall  have  learned  by  repeated 
reverses  the  absurdity  of  which  they  are  guilty,  do  they 
begin  to  reason  like  men  of  practical  sense. 

It  must  not  be  inferred  that  we  are  arguing  against  the 
study  of  the  mathematics.  It  has  its  uses— though  we  think 
not  the  uses  commonly  assigned  to  it.  These  we  cannot  stop 
to  particularize,  but  we  may  mention  that  if  it  could  do 
nothing  but  furnish  us  with  the  clearest  idea  we  have  of  the 
nature  of  absolute  truths,  it  would  still  be  an  important 
study. 

We  shall  probably  be  thought  paradoxical  when  we  say 
that  we  believe  that  the  study  of  poetry  as  an  art  in  con- 
junction with  the  science  of  criticism— and  this  not  with  the 
design  of  writing  poetry,  but  merely  to  enable  the  student  to 
appreciate  and  to  judge  of  it— will  afford  a  better  prepara- 
tive training  than  all  the  mathematics  in  the  world,  to  the 


94  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

legal  or  political  debater.  Poetry,  as  Coleridge  well  remarks, 
has  a  logic  of  its  own;  ^^  and  this  logic  being  more  complex, 
more  subtle,  and  more  uncertain  than  the  logic  of  the 
demonstrative  sciences,  is  far  more  akin  than  the  latter  can 
be  to  the  dialectics  of  common  life.  And  when  we  consider 
that  while  we  are  mastering  this  logic,  we  are  at  the  same 
time  familiarising  ourselves  with  the  deepest  secrets  of  the 
human  heart,  imbuing  our  natures  with  the  most  refining 
influences,  and  storing  our  minds  with  the  purest  thoughts 
and  the  loveliest  pictures  of  humanity,  the  utility  of  poetry 
as  a  study  seems  to  be  established  beyond  a  question. 

It  seems  strange,  that  in  this  nineteenth  century,  one 
should  be  called  upon  to  vindicate  poetry  from  aspersions 
which  have  been  repeatedly  and  triumphantly  disproved. 
Nevertheless,  so  generally  accepted  at  the  South  is  the 
prejudice  which  degrades  poetry  into  a  mere  servant  of  our 
pleasures,^^  that  upon  most  ears,  truths,  (elsewhere  so 
familiar  as  to  be  trite )  upon  which  it  bases  a  loftier  preten- 
sion, fall  with  the  startling  novelty  of  paradox.  How  many 
look  upon  the  imaginative  faculty  simply  as  the  manufac- 
turer of  pretty  conceits;  how  few  know  it  as  the  power 
which,  by  selecting  and  combining  materials  never  before 
brought  together,  in  fact,  produces  pictures  and  characters 
in  which  there  shall  be  nothing  untruthful  or  unnatural, 
and  which  shall  yet  be  as  new  to  us  as  a  lately  found  island  in 
the  Pacific.  How  many  of  us  regard  poetry  as  a  mere  crea- 
ture of  the  fancy;  how  few  appreciate  its  philosophy,  or 
understand  that  beneath  all  the  splendour  of  its  diction  and 
imagery,  there  is  in  its  highest  manifestations  at  least  a  sub- 
stratum of  profound  and  valuable  thought;  how  very  few 
perceive  the  justice  of  the  eloquent  definition  of  Coleridge: 
"That  poetry  is  the  blossom  and  fragrance  of  all  human  wis- 
dom, human  passions,  learning,  and  language;"  ^^  or  are 


LITERATURE    IN    THE    SOUTH  95 

prepared  to  see,  as  it  is  expressed  in  the  noble  verse  of 
Taylor,  that 

Poetry  is  Reason's  self -sublimed; 

Tis  Reason's  sovereignty,  whereunto 

All  properties  of  sense,  all  dues  of  wit. 

All  fancies,  images,  perceptions,  passions, 

All  intellectual  ordinance  grown  up 

From  accident,  necessity,  or  custom. 

Seen  to  be  good,  and  after  made  authentic; 

All  ordinance  aforethought,  that  from  science 

Doth  prescience  take,  and  from  experience  law; 

All  lights  and  institutes  of  digested  knowledge. 

Gifts  and  endowments  of  intelligence 

From  sources  living,  from  the  dead  bequests,— 

Subserve  and  minister.^  ^ 

We  hurry  on  to  the  comparative  merits  of  history  and 
fiction. 

It  is  not  generally  understood  that  a  novel  may  be  more 
truthful  than  a  history,  in  several  particulars— but,  perhaps, 
most  of  all  in  the  delineation  of  character.  The  historian, 
hampered  by  facts  which  are  not  seldom  contradictory,  is 
sometimes  compelled  to  touch  and  retouch  his  portrait  of 
a  character  in  order  to  suit  those  facts.  Consequently,  he 
will  often  give  us  a  character  not  as  it  existed,  but  his  idea  of 
that  character— a  something,  the  like  of  which  was  never  in 
heaven  above,  nor  on  the  earth  beneath.  On  the  other  hand, 
the  novelist,  whose  only  obligation  is  to  be  true  to  nature,  at 
least  paints  us  possible  men  and  women,  about  whose 
actions  we  can  reason  almost  with  as  much  accuracy  as  if 
they  had  really  lived,  loved,  acted  and  died.  In  doing  this,  he 
at  once  reaches  a  higher  truth  than  is  often  attainable  by 
the  historians,  and  imparts  to  us  lessons  far  more  profitable. 
More  of  human  nature  can  be  learned  from  the  novel  of  Tom 
Jones  than  from  a  History  of  the  whole  Roman  Empire— 


96  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

written,  at  least,  as  histories  are  commonly  written.  Again, 
while  it  is  to  history  we  look  for  an  account  of  the  dynasties, 
the  battles,  sieges,  revolutions,  the  triumphs  and  defeats  of 
a  nation,  it  is  from  the  historical  novel  that  we  glean  the  best 
idea  of  that  which  it  is  infinitely  more  important  for  us  to 
know— of  the  social  state,  the  manners,  morals,  opinions, 
passions,  prejudices,  and  habits  of  the  people.  We  do  not 
hesitate  to  say,  that  of  two  persons,  one  of  whom  has  only 
read  Hume's  chapter  on  Richard  L,  and  the  other  only  the 
Ivanhoe  of  Scott,  the  latter  will  be  by  far  the  better  ac- 
quainted with  the  real  history  of  the  period. 

We  need  not  say  that  we  are  not  quite  so  silly  as  to  be- 
lieve that  it  is  possible,  by  any  force  of  argument,  to  bring 
about  a  reformation  in  the  tastes  of  the  reading  community. 
It  is,  unfortunately,  not  in  the  power  of  a  people  to  confer 
together  and  say,  "Come,  now,  let  us  arise,  and  build  up  a 
literature."  ^^  We  cannot  call  meetings,  and  pass  resolutions 
to  this  purpose,  as  we  do  with  respect  to  turnpikes,  railways, 
and  bridges.  That  genuine  appreciation,  by  which  alone 
literature  is  encouraged  and  fostered,  is  a  plant  of  slow 
growth.  Still,  we  think  something  may  be  done;  but  in  the 
meanwhile  let  it  not  be  forgotten  that,  in  spite  of  every  dis- 
advantage, the  South  already  possesses  a  literature  which 
calls  for  its  patronage  and  applause.  The  fate  of  that  litera- 
ture is  a  reproach  to  us.  Of  all  our  Southern  writers,  not  one 
but  Poe  has  received  his  due  measure  of  fame.  The  immense 
resources  and  versatile  powers  of  Simms  are  to  this  day 
grudgingly  acknowledged,  or  contemptuously  denied. 
There  have  been  writers  among  us  who,  in  another  coun- 
try, would  have  been  complimented  with  repeated  editions, 
whose  names  are  now  almost  forgotten,  and  whose  works 
it  is  now  utterly  impossible  to  obtain.  While  our  centre- 
tables  are  littered  with  the  feeble  moralizings  of  Tupper, 


LITERATURE    IN    THE    SOUTH  97 

done  up  in  very  bright  morocco;  and  while  the  corners  of 
our  newspapers  are  graced  with  the  ghbly  versified  com- 
mon-places of  Mackey,  and  of  writers  even  more  worth- 
less than  Mackey,  there  is,  perhaps,  scarcely  a  single  book- 
seller in  the  United  States,  on  whose  face  we  should  not 
encounter  the  grin  of  ignorance,  if  we  chanced  to  inquire 
for  the  Froissart  ballads  of  Philip  Pendleton  Cooke. 

It  is  not  without  mortification  that  we  compare  the  recep- 
tion which  the  North  gives  to  its  literature  to  the  stolid 
indifference  of  the  South.  There,  at  least,  Genius  wears  the 
crown,  and  receives  the  tributes  which  are  due  to  it.  It  is 
true,  indeed,  that  not  a  few  Northern  authors  have  owed 
in  part  their  successes  to  the  art  of  puffing— an  art  nowhere 
carried  to  such  a  height  of  excellence  as  in  the  cities  of 
New  York  and  Boston.  It  is  true  that  through  the  magic 
of  this  art,  many  a  Bottom  in  literature  has  been  decked 
with  the  flowers  and  fed  with  the  apricots  and  dewberries 
of  a  short-lived  reputation.  But  it  is  also  true,  that  there  is 
in  the  reading  public  of  the  North  a  well-founded  faith  in 
its  capacity  to  judge  for  itself,  a  not  inconsiderable  knowl- 
edge of  the  present  state  of  Poetry  and  Art,  and  a  cordial 
disposition  to  recognize  and  reward  the  native  authors  who 
address  it. 

We  are  not  going  to  recommend  the  introduction  at  the 
South  of  a  system  of  puffing.  "No  quarter  to  the  dunce," 
whether  Southern  or  Northern,  is  the  motto  which  should 
be  adopted  by  every  man  who  has  at  heart  the  interests  of 
his  country's  literature.  Not  by  exalting  mediocrity,  not  by 
setting  dullness  on  a  throne,  and  putting  a  garland  on  the 
head  of  vanity,  shall  we  help  in  the  smallest  degree  the 
cause  of  Southern  letters.  A  partiality  so  mistaken  can  only 
serve  to  depreciate  excellence,  discourage  effort,  and  dis- 
gust the  man  of  real  ability.  We  have  regretted  to  see  the 


98  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

tenderness  with  which  a  volume  of  indifferent  poetry  is 
sometimes  treated— for  no  other  reason  that  we  could  dis- 
cover than  that  it  was  the  work  of  a  Southerner— by  those 
few  clever  and  well-meaning  critics,  of  whom  the  South  is 
not  altogether  destitute.  The  effect  of  this  ill-judged  clem- 
ency is  to  induce  those  who  are  indisposed  to  admit  the 
claims  of  Southern  literature  upon  their  admiration,  to  look 
with  suspicion  upon  every  verdict  of  Southern  criticism. 

We  have  but  one  course  to  suggest  to  those  who  are 
willing,  from  a  painful  conviction  of  the  blended  servility, 
superficiality,  and  antiquated  bigotry  of  criticism  among  us, 
to  assist  in  bringing  about  a  reformation.  It  is  to  speak  the 
rude  truth  always.  It  is  to  declare  war  equally  against  the 
slaves  of  English  and  Northern  opinions,  and  against 
the  slaves  of  the  conventional  schools  of  the  eighteenth 
century.  If  argument  fail,  perhaps  satire  may  prove  a  more 
effective  weapon.  Everything  like  old  fogyism  in  literature 
should  be  remorselessly  ridiculed.  That  pert  license  which 
consults  only  its  own  uneducated  taste,  and  that  docility 
which  truckles  to  the  prestige  of  a  foreign  reputation  should 
be  alike  held  up  to  contempt.  It  should  be  shown  in  plain, 
unflattering  language  that  the  unwillingness  with  which 
native  genius  is  acknowledged,  is  a  bitterer  slander  on  the 
country  and  its  intellect  than  any  of  the  falsehoods  which 
defile  the  pages  of  Trollope,  Dickens,  Marryatt,  or  Basil 
Hall.^^  It  would  be  no  injustice  to  tell  those  who  refuse  to 
credit  that  the  South  has  done  anything  in  prose  or  poetry, 
that  in  their  own  shallowness  and  stupidity  they  have  found 
the  best  reasons  for  their  incredulity;  and  they  should  be 
sternly  reminded,  that  because  a  country  annually  gives 
birth  to  a  thousand  noodles,  it  does  not  follow  that  it  may 
not  now  and  then  produce  a  man  of  genius.  Nor  should  any 
hesitation  be  felt  to  inquire  boldly  into  the  manner  in 


LITERATURE    IN    THE    SOUTH  99 

which  the  tastes  of  our  youth  are  educated.  Let  it  be  asked 
on  what  principle  we  fill  our  chairs  of  belles-lettres;  whether 
to  discharge  properly  the  duties  of  a  critical  teacher,  a 
thorough  acquaintance  with  English  literature  be  not  a 
rather  indispensable  requisite,  and  how  it  is  that  in  one 
institution  a  learned  professor  shall  maintain  the  Course 
of  Time  ^^  to  be  the  greatest  of  English  epics,  and  in  an- 
other an  equally  learned  professor  shall  deny,  on  the  ground 
that  he  could  never  read  it,  save  as  a  very  disagreeable  task, 
the  transcendent  merits  of  Paradise  Lost.  Is  it  not  a  fact, 
of  which  we  may  feel  not  unreasonably  ashamed,  that  a 
student  may  pass  four  years  under  these  misleaders  of 
youth,  and  yet  remain  ignorant  of  that  most  important  rev- 
olution in  imaginative  literature— to  us  of  the  present  day 
the  most  important  of  all  literary  revolutions— which  took 
place  a  little  more  than  half  a  century  ago.  The  influence 
of  the  new  spiritual  philosophy  in  producing  a  change  from 
a  sensuous  to  a  super-sensuous  poetry,  the  vast  difference 
between  the  school  represented  by  Wordsworth,  and  the 
school  represented  by  Pope,  the  introduction  of  that  mys- 
tical element  into  our  verse  which  distinguishes  it  from  the 
verse  of  the  age  of  Shakspeare,  the  theory  of  that  analyt- 
ical criticism  which  examines  a  work  of  art  "from  the  heart 
outwards,  not  from  surface  inwards!"  and  which  deduces 
its  laws  from  nature  and  truth,  not  from  the  practice  of 
particular  writers;  these  surely  are  subjects  which,  in  an 
institution  devoted  to  the  purpose  of  education,  may  not 
be  overlooked  without  censure.  At  the  risk  of  exciting  the 
derisive  smiles  of  those  who  attach  more  value  to  the  settle- 
ment of  a  doubtful  accent,  or  a  disputed  quantity,  than  to 
a  just  definition  of  the  imaginative  faculty,  or  a  correct 
estimation  of  the  scope  and  objects  of  poetry,  we  avow 
our  belief  that  a  systematic  study  of  English  literature, 


100  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

under  the  guidance  of  proper  expounders— even  at  the  ex- 
pense of  the  curriculum  in  other  respects— would  be  at- 
tended with  the  highest  benefits  to  the  student  and  the 
community.  Such  a  course  of  study  would  assist  more  than 
anything  else  in  bringing  about  that  improvement  in  taste 
which  we  need  so  much,  and  for  which  we  must  look  espe- 
cially to  the  generation  now  growing  up  about  us.  We  do 
not  expect  much  from  those  whose  opinions  are  already 
formed.  It  is  next  to  impossible  thoroughly  to  convert  a 
confirmed  papist;  and  there  are  no  prejudices  so  difiicult 
to  overcome  as  the  prejudices  of  pedantry  and  age. 

After  all,  the  chief  impediment  to  a  broad,  deep,  and 
liberal  culture  is  her  own  self-complacency.  With  a  strange 
inconsistency,  the  very  persons  who  decry  Southern  litera- 
ture are  forever  extolling  Southern  taste.  Southern  learn- 
ing, and  Southern  civilization.  There  is  scarcely  a  city  of 
any  size  in  the  South  which  has  not  its  clique  of  amateur 
critics,  poets  and  philosophers,  the  regular  business  of 
whom  is  to  demonstrate  truisms,  settle  questions  which  no- 
body else  would  think  of  discussing,  to  confirm  themselves 
in  opinions  which  have  been  picked  up  from  the  rubbish 
of  seventy  years  agone,  and  above  all  to  persuade  each 
other  that  together  they  constitute  a  society  not  much  in- 
ferior to  that  in  which  figured  Burke  and  Johnson,  Gold- 
smith and  Sir  Joshua.  All  of  these  being  oracles,  they  are 
unwilling  to  acknowledge  the  claims  of  a  professional 
writer,  lest  in  doing  so  they  should  disparage  their  own 
authority.  It  is  time  that  their  self-complacency  should  be 
disturbed.  And  we  propose  satire  as  the  best  weapon,  be- 
cause against  vanity  it  is  the  only  effective  one.  He  who 
shall  convince  this,  and  every  other  class  of  critics  to  which 
we  have  alluded,  that  they  are  not  in  advance  of  their  age, 


LITERATURE    IN    THE    SOUTH  101 

that  they  are  even  a  httle  behind  it,  will  have  conferred  an 
incalculable  benefit  upon  them,  and  upon  the  South. 

We  shall  not  admit  that  in  exposing  the  deficiencies  of 
the  Southern  public,  we  have  disparaged  in  the  slightest 
degree  the  intellect  of  the  South.  Of  that  intellect  in  its 
natural  capacity  none  can  conceive  more  highly  than  our- 
self.  It  is  impossible  not  to  respect  a  people  from  whom 
have  sprung  so  many  noble  warriors,  orators  and  statesmen. 
And  there  is  that  in  the  constitution  of  the  Southern  mind, 
in  the  Saxon,  Celtic  and  Teutonic  elements  of  which  it  is 
composed,  and  in  the  peculiar  influences  amidst  which 
these  elements  have  been  moulded  together,  a  promise  of 
that  blending  of  the  philosophic  in  thought  with  the  en- 
thusiastic in  feeling,  which  makes  a  literary  nation.  Even 
now,  while  it  is  in  one  place  trammeled  by  musty  rules  and 
canons,  and  in  another  left  to  its  own  unguided  or  mis- 
guided impulses,  it  would  be  unjust  to  deny  it  a  quickness 
of  perception,  which,  if  rightly  trained,  would  soon  convert 
this  essay  into  a  slander  and  a  falsehood.  We  will  not  believe 
that  a  people  with  such  a  mental  character  can  remain  much 
longer  under  the  dominion  of  a  contracted  and  illiberal 
culture.  Indeed,  we  think  the  signs  of  a  better  taste  may 
already  be  noticed.  The  circle  of  careless  or  prejudiced 
readers,  though  large,  is  a  narrowing  circle.  The  circle  of 
thoughtful  and  earnest  students,  though  a  small  one,  is  a 
widening  circle.  Young  authors  are  rising  up  who  have 
won  for  themselves  at  least  a  partial  acknowledgment  of 
merit.  The  time  must  come  at  last  when  the  public  shall 
feel  that  there  are  ideas  characterizing  Southern  society,  as 
distinguished  from  Northern  and  English  society,  which 
need  the  exposition  of  a  new  literature.  There  will  be  a 
stirring  of  the  public  mind,  an  expectation  aroused  which 
will  ensure  its  own  gratification,  a  demand  for  Southern 


102  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

prose  and  poetry,  which  shall  call  forth  the  poet  and  prose 
writer  from  the  crowds  that  now  conceal  them,  and  a  sym- 
pathy established  between  author  and  public,  which  shall 
infuse  inspiration  into  the  one,  and  heighten  the  pleasure 
and  profit  of  the  other.  Then,  indeed,  we  may  look  for  a 
literature  of  which  we  shall  all  wear  the  honours.  We  shall 
walk  over  ground  made  classic  by  the  imaginations  of  our 
poets,  the  thoughts  we  speak  shall  find  illustration  in  verse 
which  has  been  woven  by  Southern  hearths;  and  the  winds 
that  blow  from  the  land,  and  the  waves  that  wash  our  level 
coast,  shall  bear  to  other  nations  the  names  of  bards  who 
know  how  to  embody  the  spirit  of  their  country  without 
sinking  that  universality  which  shall  commend  their  lessons 
to  all  mankind. 


ox^  i^ heor^  of^  ^:yoetr^ 


iiitiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii 


It  is  not  without  some  hesitation  and  considerable  diffi- 
dence that  I  have  selected  Poetry  as  the  subject  of  my  essay. 
It  is  so  familiar  a  topic,  and  to  be  familiar  is  in  the  opinion 
of  so  many  to  be  commonplace,  that  I  may  well  distrust  my 
ability  to  give  it  interest.  Yet  after  all  it  is  not  quite  so  old 
as  the  stars  which  the  knowledge  that  they  have  shone  for 
thousands  of  centuries  has  not  made  commonplace  to  those 
who  look  at  them  rightly.  I  encourage  myself  by  the  reflec- 
tion that  the  freshness  of  my  theme  is  not  less  eternal. 
Moreover  as  I  design  to  discuss  the  subject  with  a  special 
purpose,  in  regard  to  which  I  have  some  sincere  and  not 
carelessly  digested  opinions,  I  may  hope  perhaps  to  elicit 
so  much  attention  at  least  as  usually  honest  thought,  how- 
ever weakly  embodied,  and  earnest  convictions,  however 
inadequately  maintained,  [receive]. 

I  desire  to  arrive,  if  possible,  at  a  comprehensive  and 
satisfactory  theory  of  poetry,  but  more  especially  to  exam- 
ine, and  to  enter  my  protest  against  certain  narrow  creeds 
which  seem  to  me  to  be  growing  into  fashion,  to  expose  the 
falsity  of  that  taste  which  is  formed  by  particular  schools, 
and  which  lead  necessarily  to  a  narrow  and  limited  culture, 
and  to  assist,  as  far  as  it  lies  in  my  power,  in  the  establish- 
ment of  a  generous  and  catholic  criticism. 

103 


104  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

I  must  premise  that  in  the  first  portion  of  my  essay,  I  shall 
use  the  word  poetry  in  accordance  with  common  usage,  as 
synonymous  with  poetical  literature,  or  the  embodiment  of 
poetry  in  rhythmical  language.  As  I  proceed,  however,  I 
shall  endeavour  to  show  that  it  ought  to  [be]  employed 
in  a  more  restricted,  and  less  material  sense.  I  will  add  that 
in  whatever  illustrations  I  may  use,  I  shall  confine  myself 
to  English  Poetry,  as  amply  sufficient  for  my  purpose. 

There  have  been  few  poetical  eras  without  their  peculiar 
theories  of  poetry.  But  no  age  was  ever  so  rich  in  poetical 
creeds  as  the  first  half  of  the  present  century.  The  exposi- 
tions of  some  of  these  creeds  are  not  without  value,  one  or 
two  indeed  though  incomplete  are  profound  and  philo- 
sophical; but  the  majority  are  utterly  worthless.  Every  little 
poet  "spins  toiling  out  his  own  cocoon,"  ^  and  wrapping 
himself  snugly  in  it  to  the  exclusion  of  others,  hopes  to  go 
down  thus  warmly  protected  to  posterity. 

I  shall  pass  most  of  these  theories  to  consider  only  two- 
one  of  which  I  shall  discuss  at  some  length.  The  first  is  that 
definition  of  poetry  which  represents  it  simply  as  the  ex- 
pression in  verse  of  thought,  sentiment,  or  passion;  and 
which  measures  the  difference  between  the  poet  and  the 
versifier  only  by  the  difference  between  the  depth,  power, 
and  vivacity  of  their  several  productions.  This  definition 
was  ably  advocated  not  long  ago  in  a  well-known  Southern 
periodical,  by  one  of  the  most  acute  of  Southern  writers.^ 
It  would  not  be  difficult  to  prove  its  total  inadequacy,  but  I 
do  not  think  it  necessary  to  do  so,  except  so  far  as  the  proof 
of  that  inadequacy  may  be  involved  in  the  establishment 
of  a  theory  altogether  opposed  to  it.  I  am  the  less  inclined 
to  give  it  a  minute  examination,  because  though  the  idea 
is  an  old  one,  and  in  strict  accordance  with  the  common 
usage  of  the  word  poetry,  it  has  never  become  popular,  nor 


A    THEORY    OF    POETRY  105 

is  it  likely  to  become  so,  as  it  fails  to  satisfy  even  those  who 
displeased  they  do  not  know  why,  and  dimly  conscious  of 
the  true  faith,  are  yet  unable  to  discover  in  their  undefined 
emotions  a  logical  refutation  of  the  heresy.  The  genuine 
lovers  of  poetry  feel  that  its  essential  characteristics  under- 
lie the  various  forms  which  it  assumes,  however  dim  and 
shadowy  those  characteristics  may  seem  to  them,  and  not- 
withstanding that  they  elude  the  search  like  the  jar  of  gold 
which  is  fabled  to  be  buried  at  the  foot  of  the  rainbow. 

The  second  theory  which  I  desire  to  examine  critically 
was  propounded  a  number  of  years  ago."^ 

Poe  begins  his  disquisition  with  the  dogma  that  a  long 
poem  does  not  exist,  that  the  phrase  a  long  poem  is  simply 
a  flat  contradiction  in  "terms."  He  proceeds:  "A  poem  de- 
serves its  title  only  inasmuch  as  it  excites  by  elevating  the 
soul.  The  value  of  a  poem  is  in  the  ratio  of  this  elevating 
excitement.  But  all  excitements  are,  through  a  psychal  ne- 
cessity, transient.  That  degree  of  excitement  which  would 
entitle  a  poem  to  be  so  called  at  all,  cannot  be  sustained 
throughout  a  composition  of  any  great  length.  After  the 
lapse  of  half  an  hour  at  the  very  utmost,  it  flags— fails— a 
revulsion  ensues— and  then  the  poem  is  in  effect  and  in 
fact  no  longer  such." 

I  am  disposed  to  think  that  the  young  lady  who  pores 
till  midnight  over  a  metrical  novel  of  Scott's,  and  wakes  up 
the  next  morning  with  her  bright  eyes  dimmed  and  a  little 
swollen,  or  the  young  poet  who  follows  for  the  first  time 
the  steps  of  Dante  and  his  guide  down  to  the  spiral  abysses 
of  his  imaginary  hell,  could  not  easily  be  induced  to  assent 
to  the  truth  of  these  assertions.  The  declaration  made  with 
such  cool  metaphysical  dogmatism  that  "all  excitement [s] 
are  through  a  psychal  necessity,  transient"  needs  consider- 
able qualification.  All  violent  excitements  are  indeed  tran- 


106  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

sient;  but  that  moderate  and  chastened  excitement  which 
accompanies  the  perusal  of  the  noblest  poetry,  of  such 
poetry  as  is  characterized  not  by  a  spasmodic  vehemence 
and  the  short-lived  power  imparted  by  excessive  passion, 
but  by  a  thoughtful  sublimity  and  the  matured  and  almost 
inexhaustible  strength  of  a  healthy  intellect,  may  be  sus- 
tained, and  is  often  sustained  during  a  much  longer  period 
than  the  space  of  thirty  minutes.  I  am  willing  to  grant, 
however,  that  this  excitement  has  also  its  limit,  and  that 
that  limit  is  too  narrow  to  permit  the  perusal,  with  any 
pleasure,  at  one  sitting  of  more  than  a  fraction  of  a  poem 
of  the  length  of  Paradise  Lost.  I  shall  quote  another  para- 
graph, and  then  proceed  to  show  that  this  acknowledgment 
leads  to  no  deduction  that  justifies  the  theory  which  Poe 
has  built  upon  it. 

"There  are,  no  doubt,  many  who  have  found  difficulty 
in  reconciling  the  critical  dictum  that  the  Paradise  Lost  is 
to  be  devoutly  admired  throughout  with  the  absolute  im- 
possibility of  maintaining  for  it,  during  perusal,  the  amount 
of  enthusiasm  which  that  critical  dictum  would  demand. 
This  great  work,  in  fact,  is  to  be  regarded  as  poetical,  only 
when,  losing  sight  of  that  vital  requisite  in  all  works  of  art, 
Unity,  we  view  it  merely  as  a  series  of  minor  poems.  If,  to 
preserve  its  unity,  we  read  it  (as  would  be  necessary)  at  a 
single  sitting,  the  result  is  but  a  constant  alternation  of  ex- 
citement and  depression.  After  a  passage  of  what  we  feel  to 
be  true  poetry,  there  follows,  inevitably,  a  passage  of  plati- 
tude which  no  critical  prejudgment  can  force  us  to  admire; 
but  if,  upon  completing  the  work,  we  read  it  again,  omitting 
the  first  book— that  is  to  say  commencing  with  the  second 
—we  shall  be  surprised  at  finding  that  admirable  which  we 
before  condemned.  It  follows  from  all  this  that  the  ulti- 


A    THEORY    OF    POETRY  107 

mate,  or  absolute  effect  of  even  the  best  epic  under  the  sun, 
is  a  nulhty— and  this  is  precisely  the  fact." 

Let  me  call  attention  to  the  fact  that  even  if  the  argu- 
ment I  have  just  read  prove  all  it  assumes  to  prove,  it 
amounts  only  to  this— it  shows  not  that  a  long  poem  does 
not,  or  may  not  exist,  but  that  if  there  could  be  such  a  thing 
as  a  long  poem  its  effect  except  as  a  series  of  short  poems 
would  be  null  and  void.  This  point,  however  it  must  be 
confessed,  if  properly  established,  would  be  an  almost  suffi- 
cient justification  of  Poe's  theory;  and  I  only  mention  it  by 
way  of  causing  it  to  be  remarked  that  the  demonstration  is 
not  quite  so  direct  and  positive  as  it  appears  at  first  sight, 
or  as  if  the  author  had  analyzed  the  work  of  which  he  speaks 
and  shown  at  what  point  the  first  poem  ends,  and  the  second 
begins. 

But  I  deny  boldly  and  without  reservation  the  truth  of 
that  assertion  upon  which  the  whole  argument  hinges,  that 
to  preserve  in  effect  the  unity  of  a  great  poem,  it  should  be 
read  through  at  a  single  sitting.  And  to  substantiate  my 
denial,  I  shall  not  fear  to  examine  the  effect  of  that  very 
poem  to  which  Poe  has  appealed. 

I  suppose  then  the  Reader  who  takes  up  Paradise  Lost  to 
begin  its  perusal  in  a  spirit  not  unbecoming  that  divine 
production,  and  with  the  reverence  of  one  who  enters  upon 
holy  ground.  He  must  have  "docile  thoughts,  and  purged 
ears."  ^  A  poem  the  aim  of  which  is  "to  justify  the  ways  of 
God  to  man"  is  not  to  be  entered  upon  at  any  season,  and 
never  when  our  only  wish  is  to  beguile  a  vacant  moment. 
The  time  and  even  the  place  should  be  in  harmony  with 
the  lofty  theme.  Charles  Lamb  in  a  spirit  of  proper  appreci- 
ation says  "that  Milton  almost  needs  a  solemn  service  of 
music  to  be  played"  before  we  approach  him.  I  can  under- 
stand the  earnest  reader  opening  the  book  with  feelings  of 


108  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

devotion  not  much  inferior  to  those  which  inspired  the 
great  bard  himself  in  his  subhme  invocation  to  the  third 
person  of  the  Trinity. 

"And  chiefly  thou  O  Spirit  that  dost  prefer 
Before  all  temples  the  upright  heart  and  pure, 
Assist  me  for  thou  knowest!  Thou  from  the  first 
Wast  present,  and  with  mighty  wings  outspread, 
Dovelike,  sat'st  brooding  o'er  the  vast  abyss 
And  mad'st  it  pregnant!  What  in  me  is  dark 
Illumine,  what  is  low,  raise  and  support 
That  to  the  height  of  this  great  argument, 
I  may  assert  Eternal  Providence 
And  justify  the  ways  of  God  to  Man. 

I  affirm  that  he  who  takes  up  Paradise  Lost  in  this  spirit  will 
lay  it  down  at  the  completion  of  the  first  [book],  or  if  (as 
is  not  unlikely)  he  should  have  been  beguiled  further,  at 
the  completion  of  the  second  book,  not  simply  with  an  im- 
pression of  satisfied [,]  still  less  of  satiated  gratification,  but 
in  a  state  of  mind  in  which  awe  and  delight  are  blended 
together  in  a  deep  though  sober  rapture.  I  say  too  that  upon 
his  resuming  the  book  at  some  future  time,  if  he  come  to  it 
with  the  same  reverential  precautions,  and  not  as  one  who 
must  finish  a  book  to-night  because  he  began  it  yesterday, 
there  will  occur  no  such  utter  disconnection  between  his 
perusal  of  the  first,  and  his  perusal  of  the  second  part  of  the 
poem  as  will  produce  an  effect  at  all  similar  to  that  which 
is  produced  by  the  perusal  of  two  distinct  poems.  I  say  that 
no  hiatus  of  platitude,  whether  real  or  the  result  merely  of 
jaded  attention,  is  sufficient  so  to  separate  two  parts  of  an 
artistically  constructed  poem  like  Paradise  Lost,  as  to  dis- 
turb the  general  harmony  of  its  effect.  And  the  thoughtful 
reader  instead  of  sitting  down  to  the  study  of  the  third  book 
as  to  a  new  poem,  brings  with  him  all  the  impressions  of 
his  former  reading  to  heighten  the  colour  and  deepen  the 


A    THEORY    OF    POETRY  109 

effect  of  that  which  is  before  him.  The  continuation  of  the 
poem  seems  all  the  more  beautiful  because  he  is  familiar 
with  the  beginning,  and  necessarily  so  from  the  roundness 
and  completeness  of  a  structure  the  parts  of  which  add 
alike  to  the  strength  and  grace  of  the  whole  and  of  each 
other.  It  has  been  correctly  remarked  of  the  extracts  which 
go  by  the  name  of  the  beauties  of  Shakspeare,^  that  those 
passages  lose  more  by  being  torn  from  the  context  than  the 
dramas  themselves  would  lose  by  being  deprived  of  those 
passages  altogether.  This  is  true  also,  though  doubtless  not 
to  so  great  an  extent,  of  Paradise  Lost,  and  it  could  not  be 
true  if  each  book,  or  part  of  a  book,  could  affect  us  as 
strongly  when  considered  as  portions  of  a  series  of  poems, 
as  when  regarded  as  fractions  of  an  harmonious  whole.  For 
instance  the  situation  of  the  happy  pair  in  Paradise  is  ren- 
dered a  thousand  times  more  pathetic  than  it  would  have 
been  otherwise  by  our  knowledge  of  the  power  of  the 
tempter  who  is  plotting  their  destruction  without;  and  of 
that  power  we  could  have  no  adequate  conception  if  we  had 
not  seen  the  mighty  Archdemon,  his  form  not  yet  deprived 
of  all  its  original  brightness,  his  face  intrenched  with  the 
deep  scars  of  thunder,  treading  in  unconquerable  forti- 
tude the  surface  of  the  burning  marie,  or  if  we  had  not 
beheld  him  in  the  mighty  council  assembled  together  un- 
der the  roof  of  Pandemonium,  assuming,  in  haughty  pre- 
eminence of  courage  and  hatred,  the  bold  adventure  of 
scouting  with  hostile  purposes  the  universe  of  God  Omnip- 
otent, if  we  had  not  followed  him  in  his  dusky  flight  through 
Hell,  and  his  encounter  with  the  grim  though  Kingly 
Shadow,  in  his  painful  voyage  through  Chaos  and  his 
meeting,  in  which  the  mean  but  profound  subtlety  of  his 
genius  is  brought  distinctly  into  action,  with  the  Archangel 
Uriel,  and  so  on  down  to  the  moment  when  he  alights  upon 


110  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

the  summit  of  Niphates  and  turns  to  reproach  the  Sun  and 
blaspheme  its  Creator;  if  we  had  not  from  all  these  sources 
derived  an  indelible  impression  of  the  cunning,  ferocity, 
the  indomitable  pride  and  daring  recklessness  of  his  char- 
acter. Again,  the  fate  of  the  guilty  but  repentant  lovers 
touches  us  infinitely  more  deeply  because  we  have  been 
made  familiar  with  the  beauty  of  the  home  from  which 
their  sin  has  expelled  them,  that  vast  garden  which  with 
the  eternal  bloom  of  forests  abound [s]  with  fruit  more 
precious  than  that  of  the  Hesperides,  its  undulations  of  hill 
and  valley,  its  grottoes,  fountains  and  "crisped  brooks 
Rolling  on  orient  pearl  and  sands  of  gold"  '^  and  feeding 
with  nectar  "Flowers  of  all  hues,  and  without  thorn  the 
rose"— which  with  all  this  variety  seems  almost  as  extensive 
as  a  kingdom,  and  yet  is  compact  enough  to  occupy  only 
the  champaign  head  of  a  steep  and  imperious  wildness 
which  surrounds  it  as  with  its  protecting  wall.  But  of  course 
that  which  affects  us  most  profoundly,  and  that  which  the 
Poet  meant  to  affect  us  most  profoundly,  is  not  the  loss  of 
Eden,  but  the  difference  between  the  primal  condition  of 
innocence  from  which  they  fell,  and  which  is  described 
with  a  softness  and  purity  that  no  merely  amatory  poet  has 
ever  equaled,  with  the  state  of  mind  in  which  after  being 
dismissed  by  the  angel,  they  look  back  to  behold  the  East- 
ern Gate,  "With  dreadful  faces  thronged  and  fiery  arms," 
and  then  turning,  with  the  world  before  them,  but  with 
slow  and  wandering  steps 

"Through  Eden  take  their  solitary  way." 

I  might  go  on  and  by  minuter  examination  show  still 
subtler  connections  between  the  several  parts  of  the  poem, 
but  it  is  not  necessary.  I  am  satisfied  to  reaffirm  my  position 
that  every  portion  of  Paradise  Lost  is  bound  together  by 


A    THEORY    OF    POETRY  111 

the  closest  relations,  and  helps  to  give  force  to  all;  and  as 
the  light  about  us  is  not  produced  solely  by  the  direct  rays 
of  the  Sun,  but  is  composed  of  millions  of  atmospherical 
and  other  reflections,  so  the  ultimate  and  aggregate  effect 
of  this  truly  great  creation  is  made  up  of  the  innumerable 
lights  and  cross-lights  which  each  book  sheds  upon  the 
other[s].  So  as  day  by  day  the  reader,  such  a  reader,  at 
least,  as  I  have  described  moves  onward  through  the  varied 
beauties  and  sublimities  of  the  poem,  its  grand  purport 
and  harmonious  proportions  become  more  and  more  clearly 
apparent,— it  is  "vastness  which  grows,  but  grows  to  har- 
monize. All  musical  in  its  immensities—"  ^  and  when  at  the 
conclusion  he  lays  the  book  reverently  aside,  it  is  with  the 
feelings,  not  of  one  who  has  passed  through  a  series  of  tran- 
sient though  noble  excitements,  but  rather  of  one  whose 
spirit  filled  with  a  long  train  of  lofty  thought  and  unsur- 
passable imagery,  has  grown  almost  to  the  size  of  that 
which  it  has  been  contemplating.  To  such  a  reader  it  would 
not  seem  too  much  to  inscribe  on  the  title-page  of  Paradise 
Lost,  as  an  invitation  to  all  those  yet  unacquainted  with  it, 
the  fine  stanza  applied  by  a  later  Bard  to  the  most  magnifi- 
cent of  earthly  temples 

"Enter!  its  grandeur  overwhelms  thee  not; 

And  why?  It  is  not  lessened;  but  thy  mind, 
Expanded  by  the  genius  of  the  spot, 

Has  grown  colossal,  and  can  only  find 

A  fit  abode  wherein  appear  enshrined 
Thy  hopes  of  immortality;  and  thou 

Shalt  one  day,  if  found  worthy,  so  defined. 
See  thy  God  face  to  face,  as  thou  dost  now 
His  Holy  of  Holies,  nor  be  blasted  by  his  brow."  ^ 

I  shall  not  notice  the  sarcasms  which  Poe  directs  against 
those  who  measure  the  merit  of  a  book  by  its  length,  as  I 


112  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

have  said  nothing  from  which  it  could  be  inferred  that  I 
regard  size  as  a  criterion  of  excellence.  It  is  one  thing  to 
say  that  a  poem  of  twelve  books  may  be  good,  and  another 
thing  to  say  that  a  poem  is  good  because  it  contains  twelve 
books.  I  am  not  going  to  deny,  however,  that  a  poem  may 
be  extended  to  so  great  a  length  as  to  preclude  the  pos- 
sibility of  its  operating  upon  our  feelings  with  unity  of 
effect,  as  witness  the  Fairy  Queen.  Yet,  it  should  be  ob- 
served in  justice  to  Spenser  that  that  production  is  in  fact, 
what  Poe  maintains  the  epic  of  Milton  to  be,  a  succession 
of  poems  having  no  real  connection  with  each  other.  Per- 
haps the  same  may  be  said  of  the  Iliad  of  Homer.  I  do  not 
refer  to  the  Columbiad  ^*-  because  if  that  ponderous  pro- 
duction could  be  crushed  into  a  space  no  bigger  than  that 
occupied  by  an  epigram,  not  a  drop  of  genuine  poetry  could 
be  forced  from  it.  If  I  should  be  asked  to  fix  the  limit  beyond 
which  a  poem  should  not  be  extended,  I  can  only  answer 
that  that  must  be  left  to  the  taste  and  judgment  of  the  Poet 
based  upon  a  careful  and  appreciative  study  of  the  few 
great  masters.  The  ordeal  of  criticism  will  settle  afterwards 
how  far  unity  has  been  preserved  or  violated.  In  general  it 
may  be  remarked  that  the  plot  of  a  poem  should  be  so 
compact,  as  not  to  involve  scenes  and  subjects  of  too  great 
diversity.  As  a  consequence  of  this  principle,  I  have  always 
regarded  the  Divine  Comedy  of  Dante  in  its  progress 
through  Hell,  Purgatory  and  Heaven  as  three  distinct 
poems. 

I  do  not  wish  it  to  be  supposed  that  I  look  upon  Paradise 
Lost  as  in  all  respects  a  perfect  poem.  It  has  many  of  the 
faults  inseparable  from  all  human  productions.  Indeed  I 
so  far  agree  with  Poe  that  I  concede  that  by  no  possibility 
can  a  poem  as  long  as  Paradise  Lost  be  all  poetry  (Cole- 
ridge, the  profoundest  poetical  critic  of  any  age,  says  [it] 


A    THEORY    OF    TOETRY  113 

ought  not  to  be  all  poetry  ^^ )  from  beginning  to  end.  How- 
ever noble  the  theme,  there  will  be  parts  and  aspects  which 
do  not  admit  of  the  presence  of  genuine  poetry.  Herein, 
however,  I  differ  from  Poe,  inasmuch  as  I  maintain  that 
these  parts  may  be  so  raised  above  the  ordinary  level  of 
prose  by  skillful  verse  as  to  preserve  the  general  harmony 
of  the  poem,  and  not  materially  to  injure  its  unity  as  a  work 
of  art.  And  in  the  distinction  between  poetry  and  a  poem, 
between  the  spirit  and  its  body  which  Poe  recognizes  when 
he  comes  to  develope  his  theory,  but  which  he  blinks,  or 
ignores  altogether  in  his  remarks  upon  Paradise  Lost,  I 
shall  look  for  the  justification  of  my  position. 

I  hold  that  the  confusion  of  these  terms,  of  the  subjective 
essence  with  the  objective  form[,]  is  the  source  of  most  of 
the  errors  and  contradictions  of  opinion  prevalent  upon 
this  subject.  The  two  should  be  carefully  distinguished,  and 
should  never,  in  any  critical  discussion,  be  allowed  to  mean 
the  same  thing.  What  then  is  Poetry?  In  the  last  century  if 
you  had  asked  this  question,  you  would  have  been  answered 
readily  enough;  and  the  answer  would  have  been  the  defi- 
nition which  I  dismissed  a  little  while  ago  as  unworthy  of 
minute  examination.  But  the  deeper  philosophical  criticism 
of  the  present  century  will  not  remain  satisfied  with  this 
surface  view  of  poetry.  Its  aim  is  to  penetrate  to  its  essence, 
to  analyze  and  comprehend  those  impressions  and  opera- 
tions of  the  mind  acting  upon,  and  being  acted  upon  by, 
mental  or  physical  phenomena,  which  when  incarnated  in 
language,  are  recognized  as  the  utterances  of  Poetry,  and 
affect  us  like  the  music  of  angels.  That  this  is  the  aim  of 
present  criticism  I  need  not  attempt  to  show  by  quotation, 
since  it  looks  out  on  the  pages  of  the  most  popular  writers 
of  the  day.  Indeed  so  very  general  has  the  feeling  become 
that  it  is  not  of  the  forms  of  poetry  that  we  need  a  descrip- 


114  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

tion,  that  if  you  ask  any  man  of  common  intelligence  who 
is  not  merely  a  creature  of  facts  and  figures,  to  define 
poetry,  he  will  endeavour  to  convey  to  you  his  idea,  vague 
doubtless  and  shadowy [,]  of  that  which  in  his  imagination 
constitutes  its  spirit.  The  poets  who  attempt  to  solve  the 
question  look  rather  into  themselves  than  into  the  poems 
which  they  have  written.  One,  very  characteristically, 
when  his  own  poems  are  considered,  defines  it  as  "emo- 
tions recollected  in  tranquillity,"  and  another  as  "the  rec- 
ollection of  the  best  and  happiest  moments  of  the  best 
and  happiest  minds."  ^"  These  definitions— if  definitions 
they  can  be  called— are  unsatisfactory  enough,  but  they 
indicate  correctly  the  direction  in  which  the  distinctive 
principle  of  poetry  is  to  be  sought. 

I  think  that  Poe  in  his  eloquent  description  of  the  poetic 
sentiment  as  the  sense  of  the  beautiful,  and  in  its  loftiest 
action  as  a  struggle  to  apprehend  a  supernal  loveliness,  a 
wild  effort  to  reach  a  beauty  above  that  which  is  about  us, 
has  certainly  fixed  with  some  definiteness  one  phase  of  its 
merely  subjective  manifestation.^^  It  is  indeed  to  the  in- 
spiration which  lies  in  the  ethereal,  the  remote,  and  the 
unknown,  that  the  world  owes  some  of  its  sweetest  poems; 
and  the  poetry  of  words  has  never  so  strange  a  fascination 
as  when  it  seems  to  suggest  more  than  it  utters,  to  call  up 
by  implication  rather  than  by  expression  those  thoughts 
which  refuse  to  be  embodied  in  language,  and  to  hint  at 
something  ineffable  and  mysterious  of  which  the  mind  can 
attain  but  partial  glimpses.  But  in  making  this  feeling,  and 
this  feeling  only,  constitute  the  poetic  sentiment,  Poe  only 
verifies  the  remark  of  one  of  the  most  luminous  critics  of 
this  century,  that  it  is  as  little  to  men  of  peculiar  and  orig- 
inal genius  as  to  the  multitude,  that  we  must  look  for  broad 
and  comprehensive  critical  theories.  Such  men  have  usu- 


A    THEORY    OF    POETRY  115 

ally  one  faculty  developed  at  the  expense  of  others;  and 
the  very  clearness  of  their  perception  of  one  kind  of  excel- 
lence, impairs  their  perception  of  other  and  different  kinds 
of  excellence.  Their  theories  being  drawn  from  their  own 
particular  tastes  and  talents,  just  suffice  to  cover  themselves 
and  those  who  resemble  them.  The  theory  of  Poe  leads 
directly  to  the  conclusion  ( and  this  he  boldly  avows )  that 
Tennyson  is  the  noblest  Poet  that  ever  lived;  since  no  other 
poet  that  ever  lived  has  possessed  so  much  of  that  ethere- 
ality and  dim  suggestiveness  which  Poe  regards,  if  not  as 
the  sole,  at  least  as  the  highest  characteristic  of  a  poem.  I 
am  constrained  to  add  too  that  while  the  theory  leads  to 
the  conclusion  that  Tennyson  is  the  noblest  of  poets,  it 
leads  as  surely  to  the  conclusion  that  Poe  is  next  to  the 
noblest.  At  the  same  time  I  must  do  Poe  the  justice  to 
acquit  him  of  the  petty  vanity  of  wishing  to  lead  his  readers 
to  such  a  conclusion— his  theory  I  regard  as  a  natural  and 
logical  result  evolved  from  his  own  beautiful  and  very 
peculiar  genius.  Like  the  fabled  Narcissus,  he  fell  in  love 
unconsciously  with  his  own  shadow  in  the  water.  I  yield  to 
few,  and  only  to  that  extravagant  few  who  would  put  him 
over  the  head  of  Milton  himself,  in  my  admiration  of  Poe; 
and  to  none  in  a  love  which  is  almost  a  worship  of  Tenny- 
son with  whose  poems  I  have  been  familiar  from  my  boy- 
hood, and  whom  I  yet  continue  to  study  with  ceaseless 
profit  and  pleasure.  But  I  can  by  no  means  consent  to  re- 
gard him  as  the  first  of  Poets,  and  I  am  sure  that  Tennyson 
himself  would  repudiate  the  compliment,  and  the  theory 
which  seems  to  justify  it.  The  very  merit  which  that  theory 
mainly  insists  upon,  is  not  characteristic  of  more  than  one 
third  part  of  the  poems  of  Tennyson,  who  as  a  poet  possesses 
(what  Poe  had  not)  other  qualities  besides  his  intense  spir- 
itualism, of  a  more  human  and  earthly  tendency  which 


116  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

could  not  fail  to  bring  him  into  affinity  with  other  tastes, 
and  constrain  him  to  demand  a  broader  creed. 

In  order  to  perceive  the  real  narrowness  of  Poe's  theory, 
it  is  but  necessary  to  examine  the  list  of  those  elements 
which  he  says  induces  in  the  poet  the  true  poetical  effect, 
and  mark  how  carefully  he  selects  only  such  appearances 
as  are  simply  beautiful  or  simply  mysterious,  and  how  sed- 
ulously he  excludes  all  that  is  sublime  and  terrible  in  the 
phenomena  of  nature.  "The  Poet,"  he  says,  "recognizes  the 
ambrosia  which  nourishes  his  soul  in  the  bright  orbs  of 
heaven,— in  the  volutes  of  the  flower,— in  the  clustering  of 
low  shrubberies— in  the  slanting  of  tall  Eastern  trees— in 
the  blue  distance  of  mountains— in  the  grouping  of  clouds 
—in  the  gleaming  of  silver  rivers— in  the  repose  of  seques- 
tered lakes.  He  perceives  [it]  in  the  songs  of  birds— in  the 
harp  of  yEolus— in  the  sighing  of  the  night-wind— in  the 
perfume  of  the  violet— and  in  the  suggestive  odours  that 
come  to  him  at  eventide  over  dim  oceans  from  far  distant 
and  undiscovered  lands."  I  have  not  enumerated  all  the 
influences  to  which  he  refers,  but  every  one  of  them,  will 
be  found  upon  examination  to  bear  the  same  general  char- 
acter of  quiet  and  gentle  beauty.  Let  me  ask,  in  my  turn,  if 
there  be  no  excitement  of  the  poetical  faculty  in  the  clouded 
night  as  well  as  in  the  bright  one,— in  the  rack  of  clouds 
by  which  the  stars  are  driven  in,  as  well  as  in  the  purple 
islands  and  crimson  archipelagoes  of  sunset,— in  the  terror- 
stricken  rain  fleeing  before  the  tempest,  as  well  as  in  the 
gentle  and  refreshing  showers  of  April— in  the  craggy  dan- 
gers, as  well  as  in  the  blue  distance  of  mountains— in  the 
rush  of  the  tornado  which  opens  a  road  through  deep,  un- 
travelled  and  illimitable  forests,  as  well  as  in  the  faint  and 
fragrant  sigh  of  the  zephyr— in  the  lightening  which  shat- 
ters some  great  Admiral  ^^  doomed  never  again  to  be  heard 


A    THEORY    OF    POETRY  117 

of— in  the  ear-splitting  crash  of  the  thunder,  the  stricken 
pine,  and  the  blasted  heath— in  the  tiger  haunted  jungles  of 
India— in  the  vast  Sahara  over  which  the  sirocco  sweeps 
like  the  breath  of  hell— in  the  barren  and  lonely  cape 
strown  with  wrecks,  and  the  precipitous  promontory  which 
refuses  to  preserve  even  a  single  plank  of  the  ships  that 
have  been  crushed  against  it— in  the  fearful  tale  suggested 
by  the  discovery  of  a  human  skeleton  upon  a  desert  and 
uninhabited  island— in  the  march  of  the  Pestilence— in  the 
bloody  battle  of  freedom— and  in  the  strange  noises  and 
wild  risks  of  an  Arctic  night  when  the  Great  Pack  has 
broken  up,  and  an  Arctic  storm  is  grinding  and  hurling 
the  floes  in  thunder  against  each  other. 

In  the  same  manner  when  the  eloquent  Poet  comes  to 
seek  the  mental  stimulants  of  poetry,  he  finds  them  "in  all 
unworldly  motives— in  all  holy  impulses— in  all  chivalrous 
and  self-sacrificing  deeds";  but  he  does  not,  like  the  pro- 
founder  Wordsworth,  see  them  in  the  tranquil  comforts  of 
home,— in  the  dignity  of  honest  labour— in  the  charities 
of  the  beggar— and  in  those  every-day  virtues  over  which 
the  human  soul  of  Wordsworth's  Muse  broods  in  pleased 
contemplation.  He  sees  no  appeal  to  the  faculty  in  "the 
common  things  that  round  us  lie",— ^^  in  the  fairy  tales  of 
Science— in  the  magic  of  machinery— in  the  pen  that  writes 
and  the  types  that  immortalize  his  argument— in  truth  as 
truth  merely— and  in  the  lessons  of  which  Nature  is  so 
bountiful  that  they  may  be  gathered  from  the  very  dust 
that  we  tread  beneath  our  feet. 

I  think  that  when  we  recall  the  many  and  varied  sources 
of  Poetry,  we  must  perforce  confess  that  it  is  wholly  impos- 
sible to  reduce  them  all  to  the  simple  element  of  beauty. 
Two  other  elements  at  least  must  be  added:  and  these  are 
power  when  it  is  developed  in  some  noble  shape,  and  truth 


118  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

—whether  abstract  or  not— when  it  affects  the  common 
heart  of  mankind.  For  the  suggestion  of  these  two  addi- 
tional principles,  I  suppose  I  ought  to  say  that  I  am  in- 
debted to  Hunt;  but  I  cannot  help  adding  that  I  had  fixed 
upon  the  same  trinity  of  elements  long  before  I  became 
acquainted  with  his  delightful  book  on  Imagination  and 
Fancy.  ^'' 

It  is  then  in  the  feelings  awakened  by  certain  moods  of 
the  mind  when  we  stand  in  the  presence  of  Truth,  Power, 
and  Beauty,  that  I  recognize  what  we  all  agree  to  call 
Poetry.  To  analyze  the  nature  of  these  feelings,  inextricably 
tangled  as  they  are  with  the  different  faculties  of  the  mind, 
and  especially  with  that  great  faculty  which  is  the  prime 
minister  of  Poetry,— Imagination— is  not  absolutely  neces- 
sary to  the  present  purpose.  Let  us  be  satisfied  with  having 
ascertained  the  elements  which  excite  in  us  the  sentiment 
of  Poetry,  and,  with  having  thus  in  a  measure  fixed  its 
boundaries;  and  proceed  at  once  to  consider  it  as  it  appears 
when  embodied  in  language. 

Of  course  I  hold  with  those  who  maintain  that  Poetry 
may  develope  itself  in  various  modes— in  Painting,  Sculp- 
ture, Architecture,  Music,  as  well  as  in  words.  Indeed  there 
is  no  divining  in  what  quarter  this  subtle  and  ethereal  spirit 
may  not  make  its  appearance.  Though  verse  is  its  most 
natural  garment,  it  sometimes  looks  out  upon  mankind  in 
the  guise  of  prose  where  "its  delights  Are  dolphin-like,  and 
show  themselves  above  The  element  they  sport  in."  ^^  We 
are  talking  with  a  lovely,  intelligent  woman  who  assures 
us  that  she  has  no  expression  for  the  Poetry  that  is  in  her, 
and  afterwards  proceeds  to  recount  [the]  story  of  some 
noble  martyrdom,  when  behold!  in  the  proud  flush  that 
mantles  her  forehead,  and  the  smile  that  comes  up  from 


A    THEORY    OF    POETRY  119 

the  depth  of  her  beautiful  eyes,  the  visible  presence  of 
Poetry  itself. 

Our  present  business,  however,  is  only  with  the  devel- 
opment of  Poetry  in  words. 

I  look  upon  every  poem  as  strictly  a  work  of  art,  and  on 
the  Poet,  in  the  act  of  putting  poetry  into  verse,  simply  as 
an  artist.  If  the  Poet  have  his  hour  of  inspiration  (though 
I  am  so  sick  of  the  cant  of  which  this  word  has  been  the 
fruitful  source,  that  I  dislike  to  use  it )  it  is  not  during  the 
work  of  composition.  A  distinction  must  be  made  between 
the  moment  when  the  great  thought  strikes  for  the  first 
time  along  the  brain,  and  flushes  the  cheek  with  the  sudden 
revelation  of  beauty,  or  grandeur,— and  the  hour  of  patient 
and  elaborate  execution.  The  soul  of  the  Poet,  though  con- 
strained to  utter  itself  at  some  time  or  other,  does  not  burst 
into  song  as  readily  as  a  maiden  of  sixteen  bursts  into  mu- 
sical laughter.  Many  poets  have  written  of  grief,  but  no 
poet  with  the  first  agony  at  his  heart,  ever  sat  down  to 
strain  that  grief  through  iambics. ^^  Many  poets  have  given 
expression  to  the  first  raptures  of  successful  love,  but  no 
poet,  in  the  delirium  of  the  joy,  has  ever  babbled  it  in  ana- 
pests.  Could  this  have  been  possible,  the  poet  would  be  the 
most  wonderful  of  improvisers,  and  perhaps  a  poem  would 
be  no  better  than  what  improvisations  always  are. 

It  would  be  easy  to  prove  the  truth  of  these  remarks  by 
the  confessions  of  the  Poets  themselves.  Poe  has  described  to 
the  world  the  manner  in  which  he  slowly  built  up  the  poem 
of  the  Raven. ^^  A  greater  poet  than  Poe  speaks  of  himself 
as  "not  used  to  make  A  present  joy  the  matter  of  his  song,"  ^^ 
and  of  his  poems,  which  the  "Muse  accepts,  deliberately 
pleased,"  ^^  as  ''thoughtfully  fitted  to  the  Orphean  lyre." 
The  labour  through  which  Tennyson  has  attained  that  per- 
fection of  style  which  is  characteristic  of  his  poems,  must 


120  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

have  been  almost  infinite.  And  Matthew  Arnold— a  poet 
not  widely  known  in  this  country,  but  one  who  in  the  esti- 
mation of  the  English  critical  Public— sits  not  very  far  be- 
low Tennyson— separates  as  I  have  separated  the  hour  of 
insight,  from  the  hour  of  labour. 

"We  cannot  kindle  when  we  will 

The  fire  that  in  the  heart  resides; 
The  spirit  bloweth  and  is  still; 

In  mystery  our  soul  abides; 
But  tasks  in  hours  of  insight  willed 
May  be  through  hours  of  gloom  fulfilled."  -^ 

Does  this  fact  lessen  the  merit  of  the  Poet,  or  the  charm  of 
his  poem?  I  do  not  see  why  it  should  do  so,  any  more  than 
the  fact  that  the  Eve  in  your  library  which  was  once  but  a 
beautiful  idea  in  the  mind  of  its  creator,  was  slowly  chiseled 
from  a  block  of  shapeless  marble,  should  deprive  the  sculp- 
tor of  his  glory,  or  mar  for  a  single  instant  the  eflFect  of  the 
faultless  symmetry  and  suggestive  countenance  of  the 
statue. 

It  must  not  be  forgotten  that  my  present  aim  is  to  show 
how  it  is  possible  that  a  poem,  without  being  all  poetry 
from  beginning  to  end,  may  be  complete  as  a  work  of  art. 
Now  there  are  two  classes  of  poets  differing  essentially  in 
their  several  characters.  The  one  class  desires  only  to  utter 
musically  its  own  peculiar  feelings,  thoughts,  sentiments, 
or  passion,  without  regard  to  their  truth,  or  falsehood,  their 
morality  or  their  want  of  morality,  but  in  simple  reference 
to  their  poetical  effect.  The  other  class  with  more  poetry  at 
its  command  than  the  first,  regards  Poetry  simply  as  the 
minister— the  highest  minister  indeed  but  still  only  the  min- 
ister—of Truth,  and  refuses  to  address  itself  to  the  sense  of 
the  Beautiful  alone.  The  former  class  is  content  only  to 
create  Beauty,  and  writes  such  poems  as  the  Raven  of  Poe, 


A    THEORY    OF    POETRY  121 

or  the  Corsair  of  Byron.  The  latter  class  aims  to  create 
Beauty  also,  but  it  desires  at  the  same  time  to  mould  this 
Beauty  into  the  shape  of  a  temple  dedicated  to  Truth.  It  is 
to  this  class  we  owe  the  authorship  of  such  poems  as  the 
Paradise  Lost  of  Milton,  the  lines  on  Tintern  Abbey,  and 
the  Excursion  of  Wordsworth,  and  the  In  Memoriam  of 
Tennyson.  The  former  class  can  afford  to  write  brief  and 
faultless  poems  because  its  end  is  a  narrow  one;  the  latter 
class  is  forced  to  demand  an  ampler  field,  because  it  is  influ- 
enced by  a  vaster  purpose. 

Take  a  poet  of  the  last  mentioned  class  at  the  commence- 
ment of  his  work.  Imbued  with  a  love  of  truth,  conscious  of 
the  noble  character  of  his  mission  as  a  poet,  convinced 
that  a  poem  should,  to  use  the  words  of  Bacon,  help  and 
confer  to  magnanimity,  morality  as  well  as  delectation,^^ 
he  chooses  a  subject  the  beauty  of  which  may  be  so  devel- 
oped as  to  subserve  an  ulterior  and  loftier  end.  The  end  of 
Milton's  poem  is  the  glory  of  God  and  a  justification  of  his 
ways  toward  man.  The  end  of  the  poems  of  Wordsworth 
is  to  evolve  the  spiritual  meanings  that  lie  behind  the 
phenomena  of  Nature,  and  to  show  that  the  materials  of 
Poetry  may  be  gathered  from  the  common  and  familiar 
things  of  existence.  The  end  of  the  poems  of  Tennyson  who, 
in  his  large  Nature  touches  Poe  upon  the  one  side,  and 
Wordsworth  on  the  other,  is  at  times,  as  purely  the  creation 
of  beauty  as  Poe  could  desire  it  to  be.  But  it  is  not  less 
often  to  inculcate  the  profoundest  lessons  of  a  human  phi- 
losophy, and  to  do  this  he  sounds  in  one  poem  the  remotest 
metaphysical  depths,  he  embodies  the  whole  history  of  a 
sorrow  in  another,  and  in  a  third  he  converts  into  magnifi- 
cent verse,  the  doubts,  fears  and  perplexities  through  which 
the  soul  attains  at  last  a  ground  on  which  to  rest  its  hopes 
of  immortality. 


122  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

The  poet  who  has  such  ends  as  these  in  view  is  not  Hkely 
to  measure  the  length  of  his  poem  by  the  rules  of  Poe's 
theory.  If  his  subject  be  in  the  main  poetical,  he  is  careless 
if  its  complete  development,  involve  the  treatment  of  here 
and  there  a  prosaic  topic,  and  necessitate  the  composition 
of  a  few  thousand  instead  of  one  hundred  and  fourteen 
lines.  But  at  the  same  time  in  the  development  of  this  sub- 
ject, he  will  not  forget  that  he  is  an  artist;  and  that  he  is 
bound  to  produce,  as  far  as  possible,  an  harmonious  work 
of  art.  He  will  take  care  that  all  his  topics  have  reference 
to  the  general  purpose  of  his  poem;  and  when  they  are 
unpoetical,  he  may  not  seldom  use  them  as  the  musician 
uses  his  discords,  or  as  the  painter  his  shadows,  to 
strengthen  by  contrast  the  effect  of  that  which  is  genuinely 
poetical.  He  will  endeavour  also,  by  every  artifice  of  verse 
and  language,  to  raise  these  necessarily  unpoetical  portions, 
as  near  as  may  be,  to  the  height  of  the  loftier  portions  of 
his  creation.  Thus  Milton  has  contrived,  by  a  melodious 
arrangement,  to  impart  a  wonderful  charm  to  a  mere  list 
of  geographical  names.  And  thus  Tennyson  by  clearness 
and  sometimes  picturesqueness  of  expression,  and  by  the 
unequalled  perfection  of  his  rhythm,  has  succeeded  in 
giving  a  poetical  air  to  thoughts  which  in  any  other  hands 
would  have  been  the  baldest  and  most  prosaic  abstractions. 

It  seems  to  me  that  I  have  now  made  plain  what  I  mean 
when  I  say  that  a  poem  may  be  complete  without  being,  in 
the  highest  and  most  legitimate  sense,  poetical  in  all  its 
parts.  If  a  poem  have  one  purpose,  and  the  materials  of 
which  it  is  composed  be  so  selected  and  arranged  as  to 
help  enforce  it,  we  have  no  right  to  regard  it  as  a  series  of 
minor  poems  because  there  may  occur  an  occasional  flaw  in 
the  structure.  And  he  who  persists  in  reading  such  a  poem 
as  so  many  short  ones,  besides  losing  the  pleasure  of  con- 


A    THEORY    OF    POETRY  123 

templating  the  symmetrical  development  of  a  work  [of] 
art,  will  fail  to  grasp  the  central  purpose  of  the  Poet. 

It  seems  to  me  that  I  may  strengthen  still  farther  my 
theory  that  truth  as  much  as  beauty  is  a  source  of  poetry,  by 
a  reference  to  the  works  of  a  Poet  who  always  refused  to 
separate  them.  When  Poe  speaks  of  the  impossibility  of 
"reconciling  the  obstinate  oils  and  waters  of  Poetry  and 
Truth,"  he  is,  unconsciously  to  himself,  confounding  Truth 
with  Science  and  Matter  of  fact.  It  is  of  course  impossible 
to  see  poetry  in  the  details  of  business,  in  the  arguments 
and  commonplaces  of  politicians,  or  in  the  fact  that  the 
three  angles  of  any  triangle  are  equal  to  two  right  angles. 
But  there  is  poetry  in  the  truths  of  the  mind  and  heart,  in 
the  truths  that  affect  us  in  our  daily  relations  as  men,  and 
even  in  the  grand,  general  truths  of  Science,  when  they 
become  familiar  to  us,  and  help  us  to  understand  and  ap- 
preciate the  beauty  of  the  Universe.  This  is  what  Coleridge 
meant  in  part  when  he  represents  Poetry  as  "the  blossom 
and  the  fragrance  of  all  human  knowledge,  human 
thoughts,  human  passions,  emotions,  language,"  ^*  and 
what  Wordsworth  meant  when  he  not  less  eloquently  de- 
scribes it  "as  the  breath  and  finer  spirit  of  all  knowledge; 
the  impassioned  expression  which  is  in  the  countenance  of 
all  Science."  ^^  But  a  few  specimens  from  those  poems,  the 
source  of  whose  inspiration  is  truth,  will  do  more  than  any 
remarks  of  mine  to  establish  my  opinion. 

The  poet  who  first  taught  the  few  simple,  but  grand  and 
impressive  truths  which  have  blossomed  into  the  poetic 
harvest  of  the  19th  century,  was  Wordsworth.  The  poetic 
literature  of  the  age  which  preceded  the  appearance  of 
Wordsworth  was  in  general  wholly  artificial  and  conven- 
tional. In  saying  this,  I  do  not  mean  to  condemn  it— on  the 


124  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

contrary,  I  am  grateful  to  those  poets  who  gave  expression 
to  the  very  httle  poetry  which  was  to  be  found  in  the  forms, 
fashions,  and  sentiments  of  an  age  which,  in  the  face  of 
the  materiahsm  about  us,  I  beheve  to  have  been  infinitely 
more  material  than  the  present  one.  But  the  moment  these 
poets  wandered  away  from  society  to  enter  the  domain  of 
Nature,  they  became  blind,  or  if  they  saw  at  all,  it  was 
through  a  haze  of  falsehood.  The  descriptive  poems  of 
Pope  are  below  contempt.  I  need  not  remind  you  of  the 
famous  moonlight  scene  in  the  Iliad  which  Coleridge,  De 
Quincey  and  Macaulay  have  shown  to  be  full  of  the  most 
absurd  inaccuracies.  Passages  equally  inaccurate  might  be 
taken  from  Windsor  Forest.  It  was  to  Wordsworth,  mainly, 
that  we  owe  that  couching  of  the  Poetic  eye  which  enables 
it  to  observe  truly  the  appearances  of  Nature,  and  to  de- 
scribe them  correctly. 

I  have  already  said  something  as  to  the  aims  of  the  poems 
of  Wordsworth.  When  he  began  to  write,  it  was  with  the 
purpose  of  embodying  in  all  the  poetic  forms  at  his  com- 
mand, the  two  truths  of  which  the  poets  and  readers  of  the 
time  seemed  to  him  completely  incognizant.  These  were, 
first,  that  the  material  and  stimulants  of  poetry  might  be 
found  in  some  of  the  commonest  things  about  us,  and  sec- 
ond that  behind  the  sights,  sounds  and  hues  of  external 
Nature,  there  is  "something  more  than  meets  the  senses, 
something  undefined  and  unutterable  which  must  be  felt 
and  perceived  by  the  soul"  ^^  in  its  moments  of  rapt  con- 
templation. It  is  this  latter  feeling  that  constitutes  the  orig- 
inality of  Wordsworth.  It  is  not  to  be  found  in  Shakspeare 
or  his  contemporaries.  It  is  not  to  be  found  in  Milton,  and 
of  course  not  in  Milton's  successors,  not  in  Dryden  or  Pope, 
not  in  Thomson  or  Cowper.  It  appeared  for  the  first  time 


A    THEORY    OF    POETRY  125 

in  literature,  in  the  lines  of  Wordsworth  written  near  Tin- 
tern  Abbey.  Since  then  it  has  been  caught  up  and  shadowed 
forth  in  every  shape  by  every  poet  from  Byron  to  the  pres- 
ent English  Laureate.^^  I  cannot  understand  how  anyone 
can  read  that  profound  poem,  and  remain  satisfied  with 
the  dictum  of  Poe  that  the  sole  office  of  a  poem  should  be 
the  development  of  beauty  alone.  I  shall  not  apologize  for 
quoting  an  extract  from  it.  After  describing  the  mere  ani- 
mal pleasure  with  which  the  appearances  of  Nature  affected 
his  youth,  the  poet  proceeds  to  speak  of  those  moods  in 
which  he  has  looked  behind  those  appearances  to  detect 
the  spirit  of  which  they  were  but  the  varied  expression. 

"I  cannot  paint 
What  then  I  was.  The  sounding  cataract 
Haunted  me  like  a  passion;  the  tall  rock 
The  mountain,  and  the  deep  and  gloomy  wood 
Their  colours,  and  their  forms,  were  tlien  to  me 
An  appetite;  a  feeling  and  a  love 
That  had  no  need  of  a  remoter  charm. 
By  thought  supplied,  or  any  interest 
Unborrowed  from  the  eye.  That  time  is  past, 
And  all  its  aching  joys,  are  now  no  more, 
And  all  its  dizzy  raptures.  Not  for  this 
Faint  I,  nor  mourn,  nor  murmur;  other  gifts 
Have  followed,  for  such  loss  I  would  believe 
Abundant  recompense.  For  I  have  learned 
To  look  on  Nature  not  as  in  the  hour 
Of  thoughtless  youth;  but  hearing  oftentimes 
The  still,  sad  music  of  humanity, 
Nor  harsh,  nor  grating,  though  of  ample  power 
To  chasten  and  subdue.  And  I  have  felt 
A  presence  that  disturbs  me  with  the  joy 
Of  elevated  thoughts;  a  sense  sublime 
Of  something  far  more  deeply  interfused 
Whose  dwelling  is  the  light  of  setting  suns 


126  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

And  the  round  ocean,  and  the  Hving  air, 
And  the  blue  sky,  and  in  the  mind  of  man 
A  motion  and  a  spirit,  that  impels 
All  thinking  things,  all  objects  of  all  thought, 
And  rolls  through  all  things." 

It  is  in  the  prefatory  verses  to  the  Excursion,  that  he 
announces  his  doctrine  that  the  domain  of  Poetry  lies  as 
well  in  the  familiar  as  in  the  remote, 

"Beauty— a  living  presence  of  the  earth 
Surpassing  the  most  fair  ideal  forms 
Which  craft  of  delicate  spirits  hath  composed 
From  earth's  materials— waits  upon  my  steps; 
Pitches  her  tents  before  me  as  I  move, 
An  hourly  neighbour.  Paradise  and  groves, 
Elysian,  fortunate  fields,  like  those  of  old 
Sought  in  the  Atlantic  main,  why  should  they  be 
A  history  only  of  departed  things. 
Or  a  mere  fiction  of  what  never  was? 
For  tlie  discerning  intellect  of  man 
When  wedded  to  this  goodly  universe 
In  love  and  holy  passion,  shall  find  these 
A  simple  produce  of  the  common  day."  ^^ 

Wordsworth  indeed  always  regarded  the  poet  as  a  teacher 
and  in  the  elucidation  in  various  modes  of  the  ideas  con- 
veyed in  the  passages  which  I  have  quoted,  he  recognized 
the  business  of  his  life.  And  in  sooth  if  he  had  done  nothing 
more  than  give  these  truths  to  the  world,  he  would  be  en- 
titled to  our  lasting  gratitude.  In  his  many  exemplifications 
of  them  in  his  poems,  he  has  opened  new  and  unexplored 
regions  of  loveliness,  he  has  shown  us  how  it  is  possible  by 
the  mere  act  of  pressing  a  spade  into  the  earth,  to  bring  it 
up  rich  in  poetical  ore;  and  he  has  taught  us  how  the  soul 
may  detect,  not  only  in  the  changing  clouds  and  the  suc- 
cession of  the  flowers,  but  in  the  fixed  and  steady  linea- 


A    THEORY    OF    POETRY  127 

ments  of  rock  and  mountain,  [an]  expression  ever  varying; 
and  as  if  he  had  given  us  another  sense,  though  in  reahty 
he  has  only  roused  us  to  the  knowledge  of  one  which  we 
must  often  have  used  unconsciously,  but  whose  revelations 
we  had,  in  our  ignorance,  interpreted  wrongly  he  has  en- 
abled us  to  see  even  in  the  material  universe  about  us,  the 
actual  presence  of  the  power  of  the  Invisible. 

But  it  is  not  the  revelation  alone  of  the  two  cardinal  doc- 
trines of  his  poetic  creed  that  we  owe  to  Wordsworth.  We 
are  indebted  to  him  for  the  inculcation  of  a  love  of  nature 
which,  to  the  passionate  extent  it  was  carried  by  Words- 
worth, had  never  before  found  expression  in  the  literature 
of  any  age  or  people.  We  are  indebted  to  him  for  hundreds 
of  single  lines,  which  in  their  brief  compass  enshrine  more 
beauty  and  wisdom  than  is  to  be  found  in  many  poems,  and 
which  have  stamped  themselves  like  proverbs  on  the  com- 
mon memory.  In  the  two  books  of  the  Excursion  entitled 
A  Churchyard  among  the  Mountains,  and  which  following 
out  my  theory,  I  have  always  separated  in  my  mind  from 
the  body  of  the  work,  as  composing  a  complete  poem  in 
themselves,  he  has  described  with  exquisite  pathos,  the 
heart-histories  of  the  humble;  and  in  the  Prelude— 

An  Orphic  song  indeed 
A  song  divine  of  high  and  passionate  thoughts, 
To  their  own  music  chanted"  ^^ 

he  has  given  us  with  as  much  metaphysical  truth,  as  poetic 
power,  an  account  of  the  gradual  growth  and  formation  of 
a  poetic  mind,  while  in  the  ode  on  the  Intimations  of  Im- 
mortality from  Recollections  of  early  Childhood,  which, 
if  we  except  perhaps  Milton's  Hymn  of  the  Nativity,  is 
undoubtedly  the  noblest  ode  in  the  language,  he  has  flung 
a  new  and  sacred  lustre  over  the  life  of  Infancy. 


128  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

In  this  brief  summary,  I  have  by  no  means  gone  over  all 
the  ground  upon  which  Wordsworth  has  built  the  immor- 
tal structure  of  his  fame.  I  have  said  enough,  however,  to 
show  how  profoundly  he  recognized  the  inspiration  of 
Truth.  But  I  cannot  help  calling  the  attention  further  to 
the  manner  in  which  the  element  of  truth  appears  in  his 
descriptions  of  the  feminine  character.  No  other  poet  save 
Tennyson,  and  the  great  bard  who  imagined  Cordelia  and 
Miranda,  Ophelia  and  Imogen,  has  ever  depicted  that  char- 
acter with  the  purity,  tenderness  and  fidelity  of  Words- 
worth. There  are  no  amatory  poems  in  Wordsworth— none 
at  least  of  that  sort  which  Moore  and  Byron  have  made 
popular,  in  which  a  woman  is  in  the  same  breath  addressed 
as  an  angel,  and  wooed  as  the  frailest  of  sinners.  It  is  usu- 
ally only  in  her  relations  of  wife,  mother,  sister  or  friend 
that  Wordsworth  alludes  to  woman;  and  he  speaks  of  her 
always  with  the  respect,  and  at  the  same  time,  with  the 
gentle  and  courteous  freedom  of  an  affectionate  and  hon- 
ourable husband,  or  brother.  Familiar  as  they  probably  are 
to  all  present,  I  cannot  resist  the  temptation  of  quoting 
the  lines  in  which  the  interesting  wife  of  the  poet  will  go 
down  to  posterity 

"She  was  a  phantom  of  delight 
When  first  she  gleamed  upon  my  sight; 
A  lovely  Apparition,  sent 
To  be  a  moment's  ornament; 
Her  eyes  as  stars  of  twilight  fair, 
Like  twilight's  too  her  dusky  hair; 
But  all  things  else  about  her  drawn 
From  May-time  and  the  cheerful  dawn, 
A  dancing  Shape,  an  Image  gay. 
To  haunt,  to  startle  and  waylay. 


A    THEORY    OF    POETRY  129 

I  saw  her  upon  nearer  view 

A  spirit  yet  a  woman  too! 

Her  household  motions  Hght  and  free 

And  steps  of  virgin  hberty; 

A  countenance  in  which  did  meet 

Sweet  records,  promises  as  sweet; 

A  creature  not  too  bright  and  good 

For  human  nature's  daily  food; 

For  ti'ansient  sorrows,  simple  wiles. 

Praise,  blame,  love,  kisses,  tears,  and  smiles. 

And  now  I  see  with  eye  serene 
The  very  pulse  of  the  machine; 
A  Being  breathing  thoughtful  breath, 
A  traveller  between  life  and  death; 
The  reason  firm,  the  temperate  will, 
Endurance,  foresight,  strength,  and  skill; 
A  perfect  woman  nobly  planned 
To  warn,  to  comfort,  and  command; 
And  yet  a  spirit  still,  and  bright 
With  something  of  an  angel  light."  ^^ 

Wordsworth  never  could  have  been  brought  to  agree 
with  Poe  that  a  true  poem  is  written  for  the  poem's  sake 
alone.  The  theory  which  Poe  very  naturally  evolved  from 
his  own  genius,  Wordsworth  quite  as  naturally  would  have 
thought  incompatible  with  the  high  office  of  a  poet  as 
thinker,  seer,  teacher,  and  bard.  On  the  other  hand,  the 
broader  vision  of  Tennyson  has  enabled  him  to  detect  the 
truth  which  lies  upon  the  side  of  Poe,  and  the  truth  which 
lies  upon  the  side  of  Wordsworth.  The  proof  that  a  poet 
may  aim  at  beauty  alone  without  respect  to  an  ulterior 
purpose,  he  sees  in  every  daisy  and  buttercup  of  an  English 
meadow. 

"O,  to  what  uses  shall  we  put 
The  wild-weed  flower  that  simply  blows? 
And  is  there  any  moral  shut 
Within  the  bosom  of  the  rose?"  ^^ 


130 


THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 


But  not  the  less  does  he  recognize  the  right  of  the  poet  to 
make  his  art  the  vehicle  of  great  moral  and  philosophical 
lessons,  not  less  does  he  recognize  his  right  to  grapple  with 
the  darkest  problems  of  man's  destiny,  to  discuss  the  fears 
and  perplexities  of  the  spirit,  and  the  faith  which  triumphs 
over  them,  and  even  to  drop  now  and  then,  a  silken  line 
into  the  dim  sea  of  metaphysics. 

I  have  been  induced  to  undertake  a  refutation  of  Poe's 
theory  while  attempting  to  establish  another  which  ( such 
is  the  difficulty  of  the  subject)  may  not  improbably  turn 
out  to  be  equally  objectionable,  not  because  I  believe  it  to 
be  the  one  most  prevalently  adopted,  but  because  I  regard 
it  as  the  one  most  artfully  put,  and  at  the  same  time  most 
likely  to  excite  interest  in  a  Southern  audience.  I  have  not 
time  to  examine  any  other  of  those  theories  which  seem  to 
me  to  present  false  views  of  poetiy.  There  is  an  admirably 
written  essay  prefixed  to  the  second  edition  of  the  poems 
of  Matthew  Arnold  in  which  that  poet  endeavours  to  show 
that  all  the  poets  of  the  present  century  have  been  working 
on  mistaken  principles,  and  that  the  ancients  were  the  only 
true  masters  of  the  poetical  art.  A  theory  (to  the  full  as 
true  as  Poe's )  might  also  be  drawn  from  the  works  of  the 
Brownings  which  would  lead  to  the  exclusion  of  Poe  from 
the  roll  of  great  poets,  as  surely  as  the  theory  of  Poe  would 
lead  to  the  exclusion  of  the  Brownings.  I  do  not  regret, 
however,  the  necessity  of  passing  over  the  many  plausible 
half-truths  which  go  to  make  up  the  creed  of  this  or  that 
poet,  as  the  principal  object  I  have  proposed  to  myself  in 
this  essay,  is  to  call  attention  to  the  narrowness  of  them  all. 
A  very  little  examination  will  generally  prove  that  they 
have  grown  out  of  the  idiosyncrasies  of  the  poets  them- 
selves, and  so  necessarily  seldom  attain  a  greater  breadth 


A    THEORY    OF    POETRY  131 

than  suffices  to  shelter  the  theorist  and  the  models  from 
which  he  has  drawn  his  arguments  and  his  inspiration.  Yet 
every  one  of  these  creeds  has  its  disciples;  and  the  con- 
sequence is,  the  growth  of  particular  schools  in  the  study 
of  which  the  taste  becomes  limited,  and  the  poetic  vision, 
except  in  one  direction,  is  deprived  of  all  its  clearness.  I 
am  not  protesting  against  an  evil  existing  only  in  my  imag- 
ination. I  have  known  more  than  one  young  lover  of  poetry 
who  read  nothing  but  Browning,  and  there  are  hundreds 
who  have  drowned  all  the  poets  of  the  past  and  present  in 
the  deep  music  of  Tennyson.  But  is  it  not  possible  with  the 
whole  wealth  of  English  literature  at  our  command  to  at- 
tain views  broad  enough  to  enable  us  to  do  justice  to  genius 
of  every  class  and  character [?]  That  certainly  can  be  no 
true  poetical  creed  which  leads  directly  to  the  neglect  of 
those  masterpieces  which  though  wrought  hundreds  or 
thousands  of  years  ago,  still  preserve  the  freshness  of  their 
perennial  youth.  It  is  not  from  gratitude  simply— though 
we  owe  them  much— to  the  many  poets  whose  "thoughts 
have  made  rich  the  blood  of  the  world"  ^^  that  I  desire  to 
press  their  claims  upon  attention.  In  the  possession  of  a 
fame  as  immortal  as  Truth  and  Nature,  they  can  aflPord  to 
look  with  indifference  upon  a  temporary  suspension  of 
admiration.  The  injury  falls  only  on  such  as  slight  them, 
and  the  penalty  they  pay,  is  a  contracted  and  contracting 
insight,  the  shutting  on  them  forever  of  many  glorious  vistas 
into  the  universe  of  mind  and  matter,  and  the  loss  of 
thousands  of  images  of  grace  and  beauty  and  grandeur. 
OhI  rest  assured  that  there  are  no  stereotyped  forms  of 
poetry.  It  is  a  vital  power,  and  may  assume  any  guise,  and 
take  any  shape— at  one  time  towering  like  an  Alp  in  the 
darkness,  and  at  another  sunning  itself  in  the  bell  of  a  tulip. 


132  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

or  the  cup  of  a  lily.  Until  you  shall  have  learned  to  recog- 
nize it  in  all  its  various  developments,  you  will  have  no 
right  to  echo  back  the  benison  of  Wordsworth, 

"Blessings  be  on  them  and  eternal  praise, 
The  poets  who  on  earth  have  made  us  heirs 
Of  Truth  and  pure  delight  in  heavenly  lays!"  ^^ 


f^_yCLppenaix 

William  J.  Grayson 


Jj^hat  10    iJ'oetrvf 


llllllltllllllllllllllllllllllllllMIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIMIII 


What  is  Poetry?  What  constitutes  the  poetic  Character? 
What  are  the  distinctive  features  of  the  School  of  Enghsh 
Poets? 

These  inquiries  are  short,  but  they  cover  a  large  space.  We 
will  confine  our  present  article  to  the  first— to  the  question, 
what  is  Poetry? 

Can  any  question  be  more  common-place?  To  ask  what 
is  prose  would  hardly  be  more  so.  Who  is  unable  to  answer 
either  the  one  or  the  other?  In  the  multitude  of  books,  what 
reader  is  at  a  loss  to  determine  which  one  is  poetry  and 
which  prose?  Yet,  if  we  judge  from  the  number  and  vague- 
ness of  the  descriptions  of  poetry  which  we  frequently  hear, 
we  must  conclude  that  it  is  the  most  difficult  of  all  things 
to  understand  or  define.  It  is  a  mysterious  power.  Every- 
body admires  it,  but  nobody  condescends  to  tell  what  it  is. 
Poet  and  philosopher,  orator  and  critic,  have  aU  in  turn 
exalted  it  with  equal  zeal,  if  not  equal  knowledge,  and  have 
so  clothed  it  in  robes  of  purple  and  fine  linen,  as  to  induce 
us  to  regard  it  as  something  supernatural  and  divine. 

It  is  natural  enough  that  the  Poet  should  magnify  his 
calling.  His  craft  in  his  eyes  is  something  more  than  human. 
It  gives  to  airy  nothings  local  habitations  and  names.  It  is 
the  gift  of  a  celestial  power.  The  Muse  speaks  through  the 

135 


136  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

Poet  and  inspires  his  song.  He  never  opens  his  hps  without 
supphcating  her  aid.  Homer  invokes  her  to  sing  the  wrath 
of  his  hero  and  its  dire  evils  to  the  Grecian  host.  Virgil 
supplicates  all  the  divinities  of  earth  and  heaven  to  help  him 
while  he  instructs  the  husbandman  in  the  science  of  sowing 
and  reaping,  of  planting  the  vine  and  olive,  of  managing 
bees  and  cattle.  Milton  asks  the  Heavenly  Muse's  aid  when 
he  essays  things  unattempted  yet  in  prose  or  rhyme.  It  is  a 
divinity  always  that  sings,  the  poet  is  the  instrument  only. 
He  himself  has  about  him  something  that  is  divine.  No 
vulgar  joys  or  employments  command  attention  with  him 
on  whom,  at  his  birth,  Melpomene  has  looked  with  favoring 
eyes.  He  is  prophet  as  well  as  poet— sacer  vates.  He  belongs 
to  the  sanctuary.  Let  the  multitude— the  profanum  vulgus— 
stand  apart  and  afar.  His  communings  are  with  Gods  or 
Celestial  Spirits.  He  is  borne  aloft  by  no  earthly  wing— non 
usitata  penna— and  his  head  is  among  the  stars. 

We  submit  ourselves  to  these  voices  of  the  oracle  and  our 
minds  are  filled  with  vast  and  vague  conceptions  of  the  char- 
acter of  the  Poet  and  the  nature  of  his  art.  Now  and  then  an 
infidel  is  rude  enough,  perhaps,  to  question  their  divinity. 
Occasionally  a  barbarian  may  be  found  savage  as  Gole- 
ridge's  Schoolmaster,  old  Bowyer,"  when  animadverting  on 
the  performances  of  his  young  bards  whose  verses  were 
filled  with  Lyres,  Pierian  Springs  and  inspiring  Muses.— 
"Lyre,  harp!"  he  would  say;  poh,  boy,  you  mean  pen  and 
ink;  "Pierian  Spring!"  ah,  true,  the  pump  in  the  Cloister 
yard;  "the  Muse!"— yes,  yes,  I  understand,  you  are  thinking 
of  your  nurse's  daughter.  But  such  carping  spirits  are  out- 
side barbarians  and  evidently  come  within  the  meaning  and 
limits  of  Horace's  "oJi  profanum  vulgus  et  arceo."  ^  Those 
of  gentler  training  hold  a  better  faith  and  cherish  devout 
and  indefinite  conceptions  of  the  artist  and  the  sacred  art— 


APPENDIX  137 

"the  vision  and  the  faculty  divine."  It  is  their  attention  that 
the  Poet  invokes  in  his  "favete  Unguis,"  and  not  that  of  the 
incredulous  and  profane. 

But  if  the  Poet  glorifies  his  calling,  the  Orator  is  hardly 
behind  him  in  doing  it  reverence.  In  the  exuberance  of  his 
rhetoric  he  forgets  or  scorns  all  the  requisitions  of  logic  or 
sober  thought.  How  the  Roman  orator  expatiates  on  the 
divine  arts,  in  his  defence  of  the  poet  Archias!  ^  "Other  arts, 
he  tells  us,  are  dependent  on  learning,  practice,  persevering 
efforts,  but  the  Poet  derives  his  power  from  nature  alone; 
he  is  self-dependent;  there  breathes  through  his  soul  a  cer- 
tain divine  spirit,  the  peculiar  gifts  of  the  Gods."  Hence,  he 
says,  our  Ennius,  the  old  Roman  bard,  called  the  Poets 
sacred.  Among  the  most  refined  and  cultivated  nations,  their 
name  is  hallowed.  No  people  is  so  barbarous  as  not  to  rever- 
ence it.  Rocks  and  deserts  echo  the  Poet's  song.  Cruel  wild 
beasts  stand  still  arrested  by  the  charms  of  his  voice.  Cities 
and  States  contend  for  the  honor  of  being  his  birth  place. 
What  are  the  glorious  exploits  of  the  hero  if  he  fails  to 
obtain  the  aid  of  the  sacred  bard,  who  alone  can  give  them 
immortality [?]  The  wonderful  deeds  of  his  own  consulship, 
the  wisdom,  the  eloquence,  the  statesmanship,  which  saved 
the  great  republic  and  crushed  the  conspiracy  of  Catiline, 
would  have  been  incomplete,  and  without  their  crowning 
glory  in  his  eyes,  had  the  Muse's  votary,  whose  cause  he  was 
defending,  withheld  the  expected  eulogy. 

Grave  Philosophers  take  up  the  subject  with  almost  equal 
enthusiasm.  If  Plato  banished  the  Poets  from  his  ideal  re- 
public, it  was,  perhaps,  an  indirect  compliment  to  the 
seductive  powers  of  their  art  which  overshadowed  the 
Philosopher's  less  alluring  dreams  and  visions.  But  one  at 
least  equal  to  Plato,  does  all  honor  to  the  gentle  craft.  No 
more  noble  sketch  of  the  limits  and  purposes  of  poetry  can 


138  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

be  conceived  than  that  which  Bacon  gives  in  the  "Advance- 
ment of  Learning,"  nor  is  tliere  one  that  more  severely  re- 
bukes the  low  and  vile  purposes  to  which  the  art  of  poetry 
has  been  sometimes  degraded  by  its  unworthy  votaries.  He 
makes  it  to  be  [the]  office  of  Poetry  to  repair  the  inequalities 
of  fortune,  to  redress  the  wrongs  of  virtue,  to  introduce  us 
into  a  higher  world  of  being,  to  cheer,  purify  and  elevate  the 
heart. 

The  Poets,  Orators,  and  Philosophers  may  exalt  the  divine 
art  extravagantly,  but  they  are  honest  as  well  as  earnest  in 
their  praise.  Their  commendations  do  no  harm  if  they  are 
received  with  a  discreet  and  proper  spirit.  We  are  not  able 
to  say  as  much  for  the  Critics.  Their  zeal  is  not  always  at- 
tendant on  knowledge.  They  love  refinements  and  subtle 
speculations.  They  are  not  content  vdth  seeing  through  a 
millstone  no  better  or  farther  than  other  people.  They  make 
poetry  not  divine  only,  but  unintelligible.  They  embody  the 
eulogies  of  rhetorician  and  poet  in  canons  and  definitions. 
In  discussing  the  nature  of  poetry,  they  do  what  Selden  ^ 
says  the  Catholic  does  in  the  question  of  transubstantiation 
—they  turn  rhetoric  into  logic,  not  without  evil  conse- 
quences. Poetry  becomes  transmuted,  in  their  hands,  into 
an  indefinable  something,  which  is  neither  prose  nor  verse, 
but  which  may  be  found  indiflFerently  in  either.  Poets  and 
Orators  exalt  poetry  vaguely  by  extravagant  figures  of 
speech.  The  Critics  turn  these  figures  into  curious  distinc- 
tions and  definitions,  until  at  last  we  are  puzzled  to  know 
where  poetry  or  prose  begins  or  ends.— Poetry  becomes 
prose  and  prose  becomes  poetry.  The  confusion  of  ideas 
and  language  is  endless,  and  we  talk  of  prose  poems  and 
poetic  prose,  as  if  these  terms  were  not  as  incongruous  as 
the  phrases,  round  square  and  oblong  circle. 

These  vague  conceptions  naturally  lead  to  false  theories. 


APPENDIX  139 

They  are  numerous  accordingly.  One  Critic  announces, 
authoritatively,  what  he  calls  the  invariable  principles  of 
poetry,  and  according  to  these,  gives  judgment  on  all 
poems  and  poets.  Another  decides  that  it  is  identical  with 
the  delineation  of  the  forms  of  external  nature  or  of  passion 
and  emotion,  subjects  it  to  the  terms  of  a  corresponding 
definition,  and  thus  limits  the  art  to  one  only  of  its  numer- 
ous departments.  So  Aristotle,  if  one  may  venture  to  intro- 
duce so  great  a  name,  defines  poetry  to  be  an  imitative  art. 
He  had  in  his  mind,  probably,  that  province  of  poetry  which 
exhibits  to  the  eye,  on  the  stage,  a  mimic  representation  of 
the  actions  and  passions  of  mankind,  and  which  makes  so 
large  a  part  of  the  glory  of  Athenian  literature.  To  this  alone 
the  definition  seems  properly  applicable.  So  every  Critic  has 
his  bed  of  justice  in  the  shape  of  theory  or  canon,  and  poetry 
is  cramped  or  curtailed  to  suit  its  length,  breadth  and 
depth. 

Nothing  is  more  amusing,  in  their  way,  than  these  fanci- 
ful standards  of  criticism,  and  nothing  more  ridiculous  than 
the  conclusions  to  which  they  sometimes  lead.  One  Critic, 
in  conformity  witli  his  essential  principles  of  poetry,  deter- 
mines that  certain  classes  of  poets  are  no  poets  at  all.  They 
are  not  conversant  with  that  order  of  subjects  to  which,  by 
his  essential  principles,  all  poetry  is  confined.  He  excludes 
the  Satirists,  for  example,  from  the  precincts  of  Parnassus. 
The  satires  of  Juvenal,  Horace,  Dryden,  Churchill,  are  not 
poems.  Mr.  Harnay  ^  thinks  that  the  very  existence  of  the 
doubt  as  to  their  claims  shows  the  accuracy  of  the  theory  by 
which  they  are  excluded.  His  inference  ought  to  be  that  the 
absurdity  of  the  conclusion  proves  the  falsity  of  the  theory. 
The  doubt  exists  no  where  except  in  the  minds  of  those  who 
maintain  the  opinion  that  produces  it. 

Poets,  termed  critics,  like  Bowles  ^  and  Wordsworth,  are 


140  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

as  prone  as  others  to  false  speculation  and  erroneous  judg- 
ments. Wordsworth  began  his  career  with  a  creed  of  essen- 
tial principles.  In  those  days  he  disparaged  Virgil,  thought 
slightingly  of  Gray's  elegy,  repudiated  Pope,  and  could  see 
nothing  admirable  in  Johnson's  magnificent  imitations  of 
Juvenal.  He  lived  to  renounce  his  theory,  at  least  in  prac- 
tice. Indeed,  he  freely  confessed,  when  older  and  wiser,  that 
he  once  talked  a  great  deal  of  what  he  was  willing  his  friends 
should  entirely  forget.  Yet  he  was  tenacious  of  his  creed.  He 
did  not  often  praise  the  works  of  other  poets.  He  was  unlike 
Walter  Scott  in  that  respect.  He  was  also  unlike  him  in 
being  always  ready  to  defend  his  own.  In  one  of  these  de- 
fences, contained  in  a  letter  to  an  American  friend,  who  had 
ventured  to  hesitate  dislike  to  the  simple  beauties  of  the 
"Idiot  Boy,"  he  replies  to  the  criticism  in  these  words:  "You 
begin  what  you  say  upon  the  Idiot  Boy,'  with  the  observa- 
tion that  nothing  is  a  fit  subject  for  poetry  which  does  not 
please.  But  here  follows  a  question:  Does  not  please  whom? 
Some  have  little  knowledge  of  natural  imagery  of  any  kind 
and,  of  course,  little  relish  for  it;  some  are  disgusted  by  the 
very  mention  of  the  words  pastoral  poetry,  sheep  or  shep- 
herds; some  cannot  tolerate  a  poem  with  a  ghost  or  any 
supernatural  agency  in  it.  *  *  *  *  Others  are  disgusted 
with  the  naked  language  of  some  of  the  most  interesting 
passions  of  men  because  it  is  indelicate  or  gross  or  vulgar, 
as  many  fine  ladies  could  not  bear  expressions  in  the 
'Mother'  and  the  'Thorn,'  and  as  in  the  instance  of  Adam 
Smith,  who  could  not  endure  the  ballad  of  'Clym  of  the 
Clough,'  because  the  author  had  not  written  like  a  gentle- 
man. <^  <*  *  *  I  return  then  to  the  question,  please  whom 
or  what?  I  answer,  human  nature,  as  it  has  been  and  will  be. 
And  where  are  we  to  find  the  best  measure  of  this?  I  answer, 
from  within."  ^ 


APPENDIX 


141 


All  this  is  very  true,  and  it  is  precisely  because  it  is  tine 
that  we  see  so  great  a  variety  in  the  poetry  of  all  nations. 
Because  tastes  are  different,  therefore  poetry  assumes  a 
diversity  of  forms,  applies  itself  to  all  subjects,  addresses 
itself  to  all  minds,  and  becomes,  like  them,  multiform  in 
shape  and  character.  The  resources  of  the  poets  for  pleasing 
must  be  as  various  as  the  tastes  to  be  pleased.  If  there  are 
"Idiot  Boys"  there  must  be  "Londons,"  and  "Rapes  of  the 
Lock,"  and  "Elegies  in  Country  Church  Yards."  If  we  have 
Wordsworths,  we  must  have  Virgils  and  Popes  also.  The 
diversity  in  taste  growing  out  of  the  difference,  mental  and 
moral,  of  human  minds,  is  natural  and  unavoidable.  It  is  this 
variety  that  is  alone  consonant  to  what  Wordsworth  calls 
the  "eternal  nature  and  great  moving  spirit  of  things."  ^ 
Each  class  of  readers  has  its  favorite  subjects  and  poets,  and 
admires  and  prefers  them  with  equal  reason. 

These  varieties  in  taste  and  judgment  meet  us  at  every 
turn.  There  is  hardly  a  poem  in  the  English  language,  or  we 
suppose  in  any  other,  which  is  not  differently  valued  by  dif- 
ferent classes  of  readers.  Ossian  was  once  almost  universally 
admired.  Blair  gives  it  a  high  place  among  poems.  The  great 
Napoleon  was  addicted  to  reading  it.  Dr.  Johnson,  on  the 
other  hand,  treated  scornfully  the  ghostly  creations  of  the 
Northern  bard,  and  the  same  diversity  of  appreciation  still 
exists,  with,  perhaps,  a  diminished  number  in  the  ranks  of 
his  admirers. 

The  old  dramatic  writers  have  been  at  one  time  neglected, 
at  another  eulogized  without  limit. 

The  ancient  ballad  poetry,  once  almost  forgotten,  has 
again  taken  possession  of  the  public  mind.  The  ruder  and 
more  uncouth  the  language  and  the  metre,  the  greater  the 
admiration.  Chevy  Chace  modernized  as  criticized  by  Addi- 
son, was  not  judged  to  be  equal  to  the  old  rough  original.^^ 


142  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

Everybody  read,  everybody  imitated  or  admired.  Still  there 
were  exceptions.  The  sturdy  old  master  of  vigorous  common 
sense  ridiculed  ballads  and  imitators.  He  was  accustomed 
to  say  that  any  one  may  write  such  verses  all  day  long.  He 
sustained  theory  by  example.  Boswell  gives  us  a  specimen 
of  an  extemporized  imitation  produced  to  prove  the  asser- 
tion. It  reminds  us  of  Goldsmith's  Edwin  and  Angelina, 
although  not  quite  as  pathetic: 

Hermit  hoar  in  solemn  cell 

Wearing  out  life's  evening  gray, 
Strike  thy  bosom,  sage,  and  tell 

Where  is  bliss  and  which  the  way; 
Thus  he  said,  and  saying,  sighed, 

Scarce  repressed  the  starting  tear, 
When  the  hoary  sage  replied. 

Come  my  lad,  and  drink  some  beer.^^ 

A  very  pleasant  termination  certainly,  and  much  more 
natural  than  that  of  Chevy  Chace,  where  men  fought  upon 
their  stumps  when  deprived  of  their  legs  I 

When  their  legs  were  smitten  oflF 
They  fought  upon  their  stumps. 

The  "Ancient  Marinere,"  the  wonder  of  ballads,  creates 
the  same  diversity  of  judgment  with  different  classes  of 
readers.  Some  think  it  the  most  charming  poem  in  the  lan- 
guage, and  are  delighted  with  its  ghastly  dead  men,  putrid 
seas,  and  crawling  abominations.  Others  judge  it  to  be 
drawn  out  to  a  wearisome  length;  its  hideous  images  pro- 
duce disgust  at  last  instead  of  giving  them  pleasure;  they 
regard  it  as  offending  against  the  first  principle  of  good 
poetry,  according  to  the  authority  of  Coleridge  himself— the 
principle  that  every  poem  should  be  common  sense  at 
least.^^  They  insist  that  whatever  amount  of  rhyme  it  may 
contain,  there  is  no  reason  whatever  in  a  poem  which  rep- 


APPENDIX  143 

resents  a  wedding  guest  as  caught  by  a  lunatic  on  his  way  to 
a  kinsman's  marriage,  held  by  his  button,  during  the  night, 
within  sight  and  hearing  of  the  merriment,  and  made  to 
listen  to  the  long  yarn  of  an  old  sailor,  unable  or  unwilling  to 
get  away.  They  believe  that  the  glittering  eye,  instead  of 
fixing  the  guest,  would  assuredly  have  induced  him  to  run 
away  or  call  for  the  help  of  the  nearest  police  officer,  and 
that  it  would  have  been  much  more  in  conformity  with 
probability  to  make  the  seizure  of  the  unfortunate  listener 
happen,  not  before,  but  after  the  festival,  when  being  filled 
with  wine  and  wassail,  the  maudlin  carouser  would  have 
been  a  fit,  and  perhaps  a  willing  auditor,  to  the  lunatic  old 
Salt. 

Sir  Walter  Scott,  as  often  as  he  read  the  "Vanity  of  human 
expectations,"  ^^  shed  tears  of  sympathy  and  delight  over 
the  noble  and  pathetic  picture  of  common  disappointment 
and  sorrow;  Wordsworth  could  find  nothing  in  it  worthy  of 
remark,  except  a  clumsy  personification  at  the  beginning. 

The  world  of  readers  admire  Shakspeare  enthusiastically. 
Coleridge  thinks  it  as  impossible  to  displace  advantageously 
a  single  word  in  his  poetry  as  it  is  to  push  out  a  stone  from 
one  of  the  pyramids  with  one's  hand,^^  although,  it  may  be 
remarked  in  passing,  commentators  have  been  pushing 
these  words  out  and  in,  with  their  pens,  for  more  than  a  hun- 
dred years.  Other  critics,  like  Voltaire,  describe  him  as  a 
barbarous  violater  of  the  unities  and  other  principles  of  the 
legitimate  drama,  and  Byron  and  Rogers,  to  say  nothing  of 
inferior  names,  are  cold  in  their  devotions  to  the  Bard  of 
Avon. 

We  regard  Milton  as  supreme  in  sublimity  and  beauty, 
"his  soul  is  like  a  star  that  shines  apart;"  ^^  some  of  the 
German  critics  class  him  with  Klopstock  and  the  Paradise 
Lost  with  the  Messiah. 


144  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

Tennyson's  last  poem,  which,  to  some  readers,  is  Tenny- 
son's "Maud,"  to  others  is  Tennyson's  "MaudHn." 

On  the  night  of  his  attack  on  the  heights  above  Quebec, 
while  silently  dropping  down  the  stream  with  muffled  oars, 
beneath  the  overhanging  shadows  of  its  dark  and  lofty 
banks,  under  all  the  excitement  of  a  dangerous  military 
movement,  on  the  eve  of  a  battle  which  changed  the  for- 
tunes of  a  continent.  General  Wolfe  slowly  repeated  the 
elegy  in  a  country  church  yard;  and  now,  gentlemen,  he 
said,  on  concluding,  I  would  rather  be  the  author  of  this 
poem  than  to  be  the  victor  in  a  great  battle.  Others  find  in 
it  nothing  but  borrowed  phrases  ingeniously  dovetailed.— 
They  think  the  Curfew  bell  was  tolled  by  the  poet  at  an  im- 
proper hour,  and  consider  the  charge  on  the  owl,  of  com- 
plaining against  intrusion  on  her  solitaiy  reign,  as  signally 
unjust  to  that  sweet  singer  of  the  night  season,  as  Words- 
worth considers  her  to  be.  Coleridge  professed  to  prefer 
Collins  to  Gray,  whom  he  affected  to  believe  a  man  of  taste 
and  learning  only,  without  imagination.  Whereas,  in  truth, 
if  such  chimeras  as  the  Mariner  or  Abyssinean  maid  had 
presented  themselves  to  Gray's  pure  taste,  he  would  have 
run  away  from  them  with  horror  and  disgust. 

No  writer  writes  to  all  minds.  No  preacher  is  able  to  reach 
all  hearts.  Even  Wordsworth  himself  affords  a  strong  illus- 
tration of  the  truth  of  this  maxim,  substantially  his  own.  He 
has  been  unduly  depreciated— he  has  been  as  unreasonably 
praised.  Some  place  him  at  the  head  of  the  writers  of  his 
age,  others  talk  of  him  with  slender  reverence.  They  are 
even  disposed  to  think  that  as  the  "Curse  of  Kehama,"  and 
"Madoc,"  and  "Thalaba,"  have  passed  away  and  been  for- 
gotten, the  "Prelude"  and  the  "Excursion,"  the  "Idiot  Boy" 
and  the  "White  Doe  of  Rylestone,"  will  follow  on  the  same 
road  to  oblivion;  that  in  professing  to  discover  a  new  or 


i 


APPENDIX  145 

better  way  to  the  hill  of  the  muses,  he  really  bewildered 
himself  in  the  fogs  at  its  base;  and  that  he  came  into  the 
community  of  Poets  ungraciously  and  ungracefully,  with 
the  air  of  a  quack  doctor  in  possession  of  a  patent  medicine, 
and  not  like  a  regular  bred  son  of  the  craft.  Coleridge  him- 
self, although  the  most  partial  of  critics,  admits  that  there 
are  lines  in  his  friend's  verses  absolutely  intolerable— lines 
introduced,  it  would  seem,  as  he  says,  for  no  purpose  but  to 
vindicate  his  peculiar  principles  of  art.^*'  We  may  naturally 
expect  to  find  something  hard  and  mechanical  in  the  man, 
and  in  his  works,  who  would  set  out  to  make  poetry  in  the 
nineteenth  century  in  conformity  with  a  certain  newly  in- 
vented theory.  And  just  so  it  is.  He  was  a  sort  of  verse  making 
machine  all  his  life.  He  lived  to  manufacture  verses.  His 
morning  and  evening  walks  were  taken  to  levy  poetical 
black  mail  from  every  stock  and  stone,  every  shrub  and 
flower,  every  bird  and  butterfly.— The  daisy  that  to  Peter 
Bell  was  a  daisy  and  nothing  more,  was  to  Wordsworth  a 
very  different  and  much  more  important  object— it  was  a 
peg  to  hang  verses  upon.  He  turned  over  every  pebble  in 
his  path  to  see  if  there  might  not  be  a  stanza  lurking  be- 
neath it.  If  he  sat  down  on  an  occasional  bench  it  produced 
a  poem.  If  he  visited  a  river  it  was  made  to  rhyme.  If  he  re- 
turned again  to  its  banks  it  was  forced  to  do  double  duty. 
Not  an  old  thorn  bush  in  his  neighborhood  escaped  the  gen- 
eral tax.  Every  creature  within  reach,  asses  and  idiots, 
pedlars  and  prostitutes,  brought  grist  to  his  indefatigable 
mill.  He  wrote  with  a  sort  of  malice  prepense.  He  walked  to 
make  verses.  He  traveled  to  make  verses.  He  never  thought 
of  his  bill  but  only  of  his  rhymes.  He  looked  on  nature  as  a 
kind  of  poetical  milch  cow,  which  he  was  never  tired  of 
milking— a  mass  of  raw  material  to  be  made  up  into  metrical 
dresses.  He  interrogated  her  without  ceasing,  examined  her 


146  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

minutest  details,  and  turned  every  discovery  to  a  rhyming 
purpose.  He  deals  with  her  as  a  task  master  requiring  his 
work  to  be  done.  He  hunts  up  the  daffodil  or  daisy,  he  does 
not  stumble  on  them  accidentally  like  Burns,  when  he  turns 
one  up  with  his  plough.  See,  accordingly,  the  difference  in 
the  manner  of  the  two  writers— the  words  of  Burns  seem  to 
gush  from  his  heart,  warm,  fresh,  touching  in  their  tender- 
ness and  beauty.  Wordsworth's  utterances  are  mechanical, 
as  if  he  had  walked  a  mile  with  a  trowel  in  his  hand  and  dug 
up  the  flower  over  which  he  makes  his  lamentations  with 
the  express  purpose  to  make  them.  There  is  about  his  poems 
what  Coleridge  calls  "a  matter  of  factness,"  and  which  he 
imputes  to  the  over  minuteness  of  the  descriptions.^^  But 
Coleridge  has  not  asked  himself  what  this  over  minuteness 
proceeded  from.  It  was  itself  an  effect,  not  a  cause.  The 
whole  sprung  from  the  trade  like  spirit  of  his  friend's  poetry. 
Not  that  he  wrote  for  gain.  He  wrote  to  write.  It  was  his 
business,  his  occupation,  his  trade.  He  wrote  from  the  eye 
and  the  head,  and  not,  like  Burns,  from  the  heart.  The  verses 
came  from  him  not  like  a  stream  flowing  from  a  fountain, 
but  like  water  pumped  into  and  from  a  reservoir.  The  ob- 
jects producing  them  were  not  ready  witnesses  volunteering 
a  willing  testimony,  they  were  dragged  into  court  and  tor- 
tured into  confession.  He  regarded  his  subjects  and  charac- 
ters in  the  manner  of  a  spectator  ab  extra— to  use  another 
phrase  of  Coleridge  concerning  him;  he  feels  for  them,  not 
with  them.  He  looked  on  nature  as  capability  Brown,^^  the 
great  landscape  gardener,  was  accustomed  to  look,  only 
to  see  what  could  be  made  of  her  in  reference  to  his  art. 
Each  of  them  valued  her  as  a  means  to  accomplish  an  end. 
What  is  here  to  make  a  garden,  asked  one;  what  can  I  turn 
into  a  poem  was  the  inquiry  of  the  other. 

In  this  infinite  diversity  of  taste  and  judgment  so  obvious 


APPENDIX  147 

to  all,  if  a  poet's  claims  to  be  free  of  the  corporation  of  poets 
are  disputed  by  some  theoriser  in  essential  principles,  we 
may  reply,  therefore,  to  the  assertion,  that  he  does  not 
please  as  a  poet,  by  asking  Wordsworth's  question— does  not 
please  whom?  The  minds  are  infinitely  varied  to  whom 
poetry  is  addressed.  Poetry  itself  is  endless  in  its  forms  and 
in  its  grades  of  merit.  Parnassus  is  not  a  hill  of  precipitous 
rocky  sides,  like  the  stone  mountain  in  Georgia,  with  a  nar- 
row summit,  affording  scanty  accommodation  to  a  few  great 
masters  of  song,  as  some  who  know  nothing  about  it  affect 
to  think.  Its  sides  are  sloping  woodlands  resonant  with 
melodies  and  harmonies  various  as  the  songs  of  birds,  from 
the  chirping  of  the  sparrow  to  the  warbled  notes  of  the 
nightingale  or  mocking  bird,  each  one  of  them  with  a  charm 
of  soothing  and  delight  for  some  one  or  other  among  the 
listeners.  The  great  masters  of  song  alone  may  occupy  the 
summit,  but  every  thicket  and  dell  and  bosky  bourne  from 
side  to  side,  has  its  attendant  melody.  Let  them  all  be  en- 
joyed according  to  the  hearer's  taste,  and  carefully  and 
reverently  cherished,  but  let  no  rascal  marauder  enter  the 
sacred  precincts  to  murder  or  maim  the  humblest  and 
gentlest  of  its  inmates.  The  least  pretending  of  the  poets 
gives  pleasure,  and  helps  to  fill  up  the  measure  of  sweet 
sounds  acceptably  to  some  indulgent  and  attentive  ear.  One 
makes  nature  his  subject,  hill  and  valley,  grove  and  field, 
flowers  and  trees  and  running  streams,  and  the  thousand 
sights  and  sounds  that  she  presents  in  summer  and  winter, 
spring  or  autumn.  Another  delineates  the  passions  that  agi- 
tate the  heart— love,  fear,  hate,  revenge.  Others,  as  Byron 
says,  "rise  to  truth  and  moralize  their  song,"  not  stoop  to 
truth,  as  originally  written,^^  and  array  their  moral  teach- 
ings in  sonorous  and  attractive  verse.  Others  scourge  the 
vices  of  their  times  with  indignant  rage  and  scorn,  like 


148  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

Juvenal,  or  with  playful  severity,  like  Horace.  Another  is 
the  poet  of  refinement,  of  wit,  sense  and  polished  society, 
and  condenses  the  maxims  of  life  in  pointed,  brilliant  and 
harmonious  verse.  And  so  on  without  end,  all  deserve  and 
may  receive  admiration  and  applause,  and  we  may  prefer 
one  or  the  other  without  derogating  from  the  claims  of 
either  to  his  own  proper  measure  of  honor  and  reward.  All 
this  is  plain  enough,  so  long  as  we  are  free  from  the  be- 
wildering phantoms  of  a  theory.  But  let  the  critic  once  sei 
up  his  peculiar  standard  of  poetry,  founded  on  what  he  con- 
siders the  invariable  principles  of  art,  and  no  one  can  tell 
at  what  conclusions  he  may  arrive.  Instead  of  sound  and 
catholic  taste  co-extensive  with  art  and  nature,  he  substi- 
tutes some  narrow  judgment  as  limited  as  his  own  views.  He 
excludes  himself  from  the  length  and  breadth  of  nature  and 
poetry  to  wall  himself  up  in  some  corner  of  their  domain, 
insisting  that  there  is  nothing  beyond  his  own  boundaries. 

Setting  aside,  then,  the  speculations  and  refinements  on 
what  is  supposed  to  be  the  essential  principle  of  poetry  and 
their  mischievous  consequences,  let  us  try  to  arrive  at  a 
more  homely  and  common  sense,  as  well  as  comprehensive 
and  logical  answer  to  the  question  with  which  we  began— 
the  question,  what  is  poetry? 

It  will  help  us  in  knowing  what  it  is,  to  determine  first 
what  it  is  not.  It  is  not,  then,  the  nature  of  the  thoughts  ex- 
pressed that  makes  a  book  a  poem.  It  is  not  beauty  of 
imagery,  nor  play  of  fancy,  nor  creative  power  of  imagina- 
tion, nor  expression  of  emotion  or  passion,  nor  delineation 
of  character,  nor  force,  refinement  or  purity  of  language, 
that  constitutes  the  distinctive  quality  of  poetry.  Because  it 
is  evident  that  there  are  passages  in  prose  capable  of  being 
compared,  in  all  these  properties,  not  disadvantageously, 
with  the  noblest  productions  of  the  ancient  or  modem  muse. 


APPENDIX  149 

Take,  for  an  example  of  beautiful  imagery,  the  often  quoted 
passage  from  Milton's  Tractate  on  Education,  where  he 
expatiates  on  the  delights  of  learning,  "I  will  lead  you  to  a 
hill  side  laborious,  indeed,  on  the  first  ascent,  but  else  so 
smooth,  so  green,  so  full  of  goodly  prospects,  and  melodious 
sounds  on  every  side,  that  the  harp  of  Orpheus  was  not  more 
charming,"  or  Burke's  eulogy  on  the  adventurous  hardihood 
of  the  seamen  of  America,  or  his  description  of  the  French 
Queen,  radiant  with  hope  and  joy,  at  whose  slightest  need 
the  sword  of  every  gallant  gentleman  should  have  been 
ready  to  fly  from  its  scabbard.  Where  in  poetry  shall  we  find 
invention,  fancy,  imagination,  more  abundantly  exhibited 
than  in  the  writings  of  Defoe  or  Fielding,  or  Scott  or 
Dickens?  What  poet  excites  more  readily  than  they  do  the 
emotions  of  pity  or  love,  contempt  or  hatred,  anger  or  fear. 
And  yet,  unless  it  be  metaphorically  only  or  to  sustain  a 
theory,  no  one  calls  Tom  Jones  or  Robinson  Crusoe  or  Ivan- 
hoe  a  poem.  The  grandest  example  of  the  sublime  is  the 
simple  passage  from  Genesis,  "God  said  let  there  be  light 
and  there  was  light."  The  most  exquisitely  beautiful  of  all 
ethical  teaching  is  from  the  sermon  on  the  Mount,  "Ye  have 
heard  that  it  hath  been  said,  thou  shalt  love  thy  friends  and 
hate  thy  enemies,  but  I  say  unto  you,  love  your  enemies, 
bless  them  that  curse  you,  do  good  to  them  that  hate  you, 
and  pray  for  them  that  despitefully  use  you  and  abuse  you, 
that  ye  may  be  the  children  of  your  Father  in  Heaven,  for 
He  maketh  his  sun  to  shine  on  the  evil  and  on  the  good,  and 
sendeth  his  rain  on  the  just  and  on  the  unjust."  But  all  this 
is  plain  prose  nevertheless.  A  prose  translation  of  the  Illiad, 
containing  every  sentiment  and  description  faithfully  ex- 
pressed, would  not  be  a  poem.  The  passage  from  Milton,  if 
turned  into  his  own  sonorous  verse,  would  be  as  genuine 
poetry  as  the  Comus  or  Paradise  Lost.  Turned  into  metrical 


150  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

form  by  the  commonest  hand  even,  the  prose  is  changed 
into  poetry,  the  words  remaining  the  same. 

We  lead  your  footsteps  to  a  mountain's  side, 
Laborious  on  the  first  ascent,  but  else 
So  smooth,  so  green,  so  full  of  goodly  sights, 
And  sounds  melodious,  that  the  harp  itself. 
Or  song  of  Orpheus  not  more  charming  seemed. 

But  if  it  is  not  the  thought,  sentiment,  imagery,  either 
grand  or  beautiful,  that  makes  the  distinctive  quality  of 
poetry,  what  is  it  that  does?  If  the  distinguishing  property 
be  not  in  the  substance,  it  must  be  in  the  form  of  the  work, 
if  not  in  the  conceptions  it  must  be  in  the  words  that  express 
them. 

But  the  words  of  a  language  are  common  to  poetry  and 
prose. 

It  must,  then,  be  in  the  form  of  arranging  words,  that  we 
find  the  peculiar  something  that  constitutes  poetry.  Cole- 
ridge defines  prose  to  be  "words  in  their  best  order,"  and 
poetry,  the  "best  words  in  the  best  order."  ^^  If  he  had  made 
the  distinction  to  consist  in  the  order,  and  not  in  the  words, 
it  would  be  nearer  the  truth.  For  certainly  the  "best  words" 
are  as  fully  the  property  of  fine  passages  in  prose  as  they 
are  of  poetry.  It  is  in  the  order,  then,  and  not  in  tlie  words, 
that  the  point  of  distinction  is  to  be  found.— Poetry  must  be 
defined,  not  from  the  ideas  expressed,  nor  from  the  words 
expressing  them,  but  from  the  form  in  which  these  words 
are  arranged.  This  may  be  illustrated  very  clearly  from  the 
passage  of  Milton  already  quoted.  A  slight  change  in  the 
order  of  the  words  changes  it  from  prose  to  poetry. 

As  all  language  is  the  articulate  expression  of  thought  or 
emotion,  so  every  language  recognizes  two  forms  of  ex- 
pressing them— one  more  free  and  loose  called  prose,  and 
one,  more  restricted  and  subjected  to  certain  rules,  called 


APPENDIX  151 

poetry.  This  is  the  universal  law  of  expressing  thought  in  all 
languages.  Poetry  is  nothing  more  than  one  of  the  grand 
divisions  of  articulate  sounds,  found  among  all  cultivated 
nations,  and  designated  by  similar  terms.  There  are  but  two, 
and  so  Milton  asks  the  muse  to  aid  him  in  telling  things  un- 
attempted  yet  in  prose  or  rhyme,  meaning  that  they  had 
never  been  attempted  in  any  form  at  all.  The  certain  rules 
to  which,  as  we  say  above,  the  poetic  form  of  expressing 
thought  or  emotion  is  subjected,  are  rules  of  metre  and 
rythm.  They  exist  in  similar  forms  in  all  languages.  We  may, 
therefore,  define  poetry  to  be  the  expression,  by  words,  of 
thought  or  emotion,  in  conformity  with  metrical  and  lythmi- 
cal  laws. 

Each  of  these  great  divisions  of  language  is  co-extensive 
with  the  limits  of  human  thought  and  emotion.  The  whole 
compass  of  man's  mind  and  heart  is  within  the  reach  of 
either.  Poetry  is  confined  to  no  such  whimsical  boundaries 
as  those  of  Mr.  Bowles.  It  is  true  there  are  subjects  more 
suitable  to  one  mode  of  expression  than  the  other,  and  it 
would  indicate  a  want  of  taste  and  judgment  to  mistake  in 
the  use  of  one  or  the  other  as  the  topic  may  require.  But  the 
error  would  in  nowise  touch  the  validity  of  the  distinction 
between  them.  It  may  be  true,  for  example,  that  prose  is 
more  suitable  than  poetry  for  the  exposition  of  a  philosophi- 
cal system,  and  Lucretius  may  have  been  injudicious  in  ex- 
pounding the  doctrines  of  Epicurus  in  any  other  fonn  than 
prose;  but  no  one  ever  doubts  that  his  work  is  a  poem.  It 
may  be  said  that  the  fine  descriptive  passages,  and  not  the 
metaphysics,  constitute  the  poetry.  But  no  critic  has  yet 
undertaken  to  maintain  that  certain  portions  of  the  work  are 
not  poetry  at  all.  And  yet,  if  we  abandon  the  only  solid  and 
true  distinction  between  prose  and  poetry,  and  discriminate 
between  this  and  that  passage  as  poetry  or  not  poetry,  in 


152  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

reference  to  the  ideas  expressed,  and  not  to  the  form  of  ex- 
pression, we  shall  be  compelled  to  cut  up  this  and  every 
long  poem  into  slips  of  alternate  poetry  and  non-poetry, 
according  to  the  images  and  thoughts  which  we  find  in  them. 
The  Illiad  will  then  be  a  poem,  where  Achilles  shouts  from 
the  ramparts,  and  puts  to  flight  the  advancing  and  victorious 
Trojans  by  the  terrors  of  his  voice  alone;  or,  where  Helen  is 
represented  on  the  walls  of  Troy,  describing  to  Priam,  and 
naming  the  chiefs  of  the  Grecian  hosts  arrayed  on  the  plain 
below;  but  it  will  be  no  poem  where,  in  the  catalogue,  the 
names  of  tribes,  cities,  chiefs  and  countries,  are  enumerated. 
The  Paradise  Lost  will  be  a  poem  where  Satan  calls  to  his 
fallen  multitudes,  weltering  in  the  fiery  gulf  confounded, 
though  immortal— or  where  the  charms  of  Paradise  or  the 
beauty  and  grace  of  Eve  are  described;  but  not  where,  in 
long  discussions,  the  poet  makes  "God  the  father  turn  a 
school  divine."  "^  And  so  of  every  long  poem  in  every 
language. 

So,  too,  in  all  the  great  prose  writings  of  every  country, 
we  shall  find  long  passages  which  are  to  be  considered 
poetry,  the  purpose  of  the  authors  to  write  prose  only,  to 
the  contrary  notwithstanding. 

But  those  who  are  jealous  of  the  dignity  of  poetry,  and 
who  carry  in  their  memories  and  imaginations  the  brilliant 
rhetorical  descriptions  of  the  art  found  among  poets  and 
orators,  are  not  content  with  being  told  that  the  art  of  poetry 
is  a  mere  form  of  expressing  thought.  And  yet  what  higher 
account  can  be  given  of  poetry  than  this,  that  it  is  the 
noblest,  most  refined,  pointed  and  energetic  of  the  two 
modes  by  which  among  all  people,  thought  and  emotion  are 
expressed  by  language.  Language  itself  is  something  won- 
derful. It  is  the  gift  of  God.  All  that  poets  and  orators  say  of 
poetry  may  be  said  of  language.  It  is  a  divine  art,  and  of  this 


APPENDIX  153 

divine  art  the  poets  are  masters  of  the  highest  form.  The 
greater  the  artist,  the  greater  his  mastery  in  this  instrument, 
by  which  he  rules  the  hearts  and  minds  of  men.  Homer 
paints  with  a  word.  Virgil's  style  or  diction  is  inimitable.  To 
Horace  belongs  the  curiosa  felicitas  of  words.^^  In  Milton 
and  Shakspeare,  according  to  Coleridge,  you  cannot  alter  a 
word  without  spoiling  a  line.  To  be  the  master  of  this  won- 
derful power  in  any  form,  divinely  imparted  as  it  is,  confers 
high  distinction— to  be  its  master,  in  its  noblest  form,  makes 
the  poet's  honor  and  constitutes  his  art. 

If  we  are  met  with  the  question,  what,  then,  are  we  to 
consider  as  poetry  the  metrical  lines,  assigning  its  number 
of  days  to  each  month,  or  shall  we  class  the  stanzas  extem- 
porized by  Johnson  as  such?  We  would  meet  the  one  ques- 
tion by  another— are  we  to  regard  the  chat  at  a  corner,  or 
the  plain  talk  of  a  laborer,  or  the  slang  of  a  pot  house,  as 
prose?  In  either  case  there  is  a  wide  interval  between  the 
lowest  and  highest  specimens  of  the  two  divisions  of  lan- 
guage—between the  doggerel  and  Comus,  between  the 
slang  and  Burke— but  not  more  so  in  the  one  than  in  the 
other.  The  question  as  respects  both  refers  not  to  the  trivial- 
ity of  the  thing  expressed,  but  to  the  form  of  expression,  and 
the  answer  in  both  must  be  the  same. 

But  it  is  said  again,  the  ordinary  phrases  of  conversation 
intimate  a  difference  between  poetry  and  mere  verse— we 
say  of  a  clumsy  poet,  that  he  is  a  mere  versifier,  and  of  a  dull 
poem,  that  it  is  no  better  than  prose.  But  we  are  not  to 
understand  this  as  meaning  that  the  writer  is  not  a  poet  and 
his  work  not  a  poem.  Such  phrases  mean  only  that  the  poet 
and  poem  are  deficient  in  vivacity  or  vigor,  or  refinement 
and  finish.  It  is  a  criticism  which  touches  the  execution  and 
not  the  form  of  the  work.  We  say  of  a  tedious  talker  that  he 
is  prosy  or  a  proser,  but  we  do  not  mean  that  he  is  speaking 


154  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

something  different  from  prose.  So,  we  say  of  a  man  that  he 
is  effeminate  or  womanUke,  or  an  ass,  or  a  mule  or  a  fox,  or 
a  tiger,  but  in  no  case  do  we  intend  to  say  that  he  is  not  a 
man.  We  propose  only  to  designate  the  qualities  or  charac- 
ter of  the  party,  and  not  the  sex  or  genus  to  which  he  belongs. 
The  critic,  however,  seizes  on  these  figurative  expressions, 
in  reference  to  poetry,  and  turns  the  whole  subject  into 
confusion  by  mistaking  and  confounding  two  questions 
essentially  different— the  one  asking  to  what  category  of 
expression  a  work  belongs,  the  other  what  degree  of  merit  it 
may  possess;  one  inquiring  into  its  nature,  the  other  into  its 
merits. 

When  from  asking  whether  a  book  is  a  poem,  we  turn  to 
examine  into  its  faults  and  beauties,  the  whole  province  of 
inquiry  is  changed.  The  critic  may  lavish  upon  it  any 
amount  of  disparaging  names  that  his  nomenclature  hap- 
pens to  include.  It  may  be  dull,  stupid,  prosaic,  but  he  can  by 
no  means  convert  it  into  prose.  We  can  allow  him  any  lati- 
tude of  censure,  but  we  protest  against  his  giving  point  to 
his  censure  by  confounding  all  logical  distinction  in  the 
modes  of  expressing  thought.  A  bad  poem  is  still  a  poem,  the 
most  excellent  prose  is  still  prose,  and  the  landmarks  must 
remain  undisturbed  by  the  conflicting  parties. 

The  department  of  literature  to  which  a  writer  belongs, 
will  not  depend  on  the  subject  treated,  but  on  the  form  of 
expression  in  which  he  treats  it;  in  making  poetry  to  con- 
sist in  the  noblest  form  of  language,  itself  so  noble  a  distinc- 
tion of  man,  we  in  no  respect  derogate  from  the  dignity  of 
the  art,  it  is  the  noblest  form  of  that  noble  faculty  without 
which  thought  itself  would  perish  or  be  deprived  of  its 
wings. 


(Sooted 

ana 
Ofnje 


ex 


I 


NOTES 

The  Character  and  Scope  of  the  Sonnet 

1  "The  Character  and  Scope  of  the  Sonnet"  was  pubhshed  in  Russell's 
Magazine,  I:  156-59  (May,  1857).  It  was  reprinted  in  The  Outlook, 
LXXVII:  706-9  (July  23,  1904).  The  editor  in  an  introductory  note  praises 
Timrod  as  poet  and  as  critic,  and  erroneously  claims  that  he  is  publishing 
the  article  for  the  first  time.  This  version  twice  breaks  one  paragraph  into 
two,  and  omits  quotation  marks  from  "the  hour  of  insight"  and  from 
"stature  reaches  the  sky."  Otherwise,  except  for  slight  changes  in  punctu- 
ation, the  two  versions  are  identical. 

2  Milton,  Paradise  Lost,  VII,  31:  "fit  audience  find,  though  few." 

3  Recollections  of  the  Table-Talk  of  Samuel  Rogers,  New  York,  1856, 
p.  207. 

■*  Quotation  not  located. 

5  Wordsworth,  "Observations  Prefixed  to  'Lyrical  Ballads'":  "I  have 
said  that  poetry  is  the  spontaneous  overflow  of  powerful  feelings:  it  takes 
its  origin  from  emotion  recollected  in  tranquillity." 

6  Wordsworth,  The  Prelude,  I,  233. 

'^  Wordsworth,  The  Prelude,  I,  46-47:  "not  used  to  make  /  A  present 
joy  the  matter  of  a  song." 

8  Arnold,  "Morality,"  stanza  1.  The  italics  are  Timrod's. 

9  Aubrey  de  Vere,  "Sorrow." 
10  Milton,  Paradise  Lost,  IV,  988. 


157 


NOTES 

Timrod's  "What  is  Poetry?" 

1  Timrod's  "What  is  Poetry?"  was  published  in  Russell's  Magazine,  II: 
52-58  (October,  1857).  The  "writer  in  the  July  number"  is  Grayson;  since 
his  essay  is  re-printed  in  this  book,  the  reader  can  compare  Timrod's 
lengthy  quotations  with  Grayson's  entire  argument. 

I  have  corrected  the  following  typographical  errors:  in  fl  23,  semetimes: 
sometimes;  in  the  last  ll,  Laodimia:  Laodamia. 

2  See  the  "Definition  of  Poetry"  at  the  beginning  of  the  1836  edition  of 
"Literary  Remains,"  or  "Shakspeare,  with  introductory  matter  on  Poetry, 
the  Drama,  and  the  Stage":  "Poetry  is  not  the  proper  antithesis  to  prose, 
but  to  science.  Poetry  is  opposed  to  science,  and  prose  to  metre."  Timrod 
may  also  be  referring  to  Coleridge's  famous  definition,  in  the  Biographia 
Literaria,  Ch.  XIV:  "A  poem  is  that  species  of  composition,  which  is  op- 
posed to  works  of  science,  by  proposing  for  its  immediate  object,  pleasure, 
not  truth."  In  this  chapter  and  in  XVIII,  Coleridge  discusses  the  problem 
of  metre  as  opposed  to  prose.  See  note  eleven. 

3  In  his  "Observations  Prefixed  to  'Lyrical  Ballads,' "  Wordsworth 
writes:  "I  have  said  that  poetry  is  the  spontaneous  overflow  of  powerful 
feelings:  it  takes  its  origin  from  emotion  recollected  in  tranquillity:  the 
emotion  is  contemplated  till,  by  a  species  of  reaction,  the  tranquillity  gradu- 
ally disappears,  and  an  emotion,  kindred  to  that  which  was  before  the  sub- 
ject of  contemplation,  is  gradually  produced,  and  does  itself  actually  exist 
in  the  mind." 

Shelley,  in  "A  Defence  of  Poetry,"  wrote  that  "Poetry  is  the  record  of 
the  best  and  happiest  moments  of  the  happiest  and  best  minds." 

4  Coleridge,  Biographia  Literaria,  Ch.  XIV. 

5  Arthur  Henry  Hallam,  "On  Some  of  the  Characteristics  of  Modern 
Poetry  and  on  the  Lyrical  Poems  of  Alfred  Tennyson,"  in  the  Remains  in 
Prose  and  Verse  of  Arthur  Henry  Hallam  with  a  Memoir,  edited  by  Henry 
Hallam  (London,  1863),  pp.  304-305. 

6  Timrod  is  adapting  to  his  own  argument,  with  some  changes,  Milton's 
definition  of  poetry  ("Letter  to  Samuel  Hartlib:  On  Education,"  frequently 
called  the  "Tractate  on  Education,"  1644)  as  being  "more  simple,  sensuous, 
and  passionate"  than  logic  and  rhetoric. 

158 


NOTES  159 

7  Shakspere,  Antony  and  Cleopatra,  V,  2,  88-90.  See  note  16,  "A  Theory 
of  Poetry." 

8  Coleridge,  Table  Talk,  July  12,  1827:  "I  wish  our  clever  young  poets 
would  remember  my  homely  definitions  of  prose  and  poetry;  that  is,  prose 
—words  in  their  best  order;  poetry— the  best  words  in  their  best  order," 

^  "Prose  and  Song,"  in  The  Poetical  Works  of  John  Sterling  (Phila- 
delphia, 1842),  232. 

10  Coleridge,  Biographia  Literaria,  Ch.  XIV:  "In  short,  whatever  specific 
import  we  attach  to  the  word.  Poetry,  there  will  be  found  involved  in  it,  as  a 
necessary  consequence,  that  a  poem  of  any  length,  neither  can  be,  nor  ought 
to  be,  all  poetry.  Yet  if  an  harmonious  whole  is  to  be  produced,  the  remain- 
ing parts  must  be  preserved  in  keeping  with  the  poetry;  and  this  can  be 
no  otherwise  effected  than  by  such  a  studied  selection  and  artificial  arrange- 
ment, as  will  partake  of  one,  though  not  a  peculiar  property  of  poetry." 

11  The  Coleridge  reference  is  given  in  note  2.  In  the  second  footnote  in 
"Observations  Prefixed  to  'Lyrical  Ballads,'"  Wordsworth  writes:  "I  here 
use  tlie  word  'Poetry'  ( though  against  my  own  judgement )  as  opposed  to 
the  word  Prose,  and  synonymous  with  metrical  composition.  But  much 
confusion  has  been  introduced  into  criticism  by  this  contradistinction  of 
Poetry  and  Prose,  instead  of  the  more  philosophical  one  of  Poetry  and 
Matter  of  Fact,  or  Science.  The  only  strict  antithesis  to  Prose  is  Metre;  nor 
is  this,  in  truth,  a  strict  antithesis,  because  lines  and  passages  of  metre  so 
naturally  occur  in  writing  prose,  that  it  would  be  scarcely  possible  to 
avoid  them,  even  were  it  desirable." 

12  See  Lamb's  "Imperfect  Sympathies,"  in  Essays  of  Elia. 

13  Coleridge,  Biographia  Literaria,  Chapters  XIV  and  XVIII. 

14  Wordsworth,  The  Excursion,  I,  213:  "Thought  was  not;  in  enjoyment 
it  expired."  In  this  and  the  quotation  from  "Tintern  Abbey,"  the  italics  are 
Timrod's.  He  omits  two  parenthetical  lines  from  "Tintern  Abbey,"  and  his 
punctuation  differs  slightly  from  the  Oxford  text  in  both  quotations  from 
that  poem. 

15  Coleridge,  Biographia  Literaria,  Ch.  XXII.  For  the  next  paragraph, 
see  the  same  chapter,  and  Ruskin's  Modern  Painters,  Part  III,  Sec.  2,  Ch.  4. 

16  Wordsworth,  Poem  IV  of  "Poems  on  the  Naming  of  Places,"  the  first 
line  beginning,  "A  narrow  girdle  of  rough  stones  and  crags."  The  italics 
are  Timrod's;  the  punctuation  differs  from  the  Oxford  text;  and  in  the  last 
line,  "Lone-sitting"  should  be  "Sole-sitting." 


NOTES 

Literature  in  the  South 

1  "Literature  in  the  South"  was  first  pubHshed  in  RusselVs  Magazine,  V : 
385-95  (August,  1859).  It  probably  served  also  as  a  speech  at  Cheraw, 
South  Carolina;  in  the  Courant,  a  magazine  published  at  Columbia,  H.  H. 
Caldwell  wrote  a  brief  paragraph  (I,  1,  May  5,  1859):  "We  see  in  the 
Cheraw  papers  accounts  of  the  Lecture  of  Henry  Timrod,  our  young 
Carolina  Petrarch,  who  has  been  holding  forth  on  'The  Southern  Author.'  " 

For  a  good  survey  of  this  general  subject,  see  Jay  B.  Hubbell's  "Literary 
Nationalism  in  the  Old  South,"  in  American  Studies  in  Honor  of  William 
Kenneth  Boyd,  Durham,  1940,  pp.  175-220. 

I  have  made  the  following  typographical  changes:  1|8,  Thompson: 
Thomson;  1112,  carollary:  corollary;  Theories  has:  theories  have;  1121, 
Maryatt:  Marryatt. 

2  Shakspere,  Henry  IV,  Part  I,  II,  iv,  42-90. 

3  Undoubtedly  William  Cilmore  Simms.  Timrod's  own  attitude  toward 
Simms  varied.  On  Feb.  9,  1860,  Hayne  wrote  Simms  asking  for  a  review 
of  Timrod's  Poems:  "When  leisure  and  inclination  coincide,  will  you  not 
oblige  me  by  a  brief  review  of  Timrod's  Poems?  I  know,  after  what  has 
occurred,  he  can  urge  no  possible  claim  upon  your  notice"  (W.  P.  Trent, 
William  Gilmore  Simms,  p.  233).  Trent  remarks  that  Timrod  was  highly 
critical  of  Simms'  poetry  and  poetical  views,  but  he  also  quotes  from  a 
letter  apparently  no  longer  extant  (p.  297:  Timrod  to  Simms):  "Somehow 
or  other,  you  always  magnetize  me  on  to  a  little  strength."  For  other  ex- 
amples of  Timrod's  impatience  with  Simms,  see  his  letters  to  Hayne  in 
J.  B.  Hubbell's  The  Last  Years  of  Henry  Timrod,  pp.  54  and  82-84.  Worth 
noting  as  significant  in  this  relationship,  however,  are  two  items  that  ap- 
peared in  the  columns  of  the  Daily  South  Carolinian  (May  3,  1864,  and 
Aug.  7,  1864)  during  Timrod's  editorship,  and  almost  certainly  written 
by  him.  They  show  an  unaffected  cordiality.  The  first  item  is  here  given 
in  full:  "We  had  the  pleasure  of  welcoming  to  our  office,  yesterday, 
WILLIAM  GILMORE  SIMMS,  Esq.,  poet,  critic,  novehst,  historian,  and 
one  of  the  oldest  living  editors  of  the  South.  No  man  has  done  half  so 
much  as  this  wondrously  prolific  writer  to  create  a  Southern  literature, 
whether  by  the  achievements  of  his  own  broad  genius  or  by  the  generous 
encouragement  which  he  has  lavished  upon  younger  aspirants.  No  name 

160 


NOTES 


161 


shines  forth  more  brightly  on  tlie  pages  of  letters  than  his,  and  unquestion- 
ably there  is  no  brain  on  this  continent  that  has  labored  more  assiduously 
and  successfully  to  transmit  to  posterity  the  great  lessons  of  the  past  and 
present. 

"Mr.  SIMMS  has  been  and  will  continue  to  be,  a  contributor  to  our 
columns." 

The  second  speaks  of  Simms  as  "Brimming  over  with  delightful  talk, 
showering  his  golden  thoughts  on  every  hearer,  uttering  more  philosophy 
in  half  an  hour  than  would  suffice  to  fill  a  respectable  volume,  striking  or 
startling  all  around  with  the  profundity  and  originality  of  his  observations, 
scattering  curious  and  recondite  information  with  a  lavish  hand,  full  of 
genius  and  sense  and  spirit  .   .   ." 

4  Hugh  Blair  (1718-1800)  published  his  widely  used  Lectures  on 
Rhetoric  and  BcUes-Lettres  in  two  volumes  at  Edinburgh,  1783.  An  Amer- 
ican edition  was  published  in  Philadelphia  in  1784.  After  1787,  the  work 
was  frequently  re-published,  usually  in  three  volumes. 

5  Probably  a  typographical  error.  Henry  Home,  Lord  Kames  ( 1696- 
1782)  published  his  three-volume  Elements  of  Criticism  at  Edinburgh, 
1762.  It  was  twice  revised  and  enlarged  ( 1763,  1788),  and  was  reprinted 
many  times. 

6  Even  in  the  emotionalism  that  was  prevalent  during  the  Civil  War, 
Timrod  held  steadfastly  to  this  idea.  Shortly  after  he  became  an  editor 
of  the  Columbia  Daily  South  Carolinian,  Timrod  published  an  editorial 
that  in  part  repeats  his  essay  (Jan.  19,  1864) : 

By  nationality  in  literature,  we  do  not  mean  simply  the  choice  of  sub- 
jects peculiar  to  the  country  of  the  writer.  It  would  be  quite  possible  for 
a  Southern  poet  to  write  a  hundred  odes  to  the  Confederate  flag,  or  for  a 
Southern  novelist  to  fill  his  book  with  descriptions  of  Southern  scenes,  and 
yet  to  be  un-Southern  in  every  respect.  If,  in  the  construction  of  plot  or 
poem,  a  trace  of  foreign  models  appear,  we  must  deny  the  author  all  right 
to  be  considered  as  national  in  the  true  sense  of  the  word. 

On  the  other  hand,  an  author  may  travel  a  thousand  miles  away  from 
home,  yet,  nevertheless,  preserve  his  nationality.  Shakspeare  wandered  to 
Rome,  and  Scott  to  Palestine,  each  without  losing  his  title  to  rank  as  a 
representative  writer  of  his  nation. 

We  have  been  led  to  these  remarks,  from  the  consideration  of  a  very 
common  error  among  the  critics  of  the  South.  This  error  consists  in  sup- 
posing what  v^e  have  just  denied,  that  an  author  is  Southern,  in  proportion 
as  his  lyrics  relate  to  the  South,  and  his  thought  and  imagery  are  drawn 
from  Southern  sources.  In  the  opinion  of  these  philosophers,  all  his  trees 
should  be  palmettoes,  and  all  his  fields  white  with  cotton. 

The  question  really  lies  in  a  nut  shell.  There  is  but  one  way  to  be  a  truly 
national  writer,  and  that  is  by  being  a  truly  original  writer.  No  one  who 
does  not  speak  from  himself  can  speak  for  his  country,  and,  therefore,  no 


162  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

imitator  can  be  national.  But  the  man  of  original  genius  draws  his  matter 
from  the  depth  of  his  own  being;  and  the  national  character,  in  which,  as  a 
unit  of  the  nation,  he  shares,  finds  its  utterance  through  him  without  his 
will.  It  is  of  no  consequence,  in  his  case,  into  what  century,  or  what  ultima 
thule,  he  may  stray;  he  will  still  carry  with  him  those  characteristics  which 
he  imbibed  from  the  national  influences  around  him.  And  wherever  he 
may  lay  the  scenes  of  his  stories,  it  shall  so  happen,  that,  without  violating 
a  single  propriety  of  place  or  climate,  the  pines  of  his  own  forest  shall  be 
heard  to  murmur,  his  own  rivers  shall  roll  in  music,  the  flowers  of  his  own 
soil,  touched  perhaps  with  a  more  lasting  and  ethereal  grace,  shall  shed 
their  perfume  over  his  pages,  and  his  own  skies  will  look  down  upon  the 
loveliest  landscapes  of  his  creation. 

We  must  not  be  understood  in  the  above  remarks  to  mean  anything 
inconsistent  with  the  necessities  of  dramatic  characterization.  The  Romans 
of  Shakspeare  are  all  Romans,  and  when  that  great  poet  ventriloquises 
through  the  person  of  Antony,  he  does  not  permit  the  tones  of  Shakspeare  to 
be  heard.  Nevertheless,  even  in  his  Roman  plays,  the  English  qualities  of 
his  genius  are  apparent  in  the  muscular  strength  of  his  style,  and  in  that 
very  power,  which  the  writers  of  no  nation  have  displayed  to  such  a  degree 
as  those  of  England,  of  putting  off  his  own  character  and  assuming  that 
of  another. 

We  conclude  with  a  brief  word  to  the  young  authors  of  the  South.  Let 
them  not  be  too  careful  to  confine  themselves  to  Southern  [sic]  topics.  If 
they  are  led  by  some  inner  inspiration,  and  not  by  the  mere  caprice  of 
choice,  they  may  find,  even  amid  the  Arctic  ice,  or  the  luminous  seas  of 
the  tropics,  spots  upon  which  they  may  plant,  never  to  be  taken  down,  the 
flag  of  their  country's  genius! 

"^  In  1864,  Timrod  thought  that  intellectual  independence  might  be 
forced  upon  the  South  ( Daily  South  Carolinian,  Jan.  14,  1864 )  : 

The  great  and  troubled  movement  through  which  we  are  passing  has 
stirred  the  Southern  mind  to  an  unwonted  activity.  No  pre-eminently  great 
man,  indeed,  has  arisen  amid  the  turmoil,  but  the  people  are  beginning  to 
think  with  an  independence  which  they  never  evinced  in  their  former  pro- 
vincial position. 

It  is  with  reference  to  literature  only  that  we  wish  to  speak  briefly  of 
this  improvement  in  the  national  character.  It  is  an  improvement  which, 
in  the  department  of  letters,  at  least,  we  owe  to  the  very  blockade  that  has 
cut  off  so  completely  our  supplies  of  Northern  and  of  English  books.  Forced 
to  supply  ourselves,  we  have,  also,  learned  to  criticise  without  regard  to 
foreign  models,  and  criticism  in  growing  independent  has  likewise  be- 
come sensible. 

Our  authors  are  waking  up  to  the  fact  that  they  have  at  last  an  audience. 
More  novels,  histories,  and  poems  have  been  written  at  the  South  within 
the  last  two  years  than  within  any  previous  ten.  Most  of  these,  doubtless, 
have  been  of  merit  sufficiently  indifferent,  but  still  some  of  them  have 


NOTES  163 

been  clever,  and  all  tend  to  show  that  a  new  era  of  intellectual  energy  is 
dawning  upon  us.  .   ,  . 

8  Timrod  used  this  same  figure  effectively  in  "The  Cotton  Boll": 

To  the  remotest  point  of  sight, 
Although  I  gaze  upon  no  waste  of  snow, 
The  endless  field  is  white; 
Timrod  also  uses  this  figure  in  "Ethnogenesis." 

9  John  Playfair  (1748-1819),  Outlines  of  Natural  Philosophy,  2  vols., 
London,  1812-14. 

10  Coleridge,  Biographia  Literaria,  Ch.  I. 

11  At  least  a  partial  change  in  sentiment,  and  a  public  demand  for  one 
kind  of  poetry,  was  the  subject  of  an  editorial  by  Timrod  in  the  Columbia 
Daily  South  Carolinian,  Jan.  24,  1864: 

A  short  while  ago,  everybody  was  calling  for  a  national  song.  The  few 
poets  who  are  to  be  found  in  the  Confederacy,  were  importuned  to  write 
one,  and  many  attempts  to  supply  the  want  were  made,  both  by  poets 
and  poetasters,  without  the  slightest  success.  Good  and  bad  poems  were 
written,  but  none,  with  the  exception  of  "My  Maryland,"  and  that  only 
for  a  little  time,  touched  the  heart  of  the  people  so  deeply  as  to  become 
one  of  its  representive  [sic]  songs. 

We  are  not  to  blame  our  poets  for  this  failure.  A  nation  does  not  choose 
its  songs  on  the  ground  of  poetical  merit.  In  fact,  it  does  not  choose  them 
at  all.  It  is  impossible  to  trace  where  a  song  begins  its  career  of  popularity, 
and  its  diffusion  throughout  a  nation  depends  upon  some  fortunate  con- 
junction of  time,  mood,  association,  and  circumstance.  Judgn  g  from  the 
character  and  history  of  the  few  established  poems  of  this  kind  which  we 
possess,  there  are  but  four  things  necessary  to  the  success  of  an  attempt  to 
write  a  national  song.  Its  verse  must  run  glibly  on  the  tongue;  it  must  con- 
tain somewhere,  either  in  a  stanza  or  a  refrain,  a  sentiment,  tersely  and 
musically  expressed,  which  appeals  to  some  favorite  pride,  prejudice  or 
passion  of  the  people;  it  must  be  married  to  an  effective,  but  not  com- 
plicated air,  and  it  must  be  aided  by  such  a  collocation  of  accidents  as  may 
not  be  computed. 

If  the  above  essentials  are  not  wanting,  it  little  matters,  so  far  as  popu- 
larity is  concerned,  whether  the  song  as  a  whole,  be  worthless,  in  a  literary 
point  of  view  or  not.  The  "Star  Spangled  Banner"  is  utterly  destitute  of 
every  thing  that  deserves  the  name  of  poetry.  But  it  was  commended  to 
the  popular  heart  by  its  refrain,  which  embodies  in  a  form  concise  and 
sounding  enough,  the  Yankee's  pride  in  his  country.  "Rule  Britannia"  also 
owes  it  rank  as  a  national  song  to  the  chorus  alone;  the  rest  of  the  poem, 
although  the  song  was  written  by  the  author  of  the  "Castle  of  Indolence," 
being  the  merest  fustian. 

The  reader  will  understand,  that  we  have  been  speaking  of  what  national 
songs  have  been,  not  what  they  ought  to  be.  A  national  song  which  would 
be  worthy  of  the  name— a  song  in  which  the  poet  should  express  the  whole 
great  soul  of  a  nation  within  the  compass  of  a  few  simple  and  melodious 


164  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

verses— enclosing,  like  the  enchanters  of  Eastern  story,  a  giant  within  the 
cup  of  a  lily— such  a  song  would  imply,  in  its  composition,  a  genius  not  less 
than  that  which  wrote  Paradise  Lost.  We  have,  indeed,  at  this  day,  no 
poets  who  are  equal  to  production  of  this  lofty  character.  Nevertheless, 
there  are  not  wanting,  in  the  Confederate  States,  a  few  genuine  children 
of  song,  and  we  would  be  glad  to  see  them  renewing  their  efforts  in  this 
direction.  Surely,  in  the  present  situation  of  their  country,  struggling  for 
its  liberties  against  overpowering  odds,  and  isolated  from  the  rest  of  the 
world— a  situation  more  full  of  pathos  and  grandeur  than  anything  in  Greek 
or  Roman  story— they  ought  to  find  inspiration  enough  to  draw  forth  the 
utmost  capacity  of  their  genius.  If  they  are  true  to  their  duty  and  their 
vocation— if  they  can  catch  the  spirit  which  wakes  our  blood-stained  valleys 
with  shouts  of  battle,  and  which  goes  forth  in  words  of  unconquerable 
cheer  from  our  desolated  hearths,  they  may  yet  accomplish  among  them 
a  song,  which,  however,  it  may  fall  short  of  the  ideal  to  which  we  have 
briefly  alluded,  may  stir  the  heart  more  than  the  roar  of  a  thousand  patriot 
cannon! 

12  Coleridge,  Biographia  Literaria,  Ch.  XV. 

13  Sir  Henry  Taylor,  in  Preface  to  Philip  Van  Artevelde. 

14  This  also,  Timrod  thought  in  1864,  might  be  brought  about  by  the 
war  ( Columbia  Daily  South  Carolinian,  Jan.  15,  1864 ) : 

Everybody  remembers  how  difficult  a  thing  it  was,  before  the  war,  to 
establish  and  keep  up  a  Southern  periodical.  Now  periodicals  are  springing 
up  like  daisies  in  every  direction,  and,  what  is  more,  with  all  the  hardiness 
of  those  little  field  flowers,  they  seem  destined  to  live  and  flourish  for  some 
time.  This  success  is  not  simply  owing  to  the  fact  that  Southern  magazines, 
having  no  longer  to  contend  with  Northern  publications,  are  devoured  for 
the  want  of  other  and  better  reading.  The  Southern  mind  is  aroused,  and 
in  its  awakening  energies  there  is  a  reciprocity  of  action  between  the 
writers  and  readers.  As  readers  increase,  so  do  writers,  and  the  reverse  is 
also  true.  Moreover,  the  nationality  of  the  Southern  people  is  becoming, 
under  the  influence  of  passing  events,  more  and  more  sharply  defined,  and 
that  nationality  begins  to  demand  an  expression  of  its  own.  Any  attempt, 
however  feeble,  to  satisfy  this  demand  will  meet  with  encouragement  and 
support.  .  .  . 

15  Frances  Trollope,  Domestic  Manners  of  the  Americans  (1832); 
Charles  Dickens,  American  Notes  for  General  Circulation  ( 1842 ) ;  Fred- 
erick Marryatt,  A  Diary  in  America,  with  Remarks  on  its  Institutions 
(1839);  Basil  Hall,  Travels  in  North  America  in  the  years  1827  and  1828 
(1829).  Dickens  and  Trollope  gave  especial  offence  to  Southerners  by 
their  disparaging  remarks  on  the  region. 

16  Robert  Pollok's  (1789-1827)  The  Course  of  Time  (1827)  was  a  ten- 
book  poem  in  blank  verse,  on  spiritual  life  and  the  destiny  of  man.  Twelve 
thousand  copies  were  sold  in  the  first  eighteen  months;  the  25th  edition 
appeared  in  1867. 


NOTES 

A  Theory  of  Poetry 

1  "A  Theory  of  Poetry"  was  delivered  as  a  lecture  before  the  Methodist 
Female  College,  Columbia,  S.  C,  in  the  winter  of  1863-64.  Timrod's  widow, 
Mrs.  Kate  Goodwin  Timrod  Lloyd,  wrote  to  W.  A.  Courtenay  that  she 
could  not  find  the  exact  date  of  the  lecture,  "But  I  am  quite  sure  it  was 
some  time  in  63— before  we  were  married,  but  were  engaged.  He  handed 
me  the  manuscript,  which  I  gave  you,  as  he  left  the  rostrum.  It  was  given 
in  aid  of  the  poor  soldiers  who  as  you  will  well  know  were  in  a  most 
deplorable  condition,  half  starved,  and  half -clothed."  (Letter,  March  7, 
1901,  bound  in  Memories  of  the  Timrod  Revival,  Charleston  Library 
Society).  In  an  earher  letter  (March  15,  1898),  Mrs.  Lloyd  had  mentioned 
the  manuscript,  and  said  that  the  Century  had  declined  it  because  of  its 
length. 

The  manuscript  is  now  in  the  Charleston  Library  Society;  since  it  is 
exactly  as  Timrod  wrote  it,  I  have  used  it  as  the  best  text.  It  is  quite  legible, 
written  in  ink,  and  needs  very  little  editing.  No  title  is  given  on  the  manu- 
script; stamped  on  the  binding  is  the  title,  "An  Essay  on  Poetry."  Since  this 
seems  to  have  no  more  validity  than  the  title  by  which  the  essay  is  gener- 
ally known,  I  have  kept  the  title,  "A  Theory  of  Poetry." 

After  receiving  the  manuscript,  Courtenay  had  the  pages  carefully  pasted 
within  heavy  cut-out  pages  (Timrod  had  written  on  both  sides  of  the 
paper)  and  sumptuously  bound.  From  this  original  a  manuscript  was 
prepared  for  magazine  publication  before  1901.  Many  changes,  but  very 
few  improvements,  were  made  by  this  unknown  editor,  and  no  indication 
of  changes  was  given.  The  worst  feature  of  the  editing  was  to  remove  some- 
thing of  Timrod's  individuality  and  force;  to  make  his  style  conform  more 
to  the  ordinary  magazine  style  of  the  year  1900,  and  in  that  way  to  make 
his  work  seem  more  stereotyped  than  it  was. 

Apparently  the  essay  was  not  published  until  1901,  when  it.  was  printed 
in  a  slightly  abridged  form  in  The  Independent,  the  first  installment  en- 
titled "A  Theory  of  Poetry,"  LIII:  712-16,  March  28,  1901;  the  second 
and  third  installments,  "The  Rationale  of  Poetry,"  LIII:  760-64,  830-33, 
April  4  and  April  11,  1901.  An  introductory  note  signed  H.  A.  (Henry 
Austin )  praises  Timrod  as  a  poet  and  critic  whose  reputation  is  rising,  and 

165 


166  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

explains  that  the  essay  has  been  shghtly  edited:  the  sentences  referring  to 
occasion  of  dehvery  deleted  (actually,  the  first  three  paragraphs),  occa- 
sional missing  conjunctives  supplied,  quotations  and  historical  facts  cor- 
rected. Austin  notes  as  one  error  Timrod's  statement  that  Poe  was  born  in 
the  South,  and  takes  occasion  to  claim  Poe  as  "Boston's  most  distinguished 
and  hitherto  unappreciated  son."  The  introductory  note  to  Part  II  explains 
that  Timrod  had  no  adequate  edition  of  Poe,  but  most  of  the  distortion  of 
Poe's  phrasing  is  only  in  the  magazine  version,  and  not  in  Timrod's  manu- 
script. 

"A  Theory  of  Poetry"  was  re-printed  without  any  reference  to  earlier 
publication  in  the  Atlantic  Monthly,  XCVI:  313-26,  September,  1905.  It 
restores  the  three  opening  paragraphs,  but  otherwise  does  not  differ  materi- 
ally from  the  earlier  printed  version. 

A  pencilled  paragraph  by  Timrod  above  the  body  of  the  essay  was  used 
as  an  introduction  for  a  second  lecture.  This  paragraph  is  given  here,  as 
not  belonging  to  the  essay  itself: 

"It  is  with  considerable  hesitation  that  I  chose  the  subject  of  the  essay 
which  I  read  for  the  second  time  to-night.  It  was  so  familiar  that  I  thought 
I  might  well  distrust  my  ability  to  give  it  interest.  Yet  I  shall  go  over  it 
with  less  diffidence  than  last  night— because  I  address  the  gentler  sym- 
pathies and  less  cautious  criticism  of  a  more  youthful  audience.  Moreover, 
I  repeat  what  I  said  then." 

The  essay  was  prepared  as  a  speech.  The  punctuation  was  intended  to 
aid  the  writer  in  speaking,  and  not  to  aid  a  reader  unfamiliar  with  it;  but 
Timrod's  punctuation  is  certainly  no  more  confusing  than  that  of  his  editor. 
For  this  book,  where  words  or  marks  of  punctuation  have  seemed  abso- 
lutely necessary,  these  have  been  added  in  brackets;  two  of  Timrod's  dele- 
tions are  given  in  the  appropriate  notes;  in  HIO,  Timrod  had  written  point, 
and  above  it  fact,  without  any  deleting— I  have  used  point  in  the  text;  and 
the  following  obvious  corrections  have  been  made:  113,  synonomous: 
synonymous;  lf8,  pschyal:  psychal;  is  is:  as  is;  1111,  the  the:  one  the 
deleted;  till,  dusky  is  written  over  and  is  indistinct.  This  seems  the  best 
reading;  jjll,  famility:  familiar;  quotation  marks  omitted  after  brooks; 
!I14,  comprend:  comprehend;  1116,  quotation  marks  removed  before  Great 
Pack,  since  they  were  not  closed;  HIS,  what  what:  one  what  deleted;  1122, 
one  who  .  .  .  sit:  sits;  quotation  marks  deleted  after  "insight,"  as  Timrod 
had  himself  deleted  them  before  "hour;"  1127,  proceeded:  preceded;  in- 
accuries:  inaccuracies;  that  that  couching:  one  that  deleted;  appearance: 
appearances;  1128,  Thompson:  Thomson. 

2  Tennyson,  "Two  Voices,"  1.  180. 

3  Timrod  is  referring  to  Grayson's  "What  is  Poetry?",  which  is  re- 
printed in  this  book. 


NOTES  167 

■*  Apparently  Timrod  cut  the  manuscript  after  ".  .  .  years  ago."  As 
originally  written,  and  partly  crossed  out,  the  paragraph  read:  "The  second 
theory  which  I  desire  to  examine  critically  was  propounded  a  number  of 
years  ago  by  the  most  exquisite  poetical  genius  to  which  the  South  has  yet 
given  birth.  It  seems  to  me  an  exceedingly  narrow  one,  but  yet  it  is  so  full 
of  beautiful  half-truths,  and  is  supported  with  so  much  skill  and  eloquence, 
that  on  many  it  exercises  a  dangerous  fascination.  I  allude  to  the  'Poetic 
Principle'  of  Poe.  I  will  not  fear  that  I  shall  be  accused  of  presumption  in 
assailing  it,  because  the  only  boldness  of  which  I  am  conscious  is  that  of 
an  earnest  faith,  and  of  a  passionate  and  studious  love  of  the  essence  and 
the  art  of  Poetry." 

All  of  Timrod's  quotations  from  Poe  are  from  "The  Poetic  Principle." 
There  are  slight  inaccuracies  and  omissions,  but  in  no  instance  is  Poe's 
thought  distorted.  In  the  next  paragraph,  Timrod  first  wrote,  "excitements 
are,  though  a  psychal  necessity,  transient."  Apparently  he  then  attempted 
to  jam  an  r  in  front  of  the  o,  to  make  the  word  through,  as  it  should  be. 
The  0  is  heavily  inked  and  blurred. 

5  Charles  Lamb,  "Detached  Thoughts  on  Books  and  Reading,"  in  Last 
Essays  of  Elia  ( 1833 ) :  "Milton  almost  requires  a  solemn  service  of  music 
to  be  played  before  you  enter  upon  him.  But  he  brings  his  music,  to  which, 
who  listens,  had  need  bring  docile  thoughts,  and  purged  ears." 

^The  Beauties  of  Shakspear,  edited  by  William  Dodd  (1729-77),  2 
vols.  London,  1752.  See  Coleridge,  Biographia  Literaria,  Ch.  III. 

"^  Paradise  Lost,  IV,  238.  In  the  next  line,  "Flowers  of  all  hues"  is  from 
Book  IV,  256.  The  lines  at  the  end  of  the  paragraph  are  at  the  close  of  the 
poem;  the  last  line  should  be  "Through  Eden  took  their  solitarie  way." 

8  This  quotation  was  an  after-thought,  and  was  crowded  in  between 
two  hues;  not  located. 

9  Byron,  Childe  Harold's  Pilgrimage,  Canto  IV,  Stanza  CLV.  The 
punctuation  differs  slightly  from  that  of  the  standard  text. 

10  Joel  Barlow's  Columbiad  ( 1807). 

11  Coleridge,  Biographia  Literaria,  Ch.  XIV.  An  interlinear  addition. 
The  quotation  is  given  in  note  10,  Timrod's  "What  is  Poetry?". 

12  Wordsworth,  "Observations  Prefixed  to  'Lyrical  Ballads,' "  and 
Shelley,  "A  Defence  of  Poetry."  See  note  3,  Timrod's  "What  is  Poetry?". 

13  At  this  point  the  following  sentences  were  evidently  cut  during  the 
composition  of  the  essay:  "It  is  indeed  to  a  sort  of  discontent  with  the  un- 
reahties  and  imperfections  of  earth,  and  in  the  perception  of  a  higher 
existence  than  the  life  which  we  actually  lead,  that  the  world  owes  the 
inspiration  of  some  of  the  noblest  poems  in  its  possession.  The  sentiment 
of  poetry  as  it  thus  developed  in  the  mind  is  the  very  ground  on  which 
(apart  from  Revelation)  we  base  our  hopes  of  immortality,  and  this  fact 
should  make  it  the  next  sacred  thing  to  the  great  Chart  of  Salvation." 


168  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

i-i  Paradise  Lost,  I,  294:  "the  Mast  /  Of  some  great  ammiral"— i.e.,  the 
ship  that  carries  the  admiral.  Later  in  this  sentence,  Timrod  interhned 
"the  orient"  above  the  word  "India,"  but  did  not  delete  the  latter;  the 
phrase  "of  ships"  was  deleted  after  the  word  "wrecks." 

15  \Yords worth,  "A  Poet's  Epitaph,"  1.  49:  "In  common  things  that 
round  us  lie." 

1^  Leigh  Hunt,  Imagination  and  Fancy,  or  Selections  from  the  English 
Poets,  illustrative  of  those  First  Requisites  of  their  Art;  with  Markings  of 
the  Best  Passages,  Critical  Notices  of  the  Writers,  and  an  Essay  in  answer 
to  the  Question,  "What  is  Poetry?",  1844. 

1'^  Shakspere,  Antony  and  Cleopatra,  V,  2,  88-90: 

His  delights 
Were  dolphin  like;  they  show'd  his  back  above 
The  element  they  lived  in 
I  have  added  quotation  marks  after  in,  in  accordance  with  Timrod's  usage. 
1^  The  preceding  lines,  beginning  with  "the  hour  of  patient  and  elaborate 
execution,"  were  lightly   underscored  in  pencil,  possibly  as  a  guide  to 
emphasis  in  reading.  A  few  phrases  were  not  underscored. 

19  See  Poe's  "The  Philosophy  of  Composition." 

20  Wordsworth,  The  Prelude,  1, 1.  47.  See  note  7  on  "The  Sonnet." 
The  strength  of  Timrod's  belief  in  this  is  best  illustrated  in  two  editorials 
published  in  war-time: 

WAR  AND  LITERATURE 

It  is  not  during  the  present  war,  (the  Atlanta  Confederacy,  and  its 
eloquent  appeal  to  the  writers  of  the  day,  notwithstanding,)  that  we  can 
look  for  any  great  achievements  in  literature.  Thought  now  flows  mainly 
but  in  one  channel,  and  boils  along,  in  too  turbulent  a  stream  to  be  con- 
fined within  the  limitations  of  polished  prose  or  harmonious  verse.  To  the 
poet  this  remark  is  particularly  applicable.  No  greater  error  prevails,  than 
the  very  common  one  of  supposing  that  a  state  of  excitement  is  favorable 
to  the  production  of  poetry.  The  contrary,  indeed,  is  the  fact.  WORDS- 
WORTH'S definition  of  poetry,  as  "emotion  recollected  in  tranquility," 
though,  doubtless,  especially  characteristic  of  his  own  works,  is  yet  also 
true,  to  a  great  extent,  with  regard  to  every  genuine  votary  of  song.  A  cer- 
tain amount  of  composure  is  always  necessary  to  the  composition  of  a  poem. 
What  emotion  is  felt  during  the  composition,  is  not  the  grief  or  joy  to  which 
the  poet  is  attempting  to  give  expression,  but  that  grief  or  joy  idealized 
by  the  influences  of  imagination  and  of  time.  One  would  suppose,  how- 
ever, from  the  manner  in  which  most  people  talk  of  the  subject,  that  no 
sooner  does  a  poet  feel  the  rapture  of  a  successful  love,  than  he  bursts 
at  once  into  anapaests,  and  that,  in  the  depths  of  his  profoundest  despair, 
he  is  prepared  to  tell  his  sorrow  in  quatrains  that  shall  sound  like  a  passing 
bell.  If  this  were  so,  he  would  be  the  most  wonderful  of  improvisatores. 
But,  as  we  have  already  said,  such  is  not  the  case.  Very  rarely  does  the 


NOTES  169 

poet  make  a  present  feeling  the  matter  of  his  song.  It  is  only  when  that 
feeling  has  become  somewhat  subdued,  and  when  he  has  had  time  to 
brood  over  its  operations  in  his  soul,  that  he  proceeds  to  embody  it  in  the 
music  of  his  verse.  Hence  it  is,  that  we  need  not  look  to  see  the  stormy 
emotions  of  the  struggle  through  which  we  are  passing,  reduced  imme- 
diately to  song.  Peace  must  bring  its  soothing  influences  before  the  poet, 
who  shares  with  all  of  us  the  agitation  of  the  strife,  can  regain  that  calm 
which  the  practice  of  his  art  demands. 

While,  however,  the  tumult  of  revolution  is  undoubtedly  incompatible 
with  the  composition  of  poetry,  it  operates,  on  the  other  hand,  not  without 
much  salutary  effect  upon  the  poetical  genius.  In  the  very  excitement  which 
seals  for  awhile  the  poet's  lips,  he  is  receiving  an  education  which  shall 
bear  the  noblest  fruits  in  the  future.  With  a  soul  strengthened  and  ele- 
vated by  the  grand  emotions  which  have  stirred  its  profoundest  depths, 
and  with  a  mind  filled  with  recollections  of  the  deeds  of  heroism  and  self- 
sacrifice  which  he  has  witnessed,  he  will  be  the  better  able  hereafter  to 
breathe  into  his  works  the  whole  spirit  of  that  period,  the  disturbing  ele- 
ments of  which  have  only  imposed  a  temporary  silence  upon  his  muse. 

Convinced  of  the  truth  of  the  above  remarks,  we  are  not  among  those 
who  are  disposed  to  complain  of  the  present  apparent  inactivity  of  the 
poetical  mind.  It  is  our  firm  belief  that  in  the  brain  of  every  true  poet  of 
the  Confederacy  sleeps  many  a  poem,  which,  though  it  may  not  burst  into 
blossom,  until  the  return  of  peace,  shall  show  in  the  color  of  all  its  petals 
that  its  roots  are  deep  in  the  blood-enriched  soil  of  the  now  pending  revo- 
lution. {Daily  South  Carolinian,  Columbia,  February  28,  1864.) 


{no  heading) 
We  noticed  not  long  ago,  in  one  of  our  exchanges,  a  complaint  that  the 
war  had  produced  no  poetry  likely  to  live  beyond  the  present  generation. 
This  sweeping  assertion  is  unjust  to  at  least  a  dozen  fine  lyrics  that  we 
could  name;  yet  there  is  no  doubt  that  the  stormy  emotions  of  the  time 
have  not  found  any  very  general  expression  in  verse.  This  fact  however, 
would  not  surprise  us  if  we  only  remembered  that  in  these  latter  days  of 
the  world,  at  least,  war  has  never  produced  much  poetry.  At  a  period  when 
cruel  commotion  was  staining  the  daisies  of  England  with  the  blood  of 
her  best  and  bravest  men,  there  lived  one  of  the  greatest  poets  that  ever 
achieved  an  immortality  upon  earth.  Yet,  though  warmly  enlisted  in  the 
contest,  and  though  he  contributed  a  great  deal  of  glorious  prose  to  the 
cause  which  he  espoused,  he  has  left  scarcely  a  single  line  of  verse  which 
would  indicate  that  he  had  not  written  in  the  midst  of  the  profoundest 
peace.  There  was  nothing  Tyrtoean  in  the  author  of  Paradise  Lost.  Again, 
when  that  same  England  was  summoning  all  her  energies  and  tasking  all 
her  strength  to  crush  the  first  Emperor  of  the  French,  there  flourished 
within  her  borders  such  a  chorus  of  poets  as,  except  "in  the  spacious  time 
of  great  ELIZABETH,"  the  world  had  never  heard.  But  while  the 
mighty  struggle  that  was  going  on  had  its  influence  upon  the  tone  and  char- 


170  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

acter  of  their  thoughts,  these  poets  nevertheless  drew  their  inspiration 
mainly  from  the  more  peaceful  influences  around  them.  Other  instances 
might  be  adduced,  but  the  above  are  enough  to  show  that  war,  in  spite  of 
the  virtues  which  it  developes  and  the  emotions  which  it  stirs,  does  not 
readily  obtain  representation  in  poetry,  even  where  there  is  no  deficiency  of 
poetical  genius.  The  explanation  of  the  fact  must  be  left  to  the  metaphysical 
critic;  but  we  may  suggest  that  it  may  partly  be  found  in  the  meditative 
character  of  the  poets  and  poetry  of  the  present  age.  The  poet  of  the  nine- 
teenth  century  is  a  philosopher,  and  the  poetry  of  the  nineteenth  century  is 
marked  rather  by  thought  than  passion.  Hence  we  have  but  few  such  bursts 
of  mere  martial  enthusiasm  as  the  Marseillaise  Hymn  in  the  poetical  litera- 
tme  of  the  day.  We  need  not  look,  therefore  for  more  than  an  occasional 
poem  of  this  kind  from  the  South,  (Sept.  15,  1864.) 

-1  Wordsworth,  TJie  Excursion,  I,  11.  105-6:  "The  high  and  tender  Muses 
shall  accept  /  With  gracious  smile,  deliberately  pleased."  The  "Orphean 
lyre"  is  in  The  Prelude,  I,  1.  233.  I  have  completed  the  quotation  marks 
after  lyre.  The  italics  are  Timrod's. 

22  Arnold,  "Morality,"  stanza  1.  The  italics  are  Timrod's. 

23  Francis  Bacon,  Of  the  Advancement  of  Learning,  Book  II  ( 1605) :  "So 
as  it  appeareth  tliat  poesy  serveth  and  conferreth  to  magnanimity,  mo- 
rality, and  delectation."  (p.  88  of  The  PJiilosophical  Works  of  Francis 
Bacon,  edited  by  John  M.  Robertson,  1905).  Works  of  Francis  Bacon, 
London,  1826,  VII,  p.  128,  gives  the  Latin  of  the  1622  version:  Adeo  ut 
poesis  ista,  non  solum  ad  delectationem,  sed  etiam  ad  animi  magnitudinem, 
et  ad  mores  conferat. 

24  Coleridge,  Biographia  Literaria,  Ch.  XV. 

25  Wordsworth,  "Obser\'ations  Prefixed  to  'Lyrical  Ballads.'  " 

26  Cf .  "Tintern  Abbey,"  11.  95  ff .  Quotation  not  located. 

27  Tennyson  became  Poet  Laureate  in  1850,  succeeding  Wordsworth. 

28  Wordsworth,  The  Excursion,  Preface,  11.  42-55.  The  punctuation  and 
capitalization  vary  from  that  of  the  Oxford  edition.  Likewise,  the  quotation 
from  "Tintern  Abbey"  (11.  75-102)  shows  some  divergences. 

29  Coleridge,  "To  William  Wordsworth,"  11,  46-48,  in  Sybilline  Leaves. 

30  Wordsworth,  Poems  of  the  Imagination,  VIIL  The  only  deviation  of 
any  importance  is  in  the  last  line.  It  should  read:  "With  something  of 
angelic  light,"  Final  quotation  marks  added, 

31  Tennyson,  "The  Day-Dream,"  11,  201-204. 

32  Tennyson,  The  Princess,  Part  ii,  1,  165  ( Student's  Cambridge  Edi- 
tion, 1898),  Timrod  wrote  "the  blood  the  blood," 

33  Wordsworth,  "Personal  Talk,"  11,  51-54: 

Blessings  be  with  them— and  eternal  praises, 
Who  gave  us  nobler  loves,  and  nobler  cares— 
The  Poets,  who  on  earth  have  made  us  heirs 
Of  truth  and  pure  delight  by  heavenly  lays! 


NOTES  171 

The  following  sentence  at  the  end  was  evidently  written  in  as  an  after- 
thought and  then  rejected:  "I  do  not  counsel  the  rejection  of  a  single 
favourite  but  desire  only  that  that  favourite  should  not  furnish  the  rules 
by  which  you  measure  the  merits  of  the  most  dissimilar  productions." 


NOTES 

Grayson's  "What  is  Poetry?" 

1  Grayson's  "What  is  Poetry?"  was  published  in  Russell's  Magazine,  I: 
327-37  (July,  1857).  The  essay  was  one  part  of  his  defence  of  eighteenth- 
century  poetry;  it  was  the  work  of  an  older  man  who  found  himself  un- 
sympathetic to  the  ideas  and  work  of  the  Romantic  poets. 

William  John  Grayson  was  born  at  Beaufort,  South  Carolina,  on  Nov.  12, 
1788.  After  attending  various  private  schools  in  his  home  town,  in  New 
York  and  in  Newark,  he  entered  South  Carolina  College  as  a  sophomore 
on  Feb.  7,  1807,  and  graduated  Dec.  7,  1809.  Of  his  college  days  he 
remembered  later  that  he  and  James  L.  Petigru  spent  a  summer  night 
"over  the  wild  wit  of  Rabelais,"  and  that  daylight  found  them  "engaged  in 
the  coarse  but  irresistible  merriment  of  the  modern  master  of  broad  humor 
and  boisterous  wit."  More  decorously,  but  with  equal  enthusiasm,  they 
read  to  each  other  the  writings  of  Horace,  Bacon,  Dryden,  and  Pope. 
(Grayson,  Memoir  of  James  L.  Petigru,  42-44). 

Grayson  taught  at  Beaufort  and  Savannah;  studied  law;  edited  the 
Beaufort  Gazette;  and  as  a  strong  advocate  of  Nullification  served  ten  years 
in  the  South  Carolina  Legislature.  He  also  represented  the  Beaufort  district 
in  Congress  ( 1833-37)  and  was  Collector  of  Customs  of  the  Port  of  Charles- 
ton, 1841-53.  In  this  period  Grayson  changed  his  political  ideas  and  became 
a  strong  opponent  of  secession,  presenting  his  beliefs  through  numerous 
pamphlets.  The  most  notable  of  these,  strongly  influenced  in  manner  of 
argument  by  Jonathan  Swift,  are  the  Letters  of  Curtius.  After  being  re- 
moved as  Collector,  Grayson  purchased  the  Fair  Lawn  Plantation  near 
Charleston,  thus  following  "the  approved  Custom  in  closing  every  kind 
of  a  career"  ( Petigru,  136 ) . 

Since  he  felt  that  "my  calling  had  left  me,"  he  began  writing  poems 
and  essays.  In  1854,  he  published  The  Hireling  and  the  Slave,  a  book- 
length  attack  on  the  inhumanity  of  industrialism  and  defence  of  the 
humaneness  of  slavery.  But  Grayson  had  thrown  the  argument  into  poetry 
not  merely  "to  diversify  the  mode,  if  not  the  matter,  of  the  argument;"  he 
sought,  also,  to  offer  "some  variety  to  the  poetic  forms  that  are  almost 
universally  prevalent"  by  returning  to  the  "School  of  Dryden  and  Pope." 
{The  Hireling  and  the  Slave,  1854,  p.  xv).  Although  his  work  received 
more  praise  for  its  didactic  than  for  its  poetic  qualities,  Grayson  was  quickly 

172 


NOTES  173 

accepted  as  one  of  the  Charleston  hterary  coterie.  A  frequenter  of  Russell's 
Bookshop,  he  was  on  intimate  terms  with  Simms,  Petigru,  Dickson,  Bruns, 
Hayne,  and  Timrod.  When  this  group  started  Russell's  Magazine  in  1857, 
Grayson  took  an  active  part  as  a  sub-editor  and  regular  contributor.  A 
lover  of  argument,  he  debated  fiercely  with  S.  Henry  Dickson  in  Russell's 
on  the  subject  of  duelling,  and  his  attack  on  romantic  poetry  so  excited 
Timrod  that  he  immediately  prepared  an  answering  essay. 

In  his  unpublished  autobiography,*  Grayson  presents  in  a  slightly  dif- 
ferent form  most  of  the  arguments  in  "What  is  Poetry?"  He  felt  that  Cole- 
ridge beclouded  every  issue  that  he  touched,  and  that  Wordsworth's 
mechanical  use  of  nature,  Shelley's  metaphysical  sentiments,  Keats's  "reno- 
vated pagan  deities,"  and  Southey's  Hindu  "mythological  monsters"  all 
led  to  a  "transcendental  oracular  school"  of  poetry  and  criticism.  Grayson's 
allegiance  was  elsewhere:  "My  select  friends  are  not  of  the  new  schools. 
I  adhere  to  the  old  masters  and  their  followers.  I  believe  in  Dryden  and 
Pope  ...  I  have  faith  in  the  ancient  classical  models,  the  masters  directly 
or  indirectly  of  all  the  great  poets  of  modern  times  .  .  .  The  sin  of  modern 
poetry  consists  in  exaggeration  of  sentiment,  of  passion,  of  description,  of 
every  thing.  It  wants  simplicity  and  truth.  It  seeks  to  be  sublime  and  be- 
comes inflated.  It  strives  to  be  deep  and  is  obscure  only.  It  strains  after  the 
new  and  the  wonderful  and  sinks  into  the  grotesque  and  unintelligible. 
The  modern  poet  finds  the  field  of  thought  occupied  and  is  driven  to  shifts 
and  expedients."  (122-23,  247-48). 

Grayson  thought  of  himself  as  an  advocate  of  common  sense,  a  follower 
in  criticism  of  Samuel  Johnson.  He  had  no  patience  with  theories  of  inspira- 
tion: the  poet  is  simply  "a  very  pains  taking  individual  and  works  as  hard 
at  his  trade  as  any  other  intellectual  laborer  .  .  .  He  toils  after  thoughts, 
words,  and  images.  Sometimes  they  come  readily.  Sometimes  they  refuse 
to  come  at  all.  His  tools  are  pen  and  ink.  His  inspiration  is  the  same  as 
that  of  every  other  mental  workman,  the  excitement  of  thought."  ( 135; 
275).  With  equal  vigor,  Grayson  objected  to  the  idea  that  poets  are  a 
mysterious  race  of  a  particular  moral  nature  different  from  the  rest  of  man- 
kind, and  thus  not  amenable  to  the  same  judgments.  Poets  have  a  diversity 
and  peculiarity  of  temperament  common  to  men,  not  because  they  are 
poets  but  because  they  are  men:  "It  would  be  as  rational,  perhaps  more 
so,  to  ascribe  Byron's  licentiousness  to  his  deformed  foot  than  to  his  genius 
for  poetry."  (139,  283).  He  thought  that  the  greatest  of  English  poets- 
Chaucer,  Spenser,  Shakspere,  and  Milton— were  men  of  moral  character, 

*  Manuscript,  The  Autobiography  of  William  J.  Grayson,  written  in 
1863;  typescript  edited  by  Robert  Duncan  Bass,  1933;  both  in  the  South 
Caroliniana  Collection,  University  of  South  Carolina  Library.  The  first 
page  number  is  to  the  manuscript;  the  second  to  Bass's  edition.  Practically 
all  of  Grayson's  remarks  on  literature  are  in  Ch.  XI. 


174  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

but  he  was  also  positive  that  the  best  verse  did  not  excuse  evil:  "The  best 
songs  are  the  crackling  of  thorns  under  a  pot  compared  with  the  interests 
of  truth  and  virtue."  ( 140,  285-6). 

In  his  autobiography,  Grayson  drily  remarks  about  Timrod's  response 
to  his  charge  that  Wordsworth  was  mechanical  in  his  enthusiasm:  "I  said 
so  once  and  was  nearly  annihilated  by  an  indignant  admirer  who  over- 
whelmed me  with  quotations  to  prove  how  much  I  was  in  error.  The  quota- 
tions did  not  change  my  opinions."  ( Unnumbered  leaf  between  124  and 
125;  251-2). 

Grayson's  mind  was  dogmatic,  but  it  was  evidently  stimulating.  He 
enjoyed  writing,  and  he  had  a  salty,  apt  command  of  metaphor  that  makes 
his  prose  readable  and  diverting.  In  addition  to  his  essays  and  numerous 
short  poems,  he  wrote  two  other  long  poems.  The  Country  (1858)  and 
Marion  (1860).  During  the  War  he  wrote,  also,  the  Memoir  of  James  L. 
Petigru,  which  was  not  published  until  1866;  and  his  autobiography,  which 
has  not  been  published.  He  died  at  Newberry,  South  Carolina,  on  Oct.  4, 
1863. 

I  have  retained  all  of  Grayson's  individualities  of  style,  including  some 
errors  that  were  undoubtedly  caused  by  bad  printing  and  proof-reading. 
The  obvious  mistakes  in  the  text  that  I  have  corrected  are:  112,  discription: 
description;  1|4,  Poets  invokes:  Poet  invokes;  fl5,  a  superfluous  quotation 
mark  after  the  word  immortality;  tjll,  on  the  poetry:  in  the  poetry;  1116, 
kingsman's:  kinsman's;  1123,  it's  sides:  its  sides. 

^  In  the  Biographia  Literaria,  Ch.  I,  Coleridge  describes  the  poetic 
training  given  him  at  Christ's  Hospital  under  "a  very  severe  master,  the 
Reverend  James  Bowyer."  Bowyer  (or  Boyer)  emphasized  the  logic  in 
poetry,  and  abominated  trite  and  inexact  phrasing.  Coleridge  notes:  "Lute, 
harp,  and  lyre.  Muse,  Muses,  and  inspiration,  Pegasus,  Parnassus,  and  Hip- 
picrene  were  all  an  abomination  to  him.  In  fancy  I  can  almost  hear  him 
now,  exclaiming  'Harp?  Harp?  Lyre?  pen  and  ink,  boy,  you  mean!  Muse, 
boy,  Muse?  Your  nurse's  daughter,  you  mean!  Pierian  spring?  Oh  aye!  the 
cloister-pump,  I  suppose!'  "  For  other  tributes  to  Bowyer,  see  Coleridge's 
Table  Talk,  Aug.  16,  1832,  and  Charles  Lamb's  essay,  "Christ's  Hospital 
Five-and-Thirty  Years  Ago." 

3  Horace,  "odi  profanum  volgus  et  arceo,"  Carm.  3.1.1.  The  phrases  in 
the  preceding  paragraph  may  have  been  suggested  by  Horace,  especially 
the  "non  usitata  nee  tenui  ferar  /  penna,"  Carm.  2.20.2.  The  phrase  "favete 
linguis"  is  also  from  Horace,  Carm.  3.1.2. 

4  Cicero,  Pro  Archia.  Grayson  paraphrases  rather  than  translates,  but  he 
gives  the  exact  meaning  of  the  passage,  and  gives  also  an  accurate  summary 
of  the  remainder  of  the  oration. 

5  John  Selden  ( 1584-1654)  in  his  History  of  Tythes  ( 1618)  gave  offence 


NOTES 


175 


to  the  clergy,  and  the  book  was  suppressed  by  public  authority.  His  many 
works  were  collected  by  Dr.  David  Wilkins. 

6  Evidently  a  misprint.  James  Hannay  (1827-73),  English  essayist  and 
novelist,  wrote  Satire  and  Satirists  (1854). 

7  William  Lisle  Bowles  (1762-1850)  edited  the  works  of  Pope  (1806) 
and  his  unfavorable  comments  and  his  critical  theory  roused  a  critical 
furore  that  lasted  into  the  1820's.  Bowles  wrote  that  images  and  thoughts 
derived  from  nature  and  the  passions  were  always  superior  to  tliose  de- 
rived from  art  and  manners;  therefore,  Pope  was  an  inferior  poet.  Many 
writers  defended  Pope  against  Bowles;  most  notably,  Byron  in  a  Letter  to 
John  Murray.  The  Wordsworth  reference  is  to  the  "Observations  Prefixed 
to  'Lyrical  Ballads'"  (1800). 

8  In  a  letter  from  Wordsworth  to  an  English  friend,  John  Wilson  ( Chris- 
topher North),  June,  1802,  in  The  Earhj  Letters  of  William  and  Dorothy 
Wordsworth  ( 1787-1805),  edited  by  Ernest  de  Selincourt,  pp.  292-98. 

9  Ibid. 

10  Addison  in  two  Spectator  papers  (#70,  May  21,  1711,  and  #74, 
May  25,  1711)  discussed  the  ballad  form,  using  "Chevy  Chase"  as  an  ex- 
ample. Percy's  Reliques  of  Ancient  English  Poetry  gives  a  very  long,  an- 
cient version.  The  two  lines  below  do  not  appear  in  Addison's  discussion; 
Percy  in  Part  II,  11.  121-2: 

For  when  both  his  leggis  wear  hewyne  in  to. 
Yet  he  knyled  and  fought  on  hys  kne. 
Chace  was  a  variant  spelling,  and  the  original  form  was  probably  Cheviat. 

11  In  his  Life  of  Johnson,  Oxford  Edition,  1904,  II:  121-22,  Sept.  18, 
1777,  Boswell  related  the  story  and  quotes  the  poem.  Johnson  is  here  re- 
ferring to  imitation  rather  than  to  ballads:  "He  [Johnson]  observed,  that  a 
gentleman  of  eminence  in  literature  had  got  into  a  bad  style  of  poetry  of 
late.  'He  puts  ( said  he, )  a  \'ery  common  thing  in  a  strange  dress  till  he 
does  not  know  it  himself,  and  thinks  other  people  do  not  know  it.'  Boswell. 
'That  is  owing  to  his  being  so  much  versant  in  old  English  poetry.'  Johnson. 
'What  is  that  to  the  purpose.  Sir?  If  I  say  a  man  is  drunk,  and  you  tell  me 
it  is  owing  to  his  taking  much  drink,  the  matter  is  not  mended.'  " 

12  Perhaps  Coleridge's  most  striking  statement  of  good  sense  in  poetry 
(not  common  sense)  comes  at  the  end  of  Ch.  XIV  of  the  Biographia  Liter- 
aria:  "Finally,  Good  Sense  is  the  Body  of  poetic  genius,  fancy  its  drapery. 
Motion  its  life,  and  imagination  the  soul  that  is  every  where,  and  in  each; 
and  forms  all  into  one  graceful  and  intelligent  whole."  See  also  Ch.  XVIII. 
Wordsworth  in  his  "Observations  Prefixed  to  'Lyrical  Ballads'  "  says  that 
his  practice  of  honest  description  and  natural  diction  must  have  some  worth, 
"as  it  is  friendly  to  one  property  of  all  good  poetry,  namely,  good  sense." 

Grayson's  spelling  of  Marinere  deviates  from  Coleridge's  practice,  as 


176  THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 

well  as  ordinary  usage.  It  may  be  intended  to  suggest  a  ballad  quality,  or 
an  archaic  form. 

12  Samuel  Johnson's  The  Vanity  of  Human  Wishes  ( 1749 ) .  Scott,  writing 
about  Samuel  Johnson  in  his  Lives  of  Eminent  Novelists  and  Dramatists 
(p.  501  of  1887  ed.,  Chandos  Classics),  makes  a  more  general  statement: 
"The  'Vanity  of  Human  Wishes,'  the  deep  and  pathetic  morality  of  which 
has  often  extracted  tears  from  those  whose  eyes  wander  dry  over  pages 
professedly  sentimental." 

1"^  Coleridge,  Biographia  Literaria,  Ch,  I. 

!•''  From  Wordsworth,  "Milton!  thou  shouldst  be  living  at  this  hour."  The 
line  reads:  "Thy  soul  was  like  a  Star,  and  dwelt  apart." 

1^*  See  Coleridge's  Biographia  Literaria,  Ch.  IV,  and  the  first  half  of 
Ch.  XXII.  On  the  preference  for  Collins  over  Gray,  see  Ch.  I. 

17  Ibid.,  Ch.  XXII. 

1'^  Lancelot  Brown  ( 1715-1783),  known  as  "Capability  Brown,"  revived 
the  natural  style  of  landscape-gardening,  and  laid  out  the  gardens  at  Kew 
and  Blenheim. 

19  Originally  written  by  Pope,  "Epistle  to  Dr.  Arbuthnot,"  1.  339: 

And  thought  a  lie  in  verse  or  prose  the  same. 
That  not  in  fancy's  maze  he  wander'd  long, 
But  stooped  to  truth,  and  moralized  his  song 

Byron,  "Letter  to  John  Murray,  Esq.,  on  the  Rev.  W.  L.  Bowles's  Stric- 
tures on  the  Life  and  Writings  of  Pope,"  in  The  Works  of  Lord  Byron, 
London,  1832,  VI:  369. 

2f>  Coleridge,  Table  Talk,  July  12,  1827.  See  note  8,  Timrod's  "What  is 
Poetry?" 

21  Pope,  Imitations  of  Horace:  Epistles,  Book  II,  Epistle  1,  1.  103:  "And 
God  the  Father  turns  a  school-divine." 

22  This  high  praise  of  Horace  is  by  Petronius,  Satyricon,  Ch.  CXVIII. 


INDEX 


Addison,  Joseph,  141,  175 

"Address  Delivered  at  the  Opening 
of  the  New  Theatre  at  Rich- 
mond," 21n,  44n 

Advancement  of  Learning,  48n, 
138,  170 

Aeschylus,  52 

"Aglaus,"  56 

"Alastor,"  6-9 

Aldrich,  T.  B.,  20,  49n 

American  Studies  in  Honor  of  Wil- 
liam Kenneth  Boyd,  27n,  160 

Americanism  in  literature,  28-29, 
87-88 

Anacreontea,  54n,  66 

"Ancient  Mariner,  The,"  78,  142-3, 
144,  175-6 

"Ante-Bellum  Charleston,"  59n 

Antony  and  Cleopatra,  89,  159,  168 

Appomattox,  44n 

Archias,  137,  174 

"Arctic  Voyager,  The,"  38 

Aristotle,  13,  139 

Arnold,  Matthew,  48,  66,  120,  130, 
157,  170 

"Arsenal  Hill,"  31 

"Astrophel,"  44 

Atlantic  Monthly,  49n,  166 

Austin,  Henry,  52n,  53n,  165-6 

Autobiography  of  William  J.  Gray- 
son, The,  173 

Autographic  Relics,  42,  43n 

Bacon,  Francis,  48,  121,  138,  170, 

172 
Ballads,  141-42,  175-76 
Bass,  Robert  Duncan,  173 
Beauchampe,  46n 
Beauties  of  Shakspear,  The,  167 
Beauty  in  poetry,  5,  16-18,  25,  35- 

38,  76-77,  114-21,  123,  125,  129 


177 


Beulah,  51n 

Bible,  The,  47-8,  71,  149 

Bilhngs,  Josh,  49n 

Biographia  Literaria,  158,  159,  163, 

164,  167,  170,  174,  175,  176 
Blackwood's,  49n 
Blair,  Hugh,  85,  141,  161 
Bookman,  The,  52n 
Books  We  Have  Made,  41n 
Boston,  27,  49n,  97,  166 
Boswell,  James,  142,  175 
Bowles,    WiUiam   Lisle,    139,    151, 

175,   176 
Bowyer,  James,  136,  174 
"Boy  of  Winandermere,  The,"  81 
"Break,  Break,  Break,"  39 
Brevity,  16-18,  67-68,  77,  105-07, 

111-112,  121-22 
Bride  of  Lammermoor,  The,  92 
Bronte,  Charlotte,  49 
Brown,  Lancelot,  146,  176 
Browning,    Elizabeth    Barrett,    41, 

130 
Browning,  Robert,  41,  130-1 
Bruns,  John  Dickson,  20,  59,  173 
Bruns,  Peirce,  9n,  33n,  54n 
Bryan,  J.  P.  K.,  4n,  32n,  52 
Buchanan,  Robert,  50,  52 
Burke,  Edmund,  71,  100,  149,  153 
"Burial    of    Sir   John    Moore    after 

Corunna,"  43n 
Burns,  Robert,  44,  62,  146 
Byron,  George  Gordon,  7,  33,  42, 

58,  88,  121,  125,  128,  143,  147, 

167,  173,  175,  176 

Calculus,  92 
Caldwell,  H.  H.,  160 
"Call  to  Arms,  A,"  47n 
Campbell,  Thomas,  57n 


178 


THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 


Cardwell,  Guy  A.  Jr.,  6n,  22n,  24n, 
42n,  53n,  56n 

Carew,  Thomas,  82 

Carlyle,  Thomas,  48n 

Castle  of  Indolence,  42,  163 

Catullus,  32,  40,  52-5,  57 

Cavaher  poetry,  46-47,  57-58n 

Century,  The,  165 

"Character  and  Scope  of  the  Son- 
net, The,"  10,  12-13,  25n,  42n, 
44n,  61-8,  168.  Notes:  157 

Charleston,  31n,  38,  39n,  57,  58, 
59,  172,  173 

Charleston  Book,  The,  58 

Charleston  Daily  Courier,  47n 

Charleston  Library  Society,  57 

Charleston  News  and  Courier,  4 In, 
59n 

Chaucer,  Geoffrey,  43,  173 

"Chevy  Chace,"  141-2,  175 

Childe  Harold's  Pilgrimage,  167 

Christ,  46 

"Christmas,"  26 

"Christ's  Hospital  Five-and-Thirty 
Years  Ago,"  174 

Churchill,  Charles,  139 

"Churchyard  among  the  Moun- 
tains, A,"  127 

Cicero,  54n,   174 

Civil  War,  3,  10-11,  26-27,  29-31, 
38,  49-50,  60,  161-64,  168-70, 
174 

"Cloud,"  9n 

"Clym  of  the  Clough,"  140 

Coleridge,  Samuel  Taylor,  14,  48, 
69,  73,  76,  77,  78,  80-1,  94,  112, 
123,  124,  136,  142,  143,  144,  145, 
146,  150,  153,  158,  159,  163,  164, 
167,  170,  173,  174,  175,  176 

Collins,  Wilkie,  48n 

Colhns,  Wilham,  144,  176 

Columbia,  S.  C,  20n,  29n,  31n 

Columhiad,  112,  167 

"Comus,"  71,  149,  153 

Conceit,  the,  46-47 

"Confederates  in  the  Field,  The," 
21n 

Confederacy,  30,  163-4,  169 


Confederacy,  Atlanta,  168 
Contemplation,   7,   24,   35-38,   80, 

158,  168-70 
Cooke,  Philip  Pendleton,  97 
Copse  Hill,  41n,  51 
Cornelius  Nepos,  55 
"Corsair,  The,"  121 
"Cotton  Boll,  The,"  26n,  40,  163 
Country,  The,  VIA 
Courant,  The,  160 
Course  of  Time,  The,  99,  164 
Courtenay,  W.  A.,  40n,  53,  59n,  165 
Cowley,  Abraham,  44 
Cowper,  Wilham,  33,  124 
"Culprit  Fay,  The,"  86 
"Curse  of  Kehama,"  144 

Daily  South  Carolinian,  19-20,  29n, 

31n,  43n,  44n,  48n,  58,   160-1, 

161-3,  163-4,  168-9 
"Danish  Boy,"  81 
Dante,  16,  17,  105,  112 
Dargan,  Clara,  49n 
Davidson,  James  Wood,  21,  41,  46, 

55,  56n 
"Day-Dream,  The,"  170 
De  Quincey,  Thomas,  124 
De  Vere,  Aubrey,  48,  157 
"Death  reigns  triumphant,"  45 
"Dedication,  A,"  34n,  45n,  53n,  54n 
"Defence  of  Poetry,  A,"  9-10,  158, 

167 
Defoe,  Daniel,  71,  149 
Dekker,  Thomas,  46 
della  Torre,  John,  59 
Dennis,  John,  46 
"Detached  Thoughts  on  Books  and 

Reading,"  167 
Dickens,  Charles,  48n,  49n,  71,  98, 

149,  164 
Dickson,  S.  Henry,  59,  173 
Diction,  14-16,  21,  71,  74-76,  122, 

148-54,  159,  174,  175 
Dimroth,  56 

Divine  Comedy,  17,  112 
Dodd,  William,  167 
"Dramatic  Fragment,  A,"  33n,  35n, 

39,  41n 


INDEX 


179 


"Dream,  A,"  57n 
"Dream  of  Fair  Women,"  40n 
Dreams,  4-5,  7-9,  22,  23,  42-43 
"Dreams,"  24n 

Dryden,  John,  33,  124,  139,  172, 
173 

Editorials  by  Timrod  (quoted),  18- 
20,  29-31,  41n,  43,  44,  49n,  160- 
64,  168-70 

"Edwin  and  Angelina,"  142 

"Elegy  in  a  Country  Churchyard," 
140,  141,  144 

Elements  of  Criticism,  161 

Ennius,  137 

Epicurus,  151 

"Epistle  to  Dr.  Arbuthnot,"  176 

Essays  ( Bacon ) ,  48n 

Essays  of  Elia,  159 

"Ethnogenesis,"  163 

Euclid,  92 

Euphony,  21,  122 

"Euterpe,"  40n 

Evans,  Augusta,  see  Wilson,  Au- 
gusta Evans 

Excursion,  The,  81,  121,  126,  127, 
144,  159,  170 

Faerie  Queene,  17,  112 

Fancy,  11,  25n,  71,  73,  88,  94-95, 

118,  148-49,  168,  175 
"First  Eclogue,"  53n 
Fielding,  Henry,  71,  149 
Fiction,  4,  49,  50-52,  71,  87-89,  91- 

92,  95-96,  105,  149,  160,  161-62 
Fidler,  William,  33n,  36n 
"Field  Flov^ers,"  43n,  44n 
Flash,  Harry  Lyndon,  20 
Fletcher,  John,  46n,  52 
Fontaine,  F.  G.  De,  20n,  29n,  31n, 

50 
"For  high  honours,"  54n 
Ford,  John,  46n,  52 
French,  21,  53n,  55,  56-7 
Froissart  Ballads,  97 
Fusiliers,  German,  56,  57 

Genesis,  149 

German,  53n,  56,  101,  143 


German  Friendly  Society,  57 

Gibbes,  R.  W.,  29n 

Gildersleeve,  Basil,  59 

Goethe,  Wolfgang,  56 

Goldsmith,  Oliver,  87,  100,  142 

Goodwin,  Edith,  46n 

Goodwin,  Emily  Timrod,  18n,  25n, 

36n,  39n,  41n,  45n,  46n,  49n,  52, 

56n,  58n 
Gray,  Thomas,  140,  144,  176 
Grayson,  WiHiam  J.,  13-16,  59,  69- 

72,  133-54,  158,  166,  172-6 
Greek,  21,  53n,  54,  56,  137 

Hall,  Basil,  98,  164 
Hallam,  Arthur  Henry,  48,  74,  158 
"Hark  to  the  Shouting  Wind,"  39 
Hayne,  P.  H.,  4,  12,  20,  21,  25n, 

29n,  31,  32,  33n,  36n,  39,  41n, 

42n,  43,  44n,  45,  46,  47n,  48,  49, 

50,  51-2,  55,  56n,  57n,  58n,  59, 

160,  173 
Hannay,  James,  139,  175 
Hebrew  literature,  47-8 
Henry  IV,  160 
Henry  Timrod,  52n,  53n 
Henry  Timrod:  Man  and  Poet,  6n, 

53n 
Herbert,  George,  49n 
Herodotus,  40 
Heustis,  Rachel  Lyons,  see  Lyons, 

Rachel 
Hireling  and  the  Slave,  The,  172 
History,  27-31,  90-91,  95-96,  160, 

161-62,  163-64,  168-70 
"Hohenlinden,"  57n 
Holmes,  Oliver  Wendell,  49n 
Home,  Henry,  161 
Homer,  56,  112,  136,  152-3 
Honest  Whore,  The,  46 
Horace,  52,  54n,  55,  57n,  86,  136, 

139,  148,  153,  172,  174,  176 
Hubbell,  Jay  B.,  9n,  20n,  27n,  29n, 

31n,  37n,  41n,  44n,  46n,  160 
Hume,  David,  96 
Hunt,  Leigh,  54n,  168 
"Hymn  of  the  Nativity,"  127 


180 


THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 


"Idiot  Boy,"  140,  144 

Iliad,71,  112,  149,  152 

Imagination,  7,  10-11,  13,  15,  19, 
21,  28,  32,  35,  61,  64,  71,  73-76, 
80-81,  88,  90,  94-95,  99,  110-11, 
114,  117-20,  124,  131,  147-49, 
151-52,  158,  161-62,  167,  168- 
69,  175 

Imagination  and  Fancy,  168 

Imitations  of  Horace,  176 

"Imperfect  Sympathies,"  159 

Improvisations,  12,  65-66,  119,  142, 
168-69 

"In  Bowers  of  Ease,"  43n 

"In  Memoriam,"  39,  40n,  121 

Independent,  The,  165 

Ingelow,  Jean,  41n,  50,  52 

Inspiration,  4-5,  7,  9,  10-12,  17-18, 
19,  21,  30,  32-38,  64-66,  89-90, 
118-20,  135-37,  162,  164,  167, 
168-70,  173 

"Intimations  of  Immortality  from 
Recollections  of  Early  Child- 
hood," 33n,  81,  127 

Intuition,  4-5,  6,  7,  9,  10,  21,  23- 
24,  34-38,  113-14,  135-37 

"It  is  a  beauteous  evening,  calm 
and  free,"  81 

Ivanhoe,  71,  72,  96,  149 

Jane  Eyre,  49 

Johnson,  Samuel,  14,  100,  140,  141, 

153,  173,  175,  176 
Joscelyn,  51n 
Juvenal,  139,  140,  148 

Kames,  Lord,  85,  161 
"Katie,"  33 

Keats,  John,  5,  41-2,  42n,  173 
King  John,  45-6 

"La  Belle  Juive,"  47n 

La  Nouveile  Helo'ise,  56 

Lamartine,  49n 

Lamb,  Charles,  48,  78,   107,   159, 

167,  174 
Language,  14-16,  17-18,  21,  33,  54, 

71-72,  74-76,  114,  122,  143,  150- 

54,  159,  174 


"Laodamia,"  62,  81,  158 
Last  Essays  of  Ella,  167 
Last  Years  of  Henry  Timrod,  The, 

cited  frequently  in  footnotes  to 

Introduction,  160 
"Late  Henry  Timrod,  The,"  37n 
Latin,  52-56,  59n 
LeConte,  Joseph,  13-14 
Lectures  on   Rhetoric  and  Belles- 

Lettres,  85,  161 
Legare,  Hugh  Swinton,  59 
Legare,  James  Mathewes,  59 

"Let  V y  prattle,"  54n 

"Letter  to  John  Murray,"  175,  176 
"Letter    to    Samuel    Hartlib:     On 

Education,"  158 
Letters  of  Curtius,  172 
Lewisohn,  Ludwig,  41n 
"Lines,"  38n 
"Lines  to  R.  L.,"  38 
"Literary   Nationalism   in   the   Old 

South,"  27n,  160 
"Literary  pranks,"  31 
Literary  Remains,  158 
"Literature  in  the  South,"  19n,  27- 

29,  83-102.  Notes:   160-4 
"Little  Spot  of  Dingy  Earth,  A," 

22n 
Lloyd,  Mrs.  Kate  Timrod,  40,  53, 

165 
Local  Color,  28-30,  42n,  58n,  87- 

89,  161-62 
Locksley  Hall,  39 
"London,"  141 
Longfellow,  Henry  W.,  86 
Longinus,  54n 
"Love's  Philosophy,"  9n 
Lucretius,  77,  151 
Lyons,  Rachel,  30n,  33n,  36,  47n, 

50n,  51n,  59n 

Macaulay,  T.  B.,  124 

Mackay,  Charles,  97 

"Madoc,"  144 

Marryatt,  Frederick,  98,  160,  164 

Marvell,  Andrew,  46 

"Maryland,  My  Maryland,"  30,  163 

"Maud,"  38n,  40n,  144 


I 


INDEX 


181 


"^Madeline,"  47n 

Marion,  174 

"Marseillaise  Hymn,"  170 

Martial,  53n,  55 

Matter-of-factness  in  poetry,  16, 
78,  80-81,  123,  145-46,  159,  174 

Maynard,  Frangois,  55 

McCarter,  James,  57n 

Memorabilia  and  Anecdotal  Remi- 
niscences of  Columbia,  S.  C,  31n 

Memoir  of  James  L.  Petigru,  172, 
174 

Memories  of  the  Timrod  Revival, 
40n,  53n,  59n,  165 

Messiah,  The,  143 

Metamorphoses,  55 

Metaphysical  poetry,  46-47 

"Methought  I  saw  the  Footsteps  of 
a  Throne,"  81 

Metre,  14,  15,  39,  56,  69,  72,  74- 
77,  104,  113,  122,  149-53,  158, 
159 

Middleton,  Thomas,  46 

Milton,  John,  14,  32,  33,  35,  39,  40, 
45,  62,  63,  71,  76,  77,  107  112, 
115,  121,  122,  124,  127,  136, 
143,  149-50,  151,  153,  157,  158, 
167,  173,  176 

Modern  Painters,  159 

Moore,  Thomas,  42,  58,  61,  62,  66, 
82,  128,  158 

"Morahty,"  157,  170 

"Mother,"  140 

"Mother's  Wail,  A,"  26-7,  56n 

"My  Last  Duchess,"  41 

Mycerinus,  40n 

"Names  of  the  Months  Phonetically 
Expressive,"  44n 

Napoleon,  141 

"National  Songs,"  30,  163-64 

"Nationality  in  Literature,"  29n, 
161-63 

Nature,  7,  9,  10-11,  26-7,  32-8,  43, 
44,  49,  57,  79-81,  99,  115-19, 
121,  124-28,  131,  138,  140-43, 
145-47,  158,  161-62,  169,  173, 
175,  176 


Neo-classicism,  13,  22,  28,  33,  85-6, 

98,  99,  104-5,  123-5,  139-41, 
172-3,  175,  176 

Never  Too  Late  to  Mend?,  52 

New  York,  27,  97 

"Night  Piece,  A,"  81 

"Noon.  An  Eclogue,"  58n 

NortJi  American  Review,  The,  93 

Novum  Organum,  48n 

"Observations   Prefixed  to  'Lyrical 

Ballads,'"    157,    158,    159,    167, 

170,  175 
"Ode,"  27 

"OEnone,"  38n,  40n 
"On  the  Nature  and  Uses  of  Art," 

14n 
Oratory,  137-8,  152-53,  174 
Ossian,  141 
"Out  upon  it!",  54n 
Outlines    of    Natural    Philosophy, 

163 
Outlook,  The,  157 
Ovid,  49,  55 

Page,  Walter  Hines,  9n,  56n 
"Palace  of  Art,  The,"  40n 
Paradise  Lost,  17,  40,  71,  99,  106, 

107-13,  121,  143,  149,  152,  157, 

164,  167,  168,  169 
"Past,  The,"  52n 
Percy,  Thomas,  175 
Persius,  49,  55-56 
Personal  Talk,  170 
Petigru,  James  L.,  59,  172,  173 
Petronius,  176 
"Philip,  My  Son,"  49n 
Philip  Van  Artevelde,  164 
Philosophy,  7-9,  18,  35,  37-38,  51n, 

67,  69-70,  77,  80,  85,  92,  94-95, 

99,  100,  104,  110-11,  113,  120- 
22,  124-27,  130,  137-39,  149, 
151-52,  161,  170,  173 

"Philosophy  of  Composition,  The," 

168 
Phoenix,  The,  3 In 
Plato,  137 
Playfair,  John,  92,  163 


182 


THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 


Poe,  Edgar  Allan,  16-17,  21,  39,  96, 
105-07,  111-13,  114-16,  119, 
120,  121,  122,  123,  125,  129, 
130,  166,  167,  168 

Foems  (Timrod),  160 

Poems  of  Henry  Timrod  (Hayne 
ed. ),  frequently  cited  in  foot- 
notes to  Introduction 

Poems  of  Henry  Timrod  ( Memorial 
ed.),  frequently  cited  in  foot- 
notes to  Introduction 

Poems  of  the  Imagination,  170 

"Poems  on  the  Naming  of  Places, 
IV,"  159 

Poems  on  Various  Subjects,  57-58 

"Poetl  if  on  a  lasting  fame  be  bent," 
34 

Poetasters,  18-20,  62,  66,  96-97, 
153,  163 

Poetic  diction,  14-16,  21,  71,  74-76 

"Poetic  Principle,  The,"  105ff.,  167 

Poetic  prose,  14,  16,  69-78,  112-13, 
138,  148-54,  159 

"Poet's  Epitaph,  A,"  81,  168 

Pollok,  Robert,  164 

Pomponius,  55n 

Pope,  Alexander,  28,  33,  85,  86,  87, 
99,  124,  140,  141,  172,  173,  175, 
176 

Power  in  poetry,  18,  25,  117-18 

"Prasceptor  Amat,"  41,  52n,  56 

"Prelude,"  127,  144,  157,  168,  170 

"Princess,  The,"  40n,  88,  170 

Propertius,  54n,  55 

"Prose  and  Song,"  76-77,  159 

"Quebec,"  57n 

Rabelais,  172 
Randall,  James  Ryder,  20 
"Rape  of  the  Lock,  The,"  141 
"Rationale  of  Poetry,  The,"  165 
"Raven,  The,"  119,  120 
Reade,  Charles,  52 
Reading  (Timrod's),  32-60 
PiecoUections  of  the  Tahle-Talk  of 
Samuel  Rogers,  157 


Religion  and  poetry,  5,  42n,  47-48, 
107-10,  121,  127,  130,  136-37, 
167 

Reliques  of  Ancient  English  Poetry, 
175 

Remains  in  Prose  and  Verse  of  Ar- 
thur Henry  Hallam,  158 

"Reminiscence  of  Henry  Timrod, 
A,"  59n 

Requier,  A.  J.,  20 

"Retirement,"  24 

Reynolds,  Sir  Joshua,  100 

"Rhapsody  of  a  Southern  Winter 
Night,  A,"  22n,  24n,  39 

Robinson,  Felicia,  52n 

Robinson  Crusoe,  71,  149 

Rogers,  Samuel,  12n,  62-63,  143, 
157 

Rousseau,  56-57 

"Rule  Britannia,"  30,  163 

Russell,  John,  59 

Russell's  Magazine,  38n,  42n,  48, 
69,  70,  78,  157,  158,  160,  172, 
173 

Sappho,  54n 

Satire,  98,  100,  139,  147-48,  175 

Satires,  207n,  209-10 

Satyricon,  176 

Science,  14,  92-94,  117,  123,  158, 

159 
Scott,  Walter,  29,   71,   87-88,  89, 

96,  105,  140,  143,  149,  161,  176 
Selby,  Julian  A.,  31n 
Selden,  John,  138,  174 
Seminole  War,  56 
Sensibility,  4-5,  11,  15,  42n,  70,  73- 

74 
Shakspere,    WiHiam,    14,    29,    33, 

43n,  44-46,  83,  89,  99,  109,  124, 

128,    143,    153,    159,   160,    161, 

162,  167,  168,  173 
"Shakspeare,      with      introductory 

matter    on    Poetry,    the    Drama, 

and  the  Stage,"  158 
Shelley,   Percy  Bysshe,   6-10,   33n, 

41,  158,  167,  173 


INDEX 


183 


"She  was  a  phantom  of  dehght," 

128-29 
Shirley,  49 
Simile,  Miltonic,  40 
Simms,  W.  G.,  18n,  19n,  20,  31n, 

33n,  37-38,  45,  46,  51,  53n,  56, 

58,  59,  96,  160-61,  173 
Simonides,  56n 
"Six    months's    such    a    wonderful 

time,"  54n 
Smith,  Adam,  140 
Smith,  Sidney,  49n 
Snowden,  Yates,  59n 
"Song/Air— Tlie  Glasses  Sparkle  on 

the  Board,"  58n 
"Song"    ("The    Zephyr    that    toys 

with  thy  curls"),  9n 
"Song  at  the   Feast  of  Brougham 

Casde,"  81 
"Song  of  Mignon,"  56 
"Song— When  I  bade  thee  adieu," 

42n 
Songs,  national,  30,  163-64,  169-70 
Sonnet,  11-13,  24,  61-68,  157 
"Sonnet— In    die    Deep    Shadow," 

24n 
"Sonnet  IV— They  dub  thee  idler, 

smiling  sneeringly,"  24n 
"Sonnet   V— Some   truths   there  be 

are  better  left  unsaid,"  24n 
"Sonnet  X,"  25n 
"Sonnet  XI,"  46n 
"Sonnet      XIV— Are      these      wild 

thoughts,    thus    fettered    in    my 

rhymes,"  24n 
Sophocles,  52 
"Sorrow,"  157 
Southern  Bivouac,  The,  59n 
"Southern  Literature,"  29n,  162-63 
Southern  Literary  Messenger,  30n, 

33n,  47n,  48,  51n,  52n 
Southern    nationalism,    27-31,    83- 

102,  130,  160-64 
"Soutliern  Nationality,"  29n 
Southern  Review,  The,  59 
Southern  Society,  37n,  53n,  58n 
Southey,  Robert,  173 


Spenser,  Edmund,  17,  43-44,  112, 

173 
"Spring,"  26n 
Statins,  55 

Sterling,  John,  48,  76-77,  159 
St.  Elmo,  50-51 
"Star-Spangled  Banner,   The,"  30, 

163 
Sublimity,  17,  105-6,  108,  110-11, 

113,  116,  149,  163-64,  173 
Suckling,  John,  47,  54n 
"Sullivan's  Island,"  58n 
"Summer  Bower,  The,"  36-37,  39 
"Summer  Shower,  A,"  9n 
"Sweet  let  not  our  slanderers,"  53n 
Swift,  Jonathan,  172 
Swinburne,  Algernon,  50 
Sybilline  Leaves,  170 

Table  Talk,  159,  176 

"Talking  Oak,"  21 

Taylor,  Henry,  48,  95,  164 

Taylor,  Jeremy,  76 

Tennyson,  Alfred,  21,  32,  33,  38- 

40,  49n,  86,   115,   119-20,   121, 
122,  128,  129,  131,  144,  166,  170 

Thackeray,  W.  M.,  48n 
"Thalaba,"  144 

"Theory  of  Poetry,  A,"  6,  10,  16-18, 
22n,  25n,  29n,  33n,  35n,  39,  40, 

41,  43n,  44n,  48n,  103-32,  159. 
Notes:   165-71 

"There  is  I  know  not  what  about 

thee,"  53n 
Thompson,  H.  T.,  52n,  53n 
Thomson,    James,    33,    42-43,    90, 

124,  160,   166 
"Thorn,"  140,  141 
"Three  years  she  grew  in  sun  and 

shower,"  81 
Tibullus,  54n,  55 
Timrod-Goodwin    Collection,    18n, 

25n,   36n,   39n,   41n,   45n,   46n, 

49n,  51n,  52n,  56n 
"Timrod's  Essays  in  Literary  Criti- 
cism," lOn 
Timrod,  William  Henry,  25n,  36n, 

45,  56,  57-58 


184 


THE    ESSAYS    OF    HENRY    TIMROD 


"Tintem  Abbey,  Lines  on,"  79-80, 

121,  125-26,  159,  170 
"To  Anna,"  25n 
"To  Harry,"  57n 
"To  his  Coy  Mistress,"  46 
"To     our     Poetical     Contributors" 

(quoted),  19-20 
"To  Pyrrha,"  57n 
"To  William  Wordsworth,"  170 
Tom  Jones,  71,  95,  149 
Tooker,  L.  Frank,  42n 
"Tractate   on   Education,"   71,   77, 

149-50,  158 
Trent,  W.  P.,  18n,  31n,  33n,  160 
"Troubles  of  a  Midsummer  Night," 

31 
Truth  in  poetry,  5,  6,  7,  18,  23,  25, 

35-38,   68,   94-95,   117-18,   120, 

123-28,   130,   131-32,   170,  173, 

174,  176 
Tupper,  M.  F.,  96 
"Two  Field  Flowers,"  44n 
"Two  Voices,"  166 

"Ulysses,"  38,  88 

Uncollected  Poems  of  Henry  Tim- 
rod,  cited  frequently  in  notes  to 
Introduction 

Unity,  13,  16-18,  63-64,  67-68,  77, 
106-14,  120,  122-23,  127,  143, 
151-52,  159,  175 

"Unpublished  Letters  of  Henry 
Timrod,"  33n,  36n 

"Vanity  of  Human  Wishes,"   143, 

176 
"Venus  and  Adonis,"  44 
Vergil,  52,  53n,  140,  141,  153 
Villette,  49 
"Vision   of   Poesy,   A,"   4-11,   22n, 

25n,  26n,  34,  35n,  42n,  44 
Voigt,  G.  P.,  lOn 
Voltaire,  143 
"Vox  et  Prseterea  Nihil,"  24n 


"War  and  Literature,"  3 In,  168-69 
War,  Civil,  3,  10-11,  26-27,  29-31, 

38,   49-50,   60,    161-64,   168-70, 

174 
Ward,  Artemus,  49n 
Wauchope,  G.  A.,  6n,  53n 
"Westminster  Bridge,"  81 
"What  is  Poetry?"  (Grayson),  13- 

16,  68-72,   133-54,   166.  Notes: 

172-76 
"What  is  Poetry?"    (Timrod),   10, 

11,    13-16,    69-82,    167.    Notes: 

158-59 
"White  Doe  of  Rylestone,"  144 
Whittier,  John  G.,  20,  49n,  52n 
"Why  Silent,"  23n,  25n 
Wilhelm  Meister,  56 
William  Gilmore  Simms,  18n,  31n, 

33n,  160 
"William      Henry      Timrod,      the 

Charleston   Volunteers,   and   the 

Defense  of  St.  Augustine,"  56n 
Wilson,  Augusta  Evans,  50-51 
Wilson,  John  (Christopher  North), 

175 
"Windsor  Forest,"  124 
Wolfe,  Charles,  43n 
Wolfe,  Gen.  James,  144 
Words,   14-16,   17-18,  21,  33,  54, 

71-72,  74-76,  114,  122,  143,  150- 

54,  159,  173,  175 
Wordsworth,William,  7,  9n,  12,  16, 

28,  32-36,  39,  40,  41,  52,  62,  63, 

66,  67,  78,  79-82,  86,  87,  90,  99, 

117,  121,  123,  124-29,  132,  139- 

40,  141,  143,  144-47,  157,  158, 

159,    167,   168,   170,    173,   174, 

175,  176 
"World  is  too  much  with  us,  The," 

81 

"Yew  Trees,"  81 

"Youth  and  Manhood,"  22-23 


The  essays  of  Henry  Timrod,   main 
814.3T586eC.2 


3  IEIdE  D3173  bS3D 


w@ 


APR  0  1  1996  MAR  1  5  ^P^